Cisco | ME 2400 | Specifications | Cisco ME 2400 Specifications

Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Command Reference
Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SE
January 2008
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: OL-9643-03
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
CCVP, the Cisco logo, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of
Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo,
Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step,
Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study,
LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way
to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship
between Cisco and any other company. (0711R)
Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the
document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
© 2006-2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
C O N T E N T S
Preface
xv
Audience
Purpose
xv
xv
Conventions
xvi
Related Publications
xvi
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request
CHAPTER
1
Using the Command-Line Interface
xvii
1-1
CLI Command Modes 1-1
User EXEC Mode 1-2
Privileged EXEC Mode 1-3
Global Configuration Mode 1-3
Interface Configuration Mode 1-4
VLAN Configuration Mode 1-4
Line Configuration Mode 1-4
CHAPTER
2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Cisco IOS Commands 2-1
aaa accounting dot1x
2-1
aaa authentication dot1x
action
2-3
2-5
archive download-sw
archive tar
2-10
archive upload-sw
bandwidth
2-13
2-15
boot boothlpr
2-18
boot config-file
boot enable-break
boot helper
2-7
2-19
2-20
2-21
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
iii
Contents
boot helper-config-file
boot manual
2-22
2-23
boot private-config-file
boot system
2-25
channel-group
2-26
channel-protocol
class
2-24
2-30
2-32
class-map
2-34
clear ip dhcp snooping
clear lacp
2-36
2-38
clear mac address-table
clear pagp
2-39
2-40
clear policer cpu uni-eni counters
clear port-security
2-41
2-42
clear spanning-tree counters
2-44
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear vmps statistics
conform-action
2-47
2-48
define interface-range
delete
2-45
2-50
2-52
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
dot1x default
2-56
dot1x host-mode
dot1x initialize
2-57
2-58
dot1x max-reauth-req
dot1x max-req
2-59
2-60
dot1x port-control
2-61
dot1x re-authenticate
2-63
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x test eapol-capable
dot1x test timeout
dot1x timeout
2-53
2-64
2-65
2-66
2-67
2-68
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
iv
OL-9643-03
Contents
duplex
2-70
errdisable detect cause
2-72
errdisable detect cause small-frame
2-74
errdisable recovery cause small-frame
errdisable recovery
exceed-action
flowcontrol
2-77
2-79
2-81
interface port-channel
interface range
interface vlan
2-83
2-85
2-88
ip access-group
ip address
2-76
2-89
2-91
ip dhcp snooping
2-93
ip dhcp snooping binding
2-94
ip dhcp snooping database
2-96
ip dhcp snooping information option
2-98
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
ip dhcp snooping trust
2-102
2-103
2-104
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
ip dhcp snooping vlan
2-100
2-105
2-106
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
ip igmp filter
2-107
2-109
ip igmp max-groups
ip igmp profile
ip igmp snooping
2-111
2-113
2-115
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
ip igmp snooping querier
2-119
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
ip igmp snooping tcn
2-117
2-121
2-123
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
2-124
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
2-125
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
v
Contents
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
ip igmp snooping vlan static
ip ssh
2-126
2-128
2-130
lacp port-priority
2-132
lacp system-priority
logging event
logging file
2-134
2-136
2-137
mac access-group
2-139
mac access-list extended
2-141
mac address-table aging-time
2-143
mac address-table notification
2-144
mac address-table static
2-146
mac address-table static drop
macro apply
2-147
2-149
macro description
macro global
2-151
2-152
macro global description
macro name
2-154
2-155
match (access-map configuration)
match access-group
match cos
2-159
2-160
match ip dscp
2-161
match ip precedence
match qos-group
mdix auto
2-157
2-163
2-165
2-167
monitor session
2-169
mvr (global configuration)
mvr (interface configuration)
pagp learn-method
pagp port-priority
2-174
2-177
2-180
2-182
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
police
2-184
2-187
police aggregate (policy-map class configuration)
2-191
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
vi
OL-9643-03
Contents
policer aggregate (global configuration)
policer cpu uni
policy-map
2-196
2-197
port-channel load-balance
port-type
priority
2-193
2-200
2-202
2-204
private-vlan
2-207
queue-limit
2-210
remote-span
2-213
renew ip dhcp snooping database
rmon collection stats
2-215
2-217
service password-recovery
2-218
service-policy (interface configuration)
2-220
service-policy (policy-map class configuration)
set cos
2-224
set dscp
2-226
set precedence
set qos-group
setup
2-222
2-228
2-230
2-232
shape average
2-235
show access-lists
2-237
show archive status
show boot
2-240
2-241
show cable-diagnostics tdr
show class-map
2-243
2-245
show controllers cpu-interface
2-246
show controllers ethernet-controller
show controllers tcam
2-255
show controllers utilization
show dot1x
show env
2-248
2-257
2-259
2-262
show errdisable detect
2-263
show errdisable flap-values
2-265
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
vii
Contents
show errdisable recovery
show etherchannel
show flowcontrol
show idprom
2-267
2-269
2-272
2-274
show interfaces
2-276
show interfaces counters
show inventory
2-284
2-286
show ip dhcp snooping
2-288
show ip dhcp snooping binding
2-289
show ip dhcp snooping database
2-291
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
2-293
show ip igmp profile
2-296
show ip igmp snooping
2-297
show ip igmp snooping groups
2-299
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
2-301
show ip igmp snooping querier
show lacp
2-303
2-305
show mac access-group
2-309
show mac address-table
2-311
show mac address-table address
2-313
show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table count
2-315
2-317
show mac address-table dynamic
2-319
show mac address-table interface
2-321
show mac address-table notification
show mac address-table static
show mac address-table vlan
show monitor
show mvr
2-325
2-327
2-329
2-331
show mvr interface
2-333
show mvr members
2-335
show pagp
2-323
2-337
show parser macro
2-339
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
viii
OL-9643-03
Contents
show policer aggregate
2-341
show policer cpu uni-eni
show policy-map
2-342
2-344
show port-security
show port-type
2-348
2-351
show sdm prefer
2-353
show spanning-tree
2-354
show storm-control
2-360
show system mtu
2-362
show table-map
show udld
2-365
show version
show vlan
2-363
2-367
2-369
show vlan access-map
show vlan filter
show vmps
shutdown
2-374
2-375
2-377
2-379
shutdown vlan
2-380
small-frame violation rate
2-381
snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server host
2-383
2-386
snmp trap mac-notification
spanning-tree
2-390
2-392
spanning-tree bpdufilter
2-394
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree cost
2-396
2-398
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
spanning-tree extend system-id
spanning-tree guard
2-402
2-404
spanning-tree link-type
2-406
spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree mode
2-400
2-408
2-410
spanning-tree mst configuration
2-412
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
ix
Contents
spanning-tree mst cost
2-414
spanning-tree mst forward-time
spanning-tree mst hello-time
2-416
2-417
spanning-tree mst max-age
2-419
spanning-tree mst max-hops
2-421
spanning-tree mst port-priority
2-423
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
spanning-tree mst priority
spanning-tree mst root
2-425
2-426
2-428
spanning-tree port-priority
2-430
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
spanning-tree vlan
speed
2-435
2-437
2-440
storm-control
switchport
2-442
2-445
switchport access vlan
switchport block
switchport host
2-447
2-449
2-451
switchport mode
2-452
switchport mode private-vlan
switchport port-security
switchport private-vlan
switchport protected
switchport trunk
system mtu
2-454
2-457
switchport port-security aging
2-461
2-463
2-465
2-467
2-469
table-map
2-471
test cable-diagnostics tdr
traceroute mac
traceroute mac ip
udld
2-432
2-473
2-474
2-477
2-479
udld port
2-481
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
x
OL-9643-03
Contents
udld reset
2-483
uni-vlan
vlan
2-484
2-486
vlan access-map
vlan filter
2-489
2-491
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
2-493
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
vmps retry
2-495
vmps server
APPENDIX
A
2-494
2-496
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Boot Loader Commands A-1
boot
cat
A-2
A-4
copy
A-5
delete
dir
A-6
A-7
flash_init
format
A-9
A-10
fsck
A-11
help
A-12
memory
A-13
mkdir
A-14
more
A-15
rename
A-16
reset
A-17
rmdir
A-18
set
A-19
type
unset
version
A-22
A-23
A-25
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
xi
Contents
APPENDIX
B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Debug Commands B-1
debug dot1x
B-2
debug etherchannel
debug interface
B-3
B-4
debug ip igmp filter
B-5
debug ip igmp max-groups
debug ip igmp snooping
debug lacp
B-7
B-8
debug mac-notification
debug matm
B-11
debug mvrdbg
B-12
debug pagp
B-9
B-10
debug monitor
debug nvram
B-6
B-13
B-14
debug platform acl
B-15
debug platform cpu-queues
debug platform dot1x
B-16
B-18
debug platform etherchannel
debug platform forw-tcam
debug platform ip dhcp
B-19
B-20
B-21
debug platform ip igmp snooping
debug platform led
debug platform matm
B-22
B-24
B-25
debug platform messaging application
debug platform phy
B-27
debug platform pm
B-29
debug platform policer cpu uni-eni
debug platform port-asic
B-26
B-31
B-32
debug platform port-security
B-33
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
B-34
debug platform remote-commands
B-35
debug platform resource-manager
B-36
debug platform snmp
B-37
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
xii
OL-9643-03
Contents
debug platform span
B-38
debug platform supervisor-asic
debug platform sw-bridge
B-40
debug platform tcam
B-41
debug platform udld
B-43
debug platform vlan
B-44
debug pm
B-39
B-45
debug port-security
B-47
debug qos-manager
B-48
debug spanning-tree
B-49
debug spanning-tree bpdu
B-51
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
debug spanning-tree mstp
B-53
debug spanning-tree switch
debug sw-vlan
B-55
B-57
debug sw-vlan ifs
B-58
debug sw-vlan notification
APPENDIX
C
B-52
debug udld
B-61
debug vqpc
B-63
B-59
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Show Platform Commands C-1
show platform acl
C-2
show platform configuration
C-3
show platform etherchannel
C-4
show platform forward
C-5
show platform ip igmp snooping
show platform layer4op
C-9
show platform mac-address-table
show platform messaging
show platform monitor
C-10
C-11
C-12
show platform mvr table
show platform pm
C-7
C-13
C-14
show platform policer cpu
C-16
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
xiii
Contents
show platform port-asic
C-19
show platform port-security
show platform qos
C-23
C-24
show platform resource-manager
show platform snmp counters
C-27
C-29
show platform spanning-tree synchronization
show platform stp-instance
show platform tcam
show platform vlan
C-30
C-31
C-32
C-35
INDEX
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
xiv
OL-9643-03
Preface
Audience
This guide is for the networking professional using the Cisco IOS command-line interface (CLI) to
manage the Cisco Metro Ethernet (ME) 2400 Series Ethernet Access switch, hereafter referred to as the
switch. Before using this guide, you should have experience working with the Cisco IOS commands and
the switch software features. You should also have experience working with the concepts and
terminology of Ethernet and local area networking.
Purpose
This guide provides the information you need about the Layer 2 commands that have been created or
changed for use with the Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access switch. For information about the standard Cisco
IOS Release 12.2 commands, see the Cisco IOS documentation set available from the Cisco.com home page
by selecting Service and Support > Technical Documents. On the Cisco Product Documentation home
page, select Release 12.2 from the Cisco IOS Software drop-down list.
This guide does not provide procedures for configuring your switch. For detailed configuration
procedures, see the software configuration guide for this release.
This guide does not describe system messages you might encounter. For more information, see the
system message guide for this release.
For the latest documentation updates, see the release notes for this release.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
xv
Preface
Conventions
Conventions
This publication uses these conventions to convey instructions and information:
Command descriptions use these conventions:
•
Commands and keywords are in boldface text.
•
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic.
•
Square brackets ([ ]) means optional elements.
•
Braces ( ) group required choices, and vertical bars ( | ) separate the alternative elements.
•
Braces and vertical bars within square brackets ([{ | }]) mean a required choice within an optional
element.
Interactive examples use these conventions:
•
Terminal sessions and system displays are in screen font.
•
Information you enter is in boldface
•
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords or tabs, are in angle brackets (< >).
screen
font.
Notes, cautions, and warnings use these conventions and symbols:
Note
Caution
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not contained in
this manual.
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Related Publications
These documents provide complete information about the switch and are available from this Cisco.com
site:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6581/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Note
Before installing, configuring, or upgrading the switch, see these documents:
•
For initial configuration information, see the “Configuring the Switch with the CLI-Based Setup
Program” appendix in the hardware installation guide.
•
For upgrading information, see the “Downloading Software” section in the release notes.
You can order printed copies of documents with a DOC-xxxxxx= number from the Cisco.com sites and
from the telephone numbers listed in the URL referenced in the “Obtaining Documentation and
Submitting a Service Request” section.
•
Release Notes for the Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch for (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
xvi
OL-9643-03
Preface
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request
•
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Software Configuration Guide (not orderable but available
on Cisco.com)
•
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference(not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
•
Cisco ME 3400 and ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switches System Message Guide (not orderable but
available on Cisco.com)
•
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Hardware Installation Guide (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
•
Cisco ME 3400 and ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switches Getting Started Guide (order number
DOC-7817050=)
•
Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ME 3400 and ME 2400 Ethernet
Access Switches (order number DOC-7817051)
•
Cisco Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules Installation Notes (order number DOC-7815160=)
•
Cisco CWDM GBIC and CWDM SFP Installation Note (not orderable but available on Cisco.com)
•
These compatibility matrix documents are available from this Cisco.com site:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/modules/ps5455/products_device_support_tables_list.html
– Cisco Gigabit Ethernet Transceiver Modules Compatibility Matrix (not orderable but available
on Cisco.com)
– Cisco 100-Megabit Ethernet SFP Modules Compatibility Matrix (not orderable but available on
Cisco.com)
– Cisco Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules Compatibility Matrix (not orderable but available
on Cisco.com)
– Compatibility Matrix for 1000BASE-T Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules (not orderable
but available on Cisco.com)
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request
For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional
information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and
revised Cisco technical documentation, at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html
Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed
and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free
service and Cisco currently supports RSS version 2.0.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
xvii
Preface
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
xviii
OL-9643-03
CH A P T E R
1
Using the Command-Line Interface
The Cisco Metro Ethernet (ME) 2400 Series Ethernet Access switch is supported by Cisco IOS software.
This chapter describes how to use the switch command-line interface (CLI) to configure software
features.
For a complete description command descriptions, see these sections:
•
For the configuration and monitoring commands that support these features, see Chapter 2, “Cisco
ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands.”
•
For information on the boot loader commands, see Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access
Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
•
For information on the debug commands, see Appendix B, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Debug Commands.”
•
For information on the show platform commands, see Appendix C, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet
Access Switch Show Platform Commands.”
•
For more information on Cisco IOS Release 12.2, see the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command
Summary.
For task-oriented configuration steps, see the software configuration guide for this release.
In this document, IP refers to IP version 4 (IPv4).
CLI Command Modes
This section describes the CLI command mode structure. Command modes support specific Cisco IOS
commands. For example, the interface interface-id command only works when entered in global
configuration mode.
These are the main command modes for the switch:
•
User EXEC
•
Privileged EXEC
•
Global configuration
•
Interface configuration
•
VLAN configuration
•
Line configuration
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
1-1
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Table 1-1 lists the main command modes, how to access each mode, the prompt you see in that mode,
and how to exit that mode. The prompts listed use the default name Switch.
Table 1-1
Command Modes Summary
Command Mode
Access Method
Prompt
Exit or Access Next Mode
User EXEC
This is the first level of access.
Switch>
Enter the logout command.
To enter privileged EXEC mode, enter
the enable command.
(For the switch) Change terminal
settings, perform basic tasks, and
list system information.
Privileged EXEC
From user EXEC mode, enter the
enable command.
Switch#
To exit to user EXEC mode, enter the
disable command.
To enter global configuration mode,
enter the configure command.
Global
configuration
From privileged EXEC mode,
enter the configure command.
Switch(config)#
To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the exit or end command, or
press Ctrl-Z.
To enter interface configuration mode,
enter the interface configuration
command.
Interface
configuration
VLAN
configuration
From global configuration mode,
specify an interface by entering
the interface command followed
by an interface identification.
Switch(config-if)#
In global configuration mode,
enter the vlan vlan-id command.
Switch(config-vlan)#
To exit to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Line configuration
From global configuration mode,
specify a line by entering the line
command.
Switch(config-line)#
To exit to global configuration mode,
enter the exit command.
To return to privileged EXEC mode,
enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
User EXEC Mode
After you access the device, you are automatically in user EXEC command mode. The EXEC commands
available at the user level are a subset of those available at the privileged level. In general, use the user
EXEC commands to temporarily change terminal settings, perform basic tests, and list system
information.
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch> ?
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
1-2
OL-9643-03
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Privileged EXEC Mode
Because many of the privileged commands configure operating parameters, privileged access should be
password-protected to prevent unauthorized use. The privileged command set includes those commands
contained in user EXEC mode, as well as the configure privileged EXEC command through which you
access the remaining command modes.
If your system administrator has set a password, you are prompted to enter it before being granted access
to privileged EXEC mode. The password does not appear on the screen and is case sensitive.
The privileged EXEC mode prompt is the device name followed by the pound sign ( #).
Switch#
Enter the enable command to access privileged EXEC mode:
Switch> enable
Switch#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch# ?
To return to user EXEC mode, enter the disable privileged EXEC command.
Global Configuration Mode
Global configuration commands apply to features that affect the device as a whole. Use the configure
privileged EXEC command to enter global configuration mode. The default is to enter commands from
the management console.
When you enter the configure command, a message prompts you for the source of the configuration
commands:
Switch# configure
Configuring from terminal, memory, or network [terminal]?
You can specify either the terminal or nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM) as the source of configuration
commands.
This example shows you how to access global configuration mode:
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.
End with CNTL/Z.
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config)# ?
To exit global configuration command mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end or
exit command, or press Ctrl-Z.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
1-3
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Interface Configuration Mode
Interface configuration commands modify the operation of the interface. Interface configuration
commands always follow a global configuration command, which defines the interface type.
Use the interface interface-id command to access interface configuration mode. The new prompt means
interface configuration mode.
Switch(config-if)#
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-if)# ?
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, enter the exit command.
To exit interface configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command,
or press Ctrl-Z.
VLAN Configuration Mode
Use this mode to configure normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) or extended-range VLANs
(VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094). The VLAN configuration is saved in the running configuration file, and you
can save it to the switch startup configuration file by using the copy running-config startup-config
privileged EXEC command. The configurations of VLAN IDs 1 to 1005 are saved in the VLAN
database. The extended-range VLAN configurations are not saved in the VLAN database.
Enter the vlan vlan-id global configuration command to access VLAN configuration mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)#
To display a comprehensive list of available commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-vlan)# ?
For extended-range VLANs, many characteristics are not configurable and must remain at the default
setting.
To return to global configuration mode, enter exit; to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter end. All
the commands except shutdown take effect when you exit config-vlan mode.
Line Configuration Mode
Line configuration commands modify the operation of a terminal line. Line configuration commands
always follow a line command, which defines a line number. Use these commands to change terminal
parameter settings line-by-line or for a range of lines.
Use the line vty line_number [ending_line_number] command to enter line configuration mode. The
new prompt means line configuration mode. The following example shows how to enter line
configuration mode for virtual terminal line 7:
Switch(config)# line vty 0 7
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
1-4
OL-9643-03
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
The supported commands can vary depending on the version of software in use. To display a
comprehensive list of commands, enter a question mark (?) at the prompt.
Switch(config-line)# ?
To exit line configuration mode and to return to global configuration mode, use the exit command. To
exit line configuration mode and to return to privileged EXEC mode, enter the end command, or press
Ctrl-Z.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
1-5
Chapter 1
Using the Command-Line Interface
CLI Command Modes
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
1-6
OL-9643-03
CH A P T E R
2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Cisco IOS Commands
aaa accounting dot1x
Use the aaa accounting dot1x global configuration command to enable authentication, authorization,
and accounting (AAA) accounting and to create method lists defining specific accounting methods on a
per-line or per-interface basis for IEEE 802.1x sessions. Use the no form of this command to disable
IEEE 802.1x accounting.
aaa accounting dot1x {name | default} start-stop {broadcast group {name | radius | tacacs+}
[group {name | radius | tacacs+} ... ] | group {name | radius | tacacs+} [group {name | radius
| tacacs+} ... ]}
no aaa accounting dot1x {name | default}
Syntax Description
name
Name of a server group. This is optional when you enter it after the
broadcast group and group keywords.
default
Use the accounting methods that follow as the default list for accounting
services.
start-stop
Send a start accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a stop
accounting notice at the end of a process. The start accounting record is sent
in the background. The requested-user process begins regardless of whether
or not the start accounting notice was received by the accounting server.
broadcast
Enable accounting records to be sent to multiple AAA servers and send
accounting records to the first server in each group. If the first server is
unavailable, the switch uses the list of backup servers to identify the first
server.
group
Specify the server group to be used for accounting services. These are valid
server group names:
•
name—Name of a server group.
•
radius—List of all RADIUS hosts.
•
tacacs+—List of all TACACS+ hosts.
The group keyword is optional when you enter it after the broadcast group
and group keywords. You can enter more than optional group keyword.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-1
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
aaa accounting dot1x
radius
(Optional) Enable RADIUS authorization.
tacacs+
(Optional) Enable TACACS+ accounting.
Defaults
AAA accounting is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
Examples
This command requires access to a RADIUS server.
We recommend that you enter the dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command before
configuring IEEE 802.1x RADIUS accounting on an interface.
This example shows how to configure IEEE 802.1x accounting:
Switch(config)# aaa accounting dot1x
Switch(config)# aaa accounting dot1x default start-stop group radius
Switch(config)#
Note
Related Commands
The RADIUS authentication server must be properly configured to accept and log update or watchdog
packets from the AAA client.
Command
Description
aaa authentication
dot1x
Specifies one or more AAA methods for use on interfaces running
IEEE 802.1x.
aaa-new-model
Enables the AAA access control model. For syntax information, see the
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2>
Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting > Authentication
Commands.
dot1x reauthentication
Enables or disables periodic re-authentication.
dot1x timeout reauth
period
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-2
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x global configuration command to specify the authentication,
authorization, and accounting (AAA) method to use on ports complying with IEEE 802.1x. Use the no
form of this command to disable authentication.
aaa authentication dot1x {default} method1
no aaa authentication dot1x {default}
Syntax Description
Note
default
Use the listed authentication method that follows this argument as the default
method when a user logs in.
method1
Enter the group radius keywords to use the list of all RADIUS servers for
authentication.
Though other keywords are visible in the command-line help strings, only the default and group radius
keywords are supported.
Defaults
No authentication is performed.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The method argument identifies the method that the authentication algorithm tries in the given sequence
to validate the password provided by the client. The only method that is truly IEEE 802.1x-compliant is
the group radius method, in which the client data is validated against a RADIUS authentication server.
If you specify group radius, you must configure the RADIUS server by entering the radius-server host
global configuration command.
Use the show running-config privileged EXEC command to display the configured lists of
authentication methods.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-3
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Examples
This example shows how to enable AAA and how to create an IEEE 802.1x-compliant authentication
list. This authentication first tries to contact a RADIUS server. If this action returns an error, the user is
not allowed access to the network.
Switch(config)# aaa new-model
Switch(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default group radius
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
aaa new-model
Enables the AAA access control model. For syntax information, see the
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Authentication,
Authorization, and Accounting > Authentication Commands.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command_
reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-4
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
action
action
Use the action access-map configuration command to set the action for the VLAN access map entry. Use
the no form of this command to set the action to the default value, which is to forward.
action {drop | forward}
no action
Syntax Description
drop
Drop the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
forward
Forward the packet when the specified conditions are matched.
Defaults
The default action is to forward packets.
Command Modes
Access-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
If the action is drop, you should define the access map, including configuring any access control list
(ACL) names in match clauses, before applying the map to a VLAN, or all packets could be dropped.
In access-map configuration mode, use the match access-map configuration command to define the
match conditions for a VLAN map. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when a packet
matches the conditions.
The drop and forward parameters are not used in the no form of the command.
Examples
This example shows how to identify and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that causes
the VLAN to forward an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2:
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-5
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
action
Related Commands
Command
Description
access-list {deny | permit}
Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing
and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
ip access-list
Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Creates a named MAC address access list.
match (access-map
configuration)
Defines the match conditions for a VLAN map.
show vlan access-map
Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN access map.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-6
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
archive download-sw
Use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download a new image from a TFTP server
to the switch and to overwrite or keep the existing image.
archive download-sw {/force-reload | /imageonly | /leave-old-sw | /no-set-boot |
/no-version-check | /overwrite | /reload | /safe} source-url
Syntax Description
/force-reload
Unconditionally force a system reload after successfully downloading the
software image.
/imageonly
Download only the software image but not the HTML files associated with
the embedded device manager. The HTML files for the existing version are
deleted only if the existing version is being overwritten or removed.
/leave-old-sw
Keep the old software version after a successful download.
/no-set-boot
Do not alter the setting of the BOOT environment variable to point to the new
software image after it is successfully downloaded.
/no-version-check
Download the software image without checking to prevent installing an
incompatible image.
/overwrite
Overwrite the software image in flash memory with the downloaded one.
/reload
Reload the system after successfully downloading the image unless the
configuration has been changed and not been saved.
/safe
Keep the current software image; do not delete it to make room for the new
software image before the new image is downloaded. The current image is
deleted after the download.
source-url
The source URL alias for a local or network file system. These options are
supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for an HTTP server:
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for a secure HTTP server:
https://[[username:password]@]{hostname |
host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the software image to download and install on the
switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-7
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Defaults
The current software image is not overwritten with the downloaded image.
Both the software image and HTML files are downloaded.
The new image is downloaded to the flash: file system.
The BOOT environment variable is changed to point to the new software image on the flash: file system.
Image names are case sensitive; the image file is provided in tar format.
Compatibility of the version on the image to be downloaded is checked.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The /imageonly option removes the HTML files for the existing image if the existing image is being
removed or replaced. Only the Cisco IOS image (without the HTML files) is downloaded.
Using the /safe or /leave-old-sw option can cause the new image download to fail if there is insufficient
flash memory. If leaving the software in place prevents the new image from fitting in flash memory due
to space constraints, an error results.
If you used the /leave-old-sw option and did not overwrite the old image when you downloaded the new
one, you can remove the old image by using the delete privileged EXEC command. For more
information, see the “delete” section on page 2-52.
Note
Use the /no-version-check option with care. This option allows an image to be downloaded without first
confirming that it is not incompatible with the switch.
Use the /overwrite option to overwrite the image on the flash device with the downloaded one.
If you specify the command without the /overwrite option, the download algorithm verifies that the new
image is not the same as the one on the switch flash device. If the images are the same, the download
does not occur. If the images are different, the old image is deleted, and the new one is downloaded.
After downloading a new image, enter the reload privileged EXEC command to begin using the new
image, or specify the /reload or /force-reload option in the archive download-sw command.
Examples
This example shows how to download a new image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 and overwrite
the image on the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /overwrite tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to download only the software image from a TFTP server at 172.20.129.10 to
the switch:
Switch# archive download-sw /imageonly tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
This example shows how to keep the old software version after a successful download:
Switch# archive download-sw /leave-old-sw tftp://172.20.129.10/test-image.tar
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-8
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive download-sw
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive tar
Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
archive upload-sw
Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
delete
Deletes a file or directory on the flash memory device.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-9
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
archive tar
Use the archive tar privileged EXEC command to create a tar file, list files in a tar file, or extract the
files from a tar file.
archive tar {/create destination-url flash:/file-url} | {/table source-url} | {/xtract source-url
flash:/file-url [dir/file...]}
Syntax Description
/create destination-url
flash:/file-url
Create a new tar file on the local or network file system.
For destination-url, specify the destination URL alias for the local or
network file system and the name of the tar file to create. These options
are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash filesystem:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP) is:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to be created.
For flash:/file-url, specify the location on the local flash file system from
which the new tar file is created.
An optional list of files or directories within the source directory can be
specified to write to the new tar file. If none are specified, all files and
directories at this level are written to the newly created tar file.
/table source-url
Display the contents of an existing tar file to the screen.
For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local or network file
system. These options are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the RCP:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file to display.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-10
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
/xtract source-url
flash:/file-url [dir/file...]
Extract files from a tar file to the local file system.
For source-url, specify the source URL alias for the local file system.
These options are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the RCP:
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/tar-filename.tar
The tar-filename.tar is the tar file from which to extract.
For flash:/file-url [dir/file...], specify the location on the local flash file
system into which the tar file is extracted. Use the dir/file... option to
specify an optional list of files or directories within the tar file to be
extracted. If none are specified, all files and directories are extracted.
Defaults
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Image names are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to create a tar file. The command writes the contents of the new-configs
directory on the local flash device to a file named saved.tar on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30:
Switch# archive tar /create tftp:172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/new-configs
This example shows how to display the contents of the file that is in flash memory. The contents of the
tar file appear on the screen:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX.tar
info (219 bytes)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/( directory)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX (610856 bytes)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/info (219 bytes)
info.ver (219 bytes)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-11
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive tar
This example shows how to display only the html directory and its contents:
Switch# archive tar /table flash:me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX.tar me240x-metrobase-mz.12
-25/html
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/html/ (directory)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/html/const.htm (556 bytes)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/html/xhome.htm (9373 bytes)
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX/html/menu.css (1654 bytes)
<output truncated>
This example shows how to extract the contents of a tar file on the TFTP server at 172.20.10.30. This
command extracts just the new-configs directory into the root directory on the local flash file system.
The remaining files in the saved.tar file are ignored.
Switch# archive tar /xtract tftp://172.20.10.30/saved.tar flash:/ new-configs
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.
archive upload-sw
Uploads an existing image on the switch to a server.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-12
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
archive upload-sw
Use the archive upload-sw privileged EXEC command to upload an existing switch image to a server.
archive upload-sw [/version version_string] destination-url
Syntax Description
/version version_string
(Optional) Specify the specific version string of the image to be uploaded.
destination-url
The destination URL alias for a local or network file system. These options
are supported:
•
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
•
The syntax for the FTP:
ftp:[[//username[:password]@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the Remote Copy Protocol (RCP):
rcp:[[//username@location]/directory]/image-name.tar
•
The syntax for the TFTP:
tftp:[[//location]/directory]/image-name.tar
The image-name.tar is the name of software image to be stored on the
server.
Defaults
Uploads the currently running image from the flash: file system.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the upload feature only if the HTML files associated with the embedded device manager have been
installed with the existing image.
The files are uploaded in this sequence: the Cisco IOS image, the HTML files, and info. After these files
are uploaded, the software creates the tar file.
Image names are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to upload the currently running image to a TFTP server at 172.20.140.2:
Switch# archive upload-sw tftp://172.20.140.2/test-image.tar
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-13
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
archive upload-sw
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image to the switch.
archive tar
Creates a tar file, lists the files in a tar file, or extracts the files from a tar file.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-14
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
bandwidth
bandwidth
Use the bandwidth policy-map class configuration command to configure class-based weighted fair
queuing (CBWFQ) by setting the output bandwidth for a policy-map class. Use the no form of this
command to remove the bandwidth setting for the class.
bandwidth {rate | percent value | remaining percent value}
no bandwidth [rate | percent value | remaining percent value]
Syntax Description
rate
Set the bandwidth rate for the class in kilobits per second (kbps).
The range is from 64 to 1000000.
percent value
Set the bandwidth for the class as a percent of the total bandwidth.
The range is from 1 to 100 percent.
remaining percent value
Set the bandwidth for the class as a percent of the remaining
bandwidth. The range is from 1 to 100 percent.
Defaults
No bandwidth is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Support was added to configure the bandwidth command in the
class-default of an output policy map.
Usage Guidelines
You use the bandwidth policy-map class command to control output traffic. The bandwidth command
specifies the bandwidth for traffic in that class. CBWFQ derives the weight for packets belonging to the
class from the bandwidth allocated to the class and uses the weight to ensure that the queue for that class
is serviced fairly. Bandwidth settings are not supported in input policy maps.
When you configure bandwidth for a class of traffic as an absolute rate (kbps) or a percentage of
bandwidth (percent value), it represents the minimum bandwidth guarantee or committed information
rate (CIR) for that traffic class. This means that the traffic class gets at least the bandwidth specified in
the command, but is not limited to that bandwidth. Any excess bandwidth on the port is allocated to each
class in the same ratio as the configured CIR rates.
When you enter the bandwidth remaining percent command, hard bandwidths are not guaranteed, and
only relative bandwidths are assured. Class bandwidths are always proportional to the specified
bandwidth percentages configured for the port.
When you configure bandwidth in an output policy, you must specify the same units in each bandwidth
configuration; that is, all absolute values (rates) or percentages.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-15
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
bandwidth
The total rate of the minimum bandwidth guarantees for each queue of the policy cannot exceed the total
speed for the interface. If the percent keyword is used, the sum of the class bandwidth percentages
cannot exceed 100 percent.
Using the queue-limit command to modify the default queue limit is especially important on
higher-speed interfaces so that they meet the minimum bandwidth guarantees required by the interface.
You cannot use the bandwidth policy-map class configuration command to configure CBWFQ and the
shape average command to configure class-based shaping for the same class in a policy map.
You cannot configure bandwidth in a class that includes priority queuing (configured with the priority
policy-map class configuration command).
Examples
This example shows how to set the precedence of output queues by setting bandwidth in kilobits per
second. The classes outclass1, outclass2, and outclass3 get a minimum of 50000, 20000, and 10000
kbps. The class class-default at a minimum gets the remaining bandwidth.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth 50000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth 20000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth 10000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output out-policy
Switch(config-if)# exit
This example shows how to set the precedence of output queues by allocating percentages of the total
available bandwidth to each traffic class.The classes outclass1, outclass2, and outclass3 get a minimum
of 50, 20, and 10 percent. The class class-default at a minimum gets 20 percent.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 50
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output out-policy
Switch(config-if)# exit
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-16
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
bandwidth
This example shows how to set outclass1 as a priority queue, with outclass2, and outclass3 getting 50
and 20 percent, respectively, of the bandwidth remaining after the priority queue is serviced. The class
class-default gets the remaining 30 percent with no guarantees.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# priority
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth remaining percent 50
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth remaining percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output out-policy
Switch(config-if)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-17
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot boothlpr
boot boothlpr
Use the boot boothlpr global configuration command to load a special Cisco IOS image, which when
loaded into memory, can load a second Cisco IOS image into memory and launch it. This variable is used
only for internal development and testing. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot boothlpr filesystem:/file-url
no boot boothlpr
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and name of a bootable helper image.
Defaults
No helper image is loaded.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the BOOTHLPR environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-18
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot config-file
boot config-file
Use the boot config-file global configuration command to specify the filename that Cisco IOS uses to
read and write a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration. Use the no form of this command to return
to the default setting.
boot config-file flash:/file-url
no boot config-file
Syntax Description
flash:/file-url
Defaults
The default configuration file is flash:config.text.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The path (directory) and name of the configuration file.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more information,
see Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-19
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot enable-break
boot enable-break
Use the boot enable-break global configuration command to enable interrupting the automatic boot
process. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot enable-break
no boot enable-break
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Disabled. The automatic boot process cannot be interrupted by pressing the Break key on the console.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter this command, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the break key
on the console after the flash file system is initialized. The break key is different for each operating
system:
•
On a SUN work station running UNIX, Ctrl-C is the break key.
•
On a PC running Windows 2000, Ctrl-Break is the break key.
This command changes the setting of the ENABLE_BREAK environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-20
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper
boot helper
Use the boot helper global configuration command to dynamically load files during boot loader
initialization to extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default.
boot helper filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot helper
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and a list of loadable files to dynamically load during
loader initialization. Separate each image name with a semicolon.
Defaults
No helper files are loaded.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-21
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot helper-config-file
boot helper-config-file
Use the boot helper-config-file global configuration command to specify the name of the configuration
file to be used by the Cisco IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the CONFIG_FILE
environment variable is used by all versions of Cisco IOS that are loaded. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
boot helper-config-file filesystem:/file-url
no boot helper-config file
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash
device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and helper configuration file to load.
Defaults
No helper configuration file is specified.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This variable is used only for internal development and testing.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
This command changes the setting of the HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-22
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot manual
boot manual
Use the boot manual global configuration command to enable manually booting the switch during the
next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot manual
no boot manual
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Manual booting is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The next time you reboot the system, the switch is in boot loader mode, which is shown by the switch:
prompt. To boot the system, use the boot boot loader command, and specify the name of the bootable
image.
This command changes the setting of the MANUAL_BOOT environment variable. For more
information, see Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-23
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot private-config-file
boot private-config-file
Use the boot private-config-file global configuration command to specify the filename that Cisco IOS
uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the private configuration. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
boot private-config-file filename
no boot private-config-file
Syntax Description
filename
Defaults
The default configuration file is private-config.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
The name of the private configuration file.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the name of the private configuration file to be pconfig:
Switch(config)# boot private-config-file pconfig
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-24
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
boot system
boot system
Use the boot system global configuration command to specify the Cisco IOS image to load during the
next boot cycle. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
boot system filesystem:/file-url ...
no boot system
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
The path (directory) and name of a bootable image. Separate image names
with a semicolon.
Defaults
The switch attempts to automatically boot the system by using information in the BOOT environment
variable. If this variable is not set, the switch attempts to load and execute the first executable image it
can by performing a recursive, depth-first search throughout the flash file system. In a depth-first search
of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the
original directory.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you are using the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to maintain system images, you
never need to use the boot system command. The boot system command is automatically manipulated
to load the downloaded image.
This command changes the setting of the BOOT environment variable. For more information, see
Appendix A, “Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands.”
Related Commands
Command
Description
show boot
Displays the settings of the boot environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-25
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
channel-group
Use the channel-group interface configuration command to assign an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel
group. Use the no form of this command to remove an Ethernet port from an EtherChannel group.
channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | {auto [non-silent] | desirable [non-silent]
| on} | passive}
no channel-group
PAgP modes:
channel-group channel-group-number mode {auto [non-silent] | {desirable [non-silent]}
LACP modes:
channel-group channel-group-number mode {active | passive}
On mode:
channel-group channel-group-number mode on
Note
Syntax Description
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP.) and Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) are available only
on network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs). The active, auto, desirable,
and passive keywords are not visible on user network interfaces (UNIs).
channel-group-number
Specify the channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
mode
Specify the EtherChannel mode.
active
Unconditionally enable LACP
Active mode places a port into a negotiating state in which the port initiates
negotiations with other ports by sending LACP packets. A channel is
formed with another port group in either the active or passive mode.
auto
Enable the PAgP only if a PAgP device is detected.
Auto mode places a port into a passive negotiating state in which the port
responds to PAgP packets it receives but does not start PAgP packet
negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in desirable
mode. When auto is enabled, silent operation is the default.
desirable
Unconditionally enable PAgP.
Desirable mode places a port into an active negotiating state in which the
port starts negotiations with other ports by sending PAgP packets. A
channel is formed with another port group in either the desirable or auto
mode. When desirable is enabled, silent operation is the default.
non-silent
(Optional) Use in PAgP mode with the auto or desirable keyword when
traffic is expected from the other device.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-26
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
on
Enable on mode.
In on mode, a usable EtherChannel exists only when both connected port
groups are in the on mode.
passive
Enable LACP only if a LACP device is detected.
Passive mode places a port into a negotiating state in which the port
responds to LACP packets it receives but does not initiate LACP packet
negotiation. A channel is formed only with another port group in active
mode.
Defaults
No channel groups are assigned.
No mode is configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first by using the interface
port-channel global configuration command before assigning a physical port to a channel group.
Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration command. It automatically creates the
port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first physical port if the logical interface is not
already created. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the same
as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the channel-group
command dynamically creates a new port channel.
If the port is a UNI or an ENI, you must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to enable
it before using the channel-group command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. NNIs are enabled
by default.
After you configure an EtherChannel, configuration changes that you make on the port-channel interface
apply to all the physical ports assigned to the port-channel interface. Configuration changes applied to
the physical port affect only the port where you apply the configuration. To change the parameters of all
ports in an EtherChannel, apply configuration commands to the port-channel interface, for example,
spanning-tree commands or commands to configure a Layer 2 EtherChannel as a trunk.
If you do not specify non-silent with the auto or desirable mode, silent is assumed. The silent mode is
used when the switch is connected to a device that is not PAgP-capable and seldom, if ever, sends
packets. A example of a silent partner is a file server or a packet analyzer that is not generating traffic.
In this case, running PAgP on a physical port prevents that port from ever becoming operational.
However, it allows PAgP to operate, to attach the port to a channel group, and to use the port for
transmission. Both ends of the link cannot be set to silent.
In the on mode, an EtherChannel exists only when a port group in the on mode is connected to another
port group in the on mode.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-27
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Caution
You should exercise care when setting the mode to on (manual configuration). All ports configured in
the on mode are bundled in the same group and are forced to have similar characteristics. If the group is
misconfigured, packet loss or spanning-tree loops might occur.
Do not configure an EtherChannel in both the PAgP and LACP modes. EtherChannel groups running
PAgP and LACP can coexist on the same switch. Individual EtherChannel groups can run either PAgP
or LACP, but they cannot interoperate.
Note
PAgP and LACP are available only on NNIs and ENIs.
If you set the protocol by using the channel-protocol interface configuration command, the setting is
not overridden by the channel-group interface configuration command.
Do not configure a port that is an active or a not-yet-active member of an EtherChannel as an
IEEE 802.1x port. If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on an EtherChannel port, an error message appears,
and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled.
Do not configure a secure port as part of an EtherChannel or an EtherChannel port as a secure port.
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, see the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an EtherChannel. It assigns two static-access ports in VLAN 10
to channel 5 with the PAgP mode desirable:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/1 -2
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode desirable
Switch(config-if-range)# end
This example shows how to configure an EtherChannel. It assigns two static-access ports in VLAN 10
to channel 5 with the LACP mode active:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/1 -2
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if-range)# switchport access vlan 10
Switch(config-if-range)# channel-group 5 mode active
Switch(config-if-range)# end
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-28
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-group
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-protocol
Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show lacp
Displays LACP channel-group information.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing
page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_
command_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-29
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-protocol
channel-protocol
Use the channel-protocol interface configuration command to restrict the protocol used on a port to
manage channeling. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
channel-protocol {lacp | pagp}
no channel-protocol
Syntax Description
lacp
Configure an EtherChannel with the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
pagp
Configure an EtherChannel with the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP).
Defaults
No protocol is assigned to the EtherChannel.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
Use the channel-protocol command only to restrict a channel to LACP or PAgP. If you set the protocol
by using the channel-protocol command, the setting is not overridden by the channel-group interface
configuration command.
PAgP and LACP are available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces
(ENIs).
If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or an ENI, you must use the no shutdown interface
configuration command to enable it before using the channel-protocol command. UNIs and ENIs are
disabled by default. NNIs are enabled by default.
You must use the channel-group interface configuration command to configure the EtherChannel
parameters. The channel-group command also can set the mode for the EtherChannel.
You cannot enable both the PAgP and LACP modes on an EtherChannel group.
PAgP and LACP are not compatible; both ends of a channel must use the same protocol.
Examples
This example shows how to specify LACP as the protocol that manages the EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# channel-protocol lacp
You can verify your settings by entering the show etherchannel [channel-group-number] protocol
privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-30
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
channel-protocol
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel protocol
Displays protocol information the EtherChannel.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-31
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
class
class
Use the class policy-map configuration command to specify the name of the class whose policy you want
to create or to change or to specify the system default class before you configure a policy and to enter
policy-map class configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove the class from a
policy map.
class {class-map-name| class-default}
no class {class-map-name| class-default}
Syntax Description
class-map-name
Name of a class map created by using the class-map global configuration
command.
class-default
The system default class. This class matches all unclassified traffic. You
cannot create or delete the default class.
Defaults
No policy map classes are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Before using the class class-map-name command in policy-map configuration mode, you must create
the class by using the class-map class-map-name global configuration command. The class
class-default is the class to which traffic is directed if that traffic does not match any of the match criteria
in the configured class maps.
Use the policy-map global configuration command to identify the policy map and to enter policy-map
configuration mode. After specifying a policy map, you can configure a policy for new classes or modify
a policy for any existing classes in that policy map.
An input policy map can have a maximum of 32 classes, one of which is class-default.
You attach the policy map to a port by using the service-policy interface configuration command.
After entering the class command, you enter policy-map class configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
•
bandwidth: specifies the bandwidth allocated for a class belonging to a policy map. For more
information, see the bandwidth command.
•
exit: exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to policy-map configuration mode.
•
no: returns a command to its default setting.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-32
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
class
•
police: defines an individual policer or aggregate policer for the classified traffic. The policer
specifies the bandwidth limitations and the action to take when the limits are exceeded. For more
information, see the police and police aggregate (policy-map class configuration) policy-map
class commands.
•
priority: sets the strict scheduling priority for this class or, when used with the police keyword, sets
priority with police. For more information, see the priority policy-map class command.
•
queue-limit: sets the queue maximum threshold for Weighted Tail Drop (WTD). For more
information, see the queue-limit command.
•
service-policy: configures a QoS service policy to attach to a parent policy map for an input or
output policy. For more information, see the service-policy (policy-map class configuration)
command.
•
set: specifies a value to be assigned to the classified traffic. For more information, see the set
commands.
•
shape average: specifies the average traffic shaping rate. For more information, see the shape
average command.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Examples
This example shows how to create a policy map called policy1, define a class class1, and enter
policy-map class configuration mode to set a criterion for the class.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose
name you specify.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
show policy-map
interface [interface-id]
Displays policy maps configured on the specified interface or on all
interfaces.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-33
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
class-map
Use the class-map global configuration command to create a class map to be used for matching packets
to a specified criteria and to enter class-map configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to
delete an existing class map.
class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
no class-map [match-all | match-any] class-map-name
Syntax Description
Defaults
match-all
(Optional) Perform a logical-AND of all matching statements under this class
map. Packets must meet all of the match criteria.
match-any
(Optional) Perform a logical-OR of the matching statements under this class
map. Packets must meet one or more of the match criteria.
class-map-name
Name of the class map.
No class maps are defined.
If neither the match-all or the match-any keyword is specified, the default is match-all.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name of the class for which you want to create or to modify class-map
match criteria and to enter class-map configuration mode.
The switch supports a maximum of 256 unique class maps.
You use the class-map command and class-map configuration mode to define packet classification as
part of a globally named service policy applied on a per-port basis. When you configure a class map, you
can use one or more match commands to specify match criteria. Packets arriving at either the input or
output interface (determined by how you configure the service-policy interface configuration command)
are checked against the class-map match criteria to determine if the packet belongs to that class.
A match-all class map means that the packet must match all entries and can have no other match
statements.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-34
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
class-map
After you are in class-map configuration mode, these configuration commands are available:
Examples
•
description: describes the class map (up to 200 characters). The show class-map privileged EXEC
command displays the description and the name of the class map.
•
exit: exits QoS class-map configuration mode.
•
match: configures classification criteria. For more information, see the match class-map
configuration commands.
•
no: removes a match statement from a class map.
This example shows how to configure the class map called class1. By default, the class map is match-all
and therefore can contain no other match criteria.
Switch(config)# class-map class1
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to configure a match-any class map with one match criterion, which is an
access list called 103. This class map (matching an ACL) is supported only in an input policy map.
Switch(config)# class-map class2
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 103
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
This example shows how to delete the class map class1:
Switch(config)# no class-map class1
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
match access-group
Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis of the
specified access control list (ACL)
match cos
Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis of the
Layer 2 class of service (CoS) marking,
match ip dscp
Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis of a
specific IPv4 Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) value.
match ip precedence
Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis of IPv4
precedence values.
match qos-group
Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis of a
specific quality of service (QoS) group value.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show class-map
Displays QoS class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-35
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear ip dhcp snooping
clear ip dhcp snooping
Use the clear ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command to clear the DHCP binding database agent
statistics or the DHCP snooping statistics counters.
clear ip dhcp snooping {binding {* | ip-address | interface interface-id | vlan vlan-id} | database
statistics | statistics}
Syntax Description
binding
Clear the DHCP snooping binding database.
*
Clear all automatic bindings.
ip-address
Clear the binding entry IP address.
interface interface-id
Clear the binding input interface.
vlan vlan-id
Clear the binding entry VLAN.
database statistics
Clear the DHCP snooping binding database agent statistics.
database statistics
Clear the DHCP snooping binding database agent statistics.
statistics
Clear the DHCP snooping statistics counter.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(37)SE
The statistics keyword was introduced.
12.2(44)SE
The *, ip-address, interface interface-id, and vlan vlan-id keywords were
introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter the clear ip dhcp snooping database statistics command, the switch does not update
the entries in the binding database and in the binding file before clearing the statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the DHCP snooping binding database agent statistics:
Switch# clear ip dhcp snooping database statistics
You can verify that the statistics were cleared by entering the show ip dhcp snooping database
privileged EXEC command.
This example shows how to clear the DHCP snooping statistics counters:
Switch# clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
You can verify that the statistics were cleared by entering the show ip dhcp snooping statistics user
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-36
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear ip dhcp snooping
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping database
Configures the DHCP snooping binding database agent or
the binding file.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the status of DHCP snooping database agent.
show ip dhcp snooping database
Displays the DHCP snooping binding database agent
statistics.
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Displays the DHCP snooping statistics.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-37
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear lacp
clear lacp
Use the clear lacp privileged EXEC command to clear Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
channel-group counters.
clear lacp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Note
Syntax Description
LACP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
channel-group-number
(Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Clear traffic counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all counters by using the clear lacp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear lacp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear lacp counters
This example shows how to clear LACP traffic counters for group 4:
Switch# clear lacp 4 counters
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show lacp counters or the show lacp 4
counters privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show lacp
Displays LACP channel-group information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-38
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear mac address-table
clear mac address-table
Use the clear mac address-table privileged EXEC command to delete from the MAC address table a
specific dynamic address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all dynamic addresses on a
particular VLAN. This command also clears the MAC address notification global counters.
clear mac address-table {dynamic [address mac-addr | interface interface-id | vlan vlan-id] |
notification}
Syntax Description
dynamic
Delete all dynamic MAC addresses.
dynamic address
mac-addr
(Optional) Delete the specified dynamic MAC address.
dynamic interface
interface-id
(Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses on the specified physical port
or port channel.
dynamic vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Delete all dynamic MAC addresses for the specified VLAN. The
range is 1 to 4096.
notification
Clear the notifications in the history table and reset the counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to remove a specific MAC address from the dynamic address table:
Switch# clear mac address-table dynamic address 0008.0070.0007
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show mac address-table privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table notification
Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac address-table
Displays the MAC address table static and dynamic entries.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
snmp trap mac-notification
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
MAC address notification trap on a specific interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-39
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear pagp
clear pagp
Use the clear pagp privileged EXEC command to clear Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP)
channel-group information.
clear pagp {channel-group-number counters | counters}
Note
Syntax Description
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
channel-group-number
(Optional) Channel group number. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Clear traffic counters.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can clear all counters by using the clear pagp counters command, or you can clear only the counters
for the specified channel group by using the clear pagp channel-group-number counters command.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all channel-group information:
Switch# clear pagp counters
This example shows how to clear PAgP traffic counters for group 10:
Switch# clear pagp 10 counters
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show pagp privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-40
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear policer cpu uni-eni counters
clear policer cpu uni-eni counters
Use the clear policer cpu uni-eni counters privileged EXEC command to clear control-plane policer
statistics. The control-plane policer drops or rate-limits control packets from user network interfaces
(UNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) to protect the CPU from overload.
clear policer cpu uni-eni counters {classification | drop}
Syntax Description
classification
Clear control-plane policer classification counters that maintain statistics by feature.
drop
Clear all frame drop statistics maintained by the control-plane policer.
Command Default
No default is defined.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(44)SE
The uni keyword was changed to uni-eni.
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to clear statistics maintained per feature or statistics about dropped frames.
You can enter the show platform policer cpu classification or show policer cpu uni drop command to
view feature statistics or dropped frames before and after you use the clear command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show platform policer cpu
classification
Displays CPU policer statistics per feature.
show policer cpu uni-eni
Displays CPU policer information for the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-41
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear port-security
clear port-security
Use the clear port-security privileged EXEC command to delete from the MAC address table all secure
addresses or all secure addresses of a specific type (configured, dynamic, or sticky) on the switch or on
an interface.
clear port-security {all | configured | dynamic | sticky} [[address mac-addr | interface
interface-id] [vlan {vlan-id | {access | voice}}]]
Syntax Description
all
Delete all secure MAC addresses.
configured
Delete configured secure MAC addresses.
dynamic
Delete secure MAC addresses auto-learned by hardware.
sticky
Delete secure MAC addresses, either auto-learned or configured.
address mac-addr
(Optional) Delete the specified dynamic secure MAC address.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Delete all the dynamic secure MAC addresses on the specified
physical port or VLAN.
vlan
(Optional) Delete the specified secure MAC address from the specified
VLAN. Enter one of these options after you enter the vlan keyword:
•
vlan-id—On a trunk port, specify the VLAN ID of the VLAN on which
this address should be cleared.
•
access—On an access port, clear the specified secure MAC address on
the access VLAN.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all secure addresses from the MAC address table:
Switch# clear port-security all
This example shows how to remove a specific configured secure address from the MAC address table:
Switch# clear port-security configured address 0008.0070.0007
This example shows how to remove all the dynamic secure addresses learned on a specific interface:
Switch# clear port-security dynamic interface gigabitethernet0/1
This example shows how to remove all the dynamic secure addresses from the address table:
Switch# clear port-security dynamic
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-42
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear port-security
You can verify that the information was deleted by entering the show port-security privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
switchport port-security
Enables port security on an interface.
switchport port-security
mac-address mac-address
Configures secure MAC addresses.
switchport port-security maximum Configures a maximum number of secure MAC addresses on a
value
secure interface.
show port-security
Displays the port security settings defined for an interface or for
the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-43
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree counters
clear spanning-tree counters
Use the clear spanning-tree counters privileged EXEC command to clear the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree counters [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Clear all spanning-tree counters on the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical network node interfaces (NNIs), enhanced
network interfaces (ENIs) on which spanning tree has been enabled, VLANs,
and spanning-tree port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The
port-channel range is 1 to 48.
Note
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network
interfaces (UNIs). Though visible in the command-line help, the
command has no effect on UNIs or on ENIs on which STP is not
enabled.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the interface-id is not specified, spanning-tree counters are cleared for all STP ports.
Examples
This example shows how to clear spanning-tree counters for all STP ports:
Switch# clear spanning-tree counters
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-44
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols privileged EXEC command to restart the protocol
migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all spanning-tree interfaces or
on the specified interface.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Restart the protocol migration process on the specified interface.
Valid interfaces include physical network node interfaces (NNIs), enhanced
network interfaces (ENIs) on which spanning tree is enabled, VLANs, and
port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1
to 48.
Note
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network
interfaces (UNIs). Though visible in the command-line help, the
command has no effect on UNIs or on ENIs on which STP is not
enabled.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A switch running the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (rapid-PVST+) protocol or the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) supports a built-in protocol migration mechanism that enables it to
interoperate with legacy IEEE 802.1D switches. If a rapid-PVST+ switch or an MSTP switch receives a
legacy IEEE 802.1D configuration bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) with the protocol version set to 0,
it sends only IEEE 802.1D BPDUs on that port. A multiple spanning-tree (MST) switch can also detect
that a port is at the boundary of a region when it receives a legacy BPDU, an MST BPDU (Version 3)
associated with a different region, or a rapid spanning-tree (RST) BPDU (Version 2).
However, the switch does not automatically revert to the rapid-PVST+ or the MSTP mode if it no longer
receives IEEE 802.1D BPDUs. It cannot learn whether the legacy switch has been removed from the link
unless the legacy switch is the designated switch. Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
command in this situation.
Examples
This example shows how to restart the protocol migration process on a port:
Switch# clear spanning-tree detected-protocols interface gigabitethernet0/1
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-45
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting and enables rapid spanning-tree
transitions to the forwarding state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-46
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
clear vmps statistics
clear vmps statistics
Use the clear vmps statistics privileged EXEC command to clear the statistics maintained by the VLAN
Query Protocol (VQP) client.
clear vmps statistics
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to clear VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) statistics:
Switch# clear vmps statistics
You can verify that information was deleted by entering the show vmps statistics privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays the VQP version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VMPS IP
addresses, and the current and primary servers.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-47
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
conform-action
conform-action
Use the conform-action policy-map class police configuration command to set multiple actions for a
policy-map class for packets that conform to the committed information rate (CIR). Use the no form of
this command to cancel the action or return to the default action.
conform-action {set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map
name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map
name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]}
no conform-action {set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map
name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map
name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]}
Syntax Description
set-cos-transmit
new-cos-value
Set a new class of service (CoS) value for the packet and send the packet.
This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new CoS
value is 0 to 7.
set-dscp-transmit
new-dscp-value
Set a new Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value for the packet
and send the packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The
range for the new DCSP value is 0 to 63.
set-prec-transmit
new-precedence-value
Set a new IP precedence value for the packet and send the packet. This
specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new IP
precedence value is 0 to 7.
set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value
Set a new quality of service (QoS) group value for the packet and send the
packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the
new QoS value is 0 to 99.
cos
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the CoS value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This specifies
the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
dscp
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the DSCP value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
precedence
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the IP precedence value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
table table-map name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the preceding from-type keyword.
Specify the table map to be used for the enhanced packet marking. The
to-type of the action is marked based on the from-type parameter of the action
using this table map.
transmit
(Optional) Send the packet unmodified.
Defaults
The default conform action is to send the packet.
Command Modes
Policy-map class police configuration
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-48
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
conform-action
Command History
Usage Guidelines
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Increased support for configuring conform-action marking. See “Usage
Guidelines.”
Beginning with Cisco IOS release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure conform-action marking using
enhanced packet marking, which provides the ability to modify a QoS marking based on any incoming
QoS marking and table maps. This release also added support for the ability to mark multiple QoS
parameters for the same class and configure conromf0action marking and exceed-action marking
simultaneously.
Access policy-map class police configuration mode by entering the police policy-map class command.
See the police command for more information.
Use this command to set one or more conform actions for a traffic class.
Examples
This example shows how configure multiple conform actions in a policy map that sets a committed
information rate of 23000 bits per second (bps) and a conform burst rate of 10000 bps. The policy map
includes multiple conform actions (for DSCP and for Layer 2 CoS) and an exceed action.
Switch(config)# policy-map map1
Switch(config-pmap)# class cos-set-1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police cir 23000 bc 10000
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# conform-action set-dscp-transmit 48
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# conform-action set-cos-transmit 5
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
exceed-action
Defines the action to take on traffic that exceeds the CIR.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-49
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
define interface-range
Use the define interface-range global configuration command to create an interface-range macro. Use
the no form of this command to delete the defined macro.
define interface-range macro-name interface-range
no define interface-range macro-name interface-range
Syntax Description
macro-name
Name of the interface-range macro; up to 32 characters.
interface-range
Interface range; for valid values for interface ranges, see “Usage Guidelines.”
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The macro name is a 32-character maximum character string.
A macro can contain up to five ranges.
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Fast Ethernet ports, all Gigabit Ethernet ports,
all EtherChannel ports, or all VLANs, but you can combine multiple interface types in a macro.
When entering the interface-range, use this format:
•
type {first-interface} - {last-interface}
•
You must add a space between the first interface number and the hyphen when entering an
interface-range. For example, gigabitethernet 0/1 - 2 is a valid range; gigabitethernet 0/1-2 is not
a valid range
Valid values for type and interface:
•
vlan vlan-id, where vlan-id is from 1 to 4094
VLAN interfaces must have been configured with the interface vlan command (the show
running-config privileged EXEC command displays the configured VLAN interfaces). VLAN
interfaces not displayed by the show running-config command cannot be used in interface-ranges.
•
port-channel port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1 to 48
•
fastethernet module/{first port} - {last port}
•
gigabitethernet module/{first port} - {last port}
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-50
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
define interface-range
For physical interfaces:
•
module is always 0.
•
the range is type 0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet 0/1 - 2).
When you define a range, you must enter a space before the hyphen (-), for example:
gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
You can also enter multiple ranges. When you define multiple ranges, you must enter a space after the
first entry before the comma (,). The space after the comma is optional, for example:
fastethernet0/3, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
fastethernet0/3 -4, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Examples
This example shows how to create a multiple-interface macro:
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 fastethernet0/1 - 2, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Related Commands
Command
Description
interface range
Executes a command on multiple ports at the same time.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-51
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
delete
delete
Use the delete privileged EXEC command to delete a file or directory on the flash memory device.
delete [/force] [/recursive] filesystem:/file-url
Syntax Description
/force
(Optional) Suppress the prompt that confirms the deletion.
/recursive
(Optional) Delete the named directory and all subdirectories and the files contained in
it.
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system.
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
/file-url
The path (directory) and filename to delete.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you use the /force keyword, you are prompted once at the beginning of the deletion process to confirm
the deletion.
If you use the /recursive keyword without the /force keyword, you are prompted to confirm the deletion
of every file.
The prompting behavior depends on the setting of the file prompt global configuration command. By
default, the switch prompts for confirmation on destructive file operations. For more information about
this command, see the Cisco IOS Command Reference for Release 12.1.
Examples
This example shows how to remove the directory that contains the old software image after a successful
download of a new image:
Switch# delete /force /recursive flash:/old-image
You can verify that the directory was removed by entering the dir filesystem: privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image to the switch and overwrites or keeps the existing
image.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-52
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
Use the deny MAC access-list configuration command to prevent non-IP traffic from being forwarded
if the conditions are matched. Use the no form of this command to remove a deny condition from the
named MAC access list.
{deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask |mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {deny | permit} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | aarp | amber | cos cos | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
Syntax Description
any
Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src MAC-addr |
src-MAC-addr mask
Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask
Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask
(Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp
(Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos
(Optional) Select a class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7 to set
priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A warning
message reminds the user if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning
(Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv
(Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-53
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
lsap lsap-number mask
(Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with
IEEE 802.2 encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
Note
mop-console
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo
(Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip
(Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp
(Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite (0 to 65535), an arbitrary Ethertype in decimal, hexadecimal, or
octal.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1
IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name
Novel Name
Filter Criterion
arpa
Ethernet II
Ethertype 0x8137
snap
Ethernet-snap
Ethertype 0x8137
sap
Ethernet 802.2
LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether
Ethernet 802.3
LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults
This command has no defaults. However; the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes
MAC-access list configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-54
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
deny (MAC access-list configuration)
Usage Guidelines
You enter MAC-access list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the host keyword, you
must enter an address mask.
When an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
Note
Examples
For more information about named MAC extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for
this release.
This example shows how to define the named MAC extended access list to deny NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is denied.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios.
This example shows how to remove the deny condition from the named MAC extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no deny any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios.
This example denies all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# deny any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac access-list extended
Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
permit (MAC access-list
configuration)
Permits non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
show access-lists
Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-55
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x default
dot1x default
Use the dot1x default interface configuration command to reset the configurable IEEE 802.1x
parameters to their default values.
dot1x default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
These are the default values:
•
The per-port IEEE 802.1x protocol enable state is disabled (force-authorized).
•
The number of seconds between re-authentication attempts is 3600 seconds.
•
The periodic re-authentication is disabled.
•
The quiet period is 60 seconds.
•
The retransmission time is 30 seconds.
•
The maximum retransmission number is 2 times.
•
The host mode is single host.
•
The client timeout period is 30 seconds.
•
The authentication server timeout period is 30 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to reset the configurable IEEE 802.1x parameters on a port:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x default
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-56
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x host-mode
dot1x host-mode
Use the dot1x host-mode interface configuration command to allow a single host (client) or multiple
hosts on an IEEE 802.1x-authorized port that has the dot1x port-control interface configuration
command set to auto. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x host-mode {multi-host | single-host}
no dot1x host-mode [multi-host | single-host]
Syntax Description
multi-host
Enable multiple-hosts mode on the switch.
single-host
Enable single-host mode on the switch.
Defaults
The default is single-host mode.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to a single client or to attach multiple clients to
an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port. In multiple-hosts mode, only one of the attached hosts must be
successfully authorized for all hosts to be granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized
(re-authentication fails or an Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN [EAPOL]-logoff message is
received), all attached clients are denied access to the network.
Before entering this command, make sure that the dot1x port-control interface configuration command
is set to auto for the specified port.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IEEE 802.1x globally, to enable IEEE 802.1x on a port, and to enable
multiple-hosts mode:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
Switch(config-if)# dot1x host-mode multi-host
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-57
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x initialize
dot1x initialize
Use the dot1x initialize privileged EXEC command to manually return the specified IEEE
802.1x-enabled port to an unauthorized state before initiating a new authentication session on the port.
dot1x initialize interface interface-id
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Port to be initialized.
Use this command to initialize the IEEE 802.1x state machines and to set up a fresh environment for
authentication. After you enter this command, the port status becomes unauthorized.
There is no no form of this command.
Examples
This example shows how to manually initialize a port:
Switch# dot1x initialize interface gigabitethernet0/2
You can verify the unauthorized port status by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id]
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-58
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x max-reauth-req
dot1x max-reauth-req
Use the dot1x max-reauth-req interface configuration command to set the maximum number of times
that the switch restarts the authentication process before a port transitions to the unauthorized state. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x max-reauth-req count
no dot1x max-reauth-req
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default is 2 times.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Number of times that the switch restarts the authentication process before the
port transitions to the unauthorized state. The range is 1 to 10.
Usage Guidelines
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Examples
This example shows how to set 4 as the number of times that the switch restarts the authentication
process before the port transitions to the unauthorized state:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x max-reauth-req 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x max-req
Sets the maximum number of times that the switch forwards an EAP
frame (assuming that no response is received) to the authentication
server before restarting the authentication process.
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-59
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x max-req
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req interface configuration command to set the maximum number of times that the
switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) frame from the authentication server
(assuming that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x max-req count
no dot1x max-req
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default is 2 times.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Number of times that the switch resends an EAP frame from the authentication
server before restarting the authentication process. The range is 1 to 10.
Usage Guidelines
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
Examples
This example shows how to set 5 as the number of times that the switch sends an EAP frame from the
authentication server before restarting the authentication process:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x max-req 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-60
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control interface configuration command to enable manual control of the
authorization state of the port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized}
no dot1x port-control
Syntax Description
auto
Enable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the port and cause the port to change to
the authorized or unauthorized state based on the IEEE 802.1x authentication
exchange between the switch and the client.
force-authorized
Disable IEEE 802.1x authentication on the port and cause the port to change to
the authorized state without an authentication exchange. The port sends and
receives normal traffic without IEEE 802.1x-based authentication of the client.
force-unauthorized
Deny all access through this port by forcing the port to change to the
unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate. The
switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the port.
Defaults
The default is force-authorized.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable IEEE 802.1x on the switch by using the dot1x system-auth-control global
configuration command before enabling IEEE 802.1x on a specific port.
You can use the auto keyword only if the port is not configured as one of these:
•
Trunk port—If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a trunk port, an error message appears, and
IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to change the mode of an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to trunk,
an error message appears, and the port mode is not changed.
•
Dynamic-access ports—If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a dynamic-access (VLAN Query
Protocol [VQP]) port, an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to
change an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to dynamic VLAN assignment, an error message appears, and
the VLAN configuration is not changed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-61
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x port-control
•
EtherChannel port—Do not configure a port that is an active or a not-yet-active member of an
EtherChannel as an IEEE 802.1x port. If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on an EtherChannel port,
an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled.
•
Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) destination ports—You can enable
IEEE 802.1x on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port. However, IEEE 802.1x is disabled
until the port is removed as a SPAN or RSPAN destination. You can enable IEEE 802.1x on a SPAN
or RSPAN source port.
To globally disable IEEE 802.1x on the switch, use the no dot1x system-auth-control global
configuration command. To disable IEEE 802.1x on a specific port, use the no dot1x port-control
interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IEEE 802.1x on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# dot1x port-control auto
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show dot1x [interface interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-62
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x re-authenticate
dot1x re-authenticate
Use the dot1x re-authenticate privileged EXEC command to manually initiate a re-authentication of
the specified IEEE 802.1x-enabled port.
dot1x re-authenticate interface interface-id
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Module and port number of the interface to re-authenticate.
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to re-authenticate a client without waiting for the configured number of
seconds between re-authentication attempts (re-authperiod) and automatic re-authentication.
Examples
This example shows how to manually re-authenticate the device connected to a port:
Switch# dot1x re-authenticate interface gigabitethernet0/1
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-63
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x reauthentication
dot1x reauthentication
Use the dot1x reauthentication interface configuration command to enable periodic re-authentication
of the client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x reauthentication
no dot1x reauthentication
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
You configure the amount of time between periodic re-authentication attempts by using the dot1x
timeout reauth-period interface configuration command.
This example shows how to disable periodic re-authentication of the client:
Switch(config-if)# no dot1x reauthentication
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set the number of seconds between
re-authentication attempts to 4000 seconds:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x timeout reauth-period
Sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-64
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x system-auth-control
Use the dot1x system-auth-control global configuration command to globally enable IEEE 802.1x. Use
the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
IEEE 802.1x is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must enable authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) and specify the authentication
method list before globally enabling IEEE 802.1x. A method list describes the sequence and
authentication methods to be queried to authenticate a user.
Before globally enabling IEEE 802.1x on a switch, remove the EtherChannel configuration from the
interfaces on which IEEE 802.1x and EtherChannel are configured.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable IEEE 802.1x on a switch:
Switch(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x [interface interface-id] privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x port-control
Enables manual control of the authorization state of the port.
show dot1x [interface
interface-id]
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-65
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x test eapol-capable
dot1x test eapol-capable
Use the dot1x test eapol-capable privileged EXEC command to monitor IEEE 802.1x activity on all the
switch ports and to display information about the devices that are connected to the ports that support
IEEE 802.1x.
dot1x test eapol-capable [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Defaults
There is no default setting.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
(Optional) Port to be queried.
Use this command to test the IEEE 802.1x capability of the devices connected to all ports or to specific
ports on a switch.
There is not a no form of this command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the IEEE 802.1x readiness check on a switch to query a port. It also
shows the response received from the queried port verifying that the device connected to it is
IEEE 802.1x-capable:
switch# dot1x test eapol-capable interface gigabitethernet1/0/13
DOT1X_PORT_EAPOL_CAPABLE:DOT1X: MAC 00-01-02-4b-f1-a3 on gigabitethernet1/0/13 is EAPOL
capable
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x test timeout timeout
Configures the timeout used to wait for EAPOL response to
an IEEE 802.1x readiness query.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-66
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x test timeout
dot1x test timeout
Use the dot1x test timeout global configuration command to configure the timeout used to wait for
EAPOL response from a port being queried for IEEE 802.1x readiness.
dot1x test timeout timeout
Syntax Description
timeout
Defaults
The default setting is 10 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Time in seconds to wait for an EAPOL response. The range is from
1 to 65535 seconds.
Use this command to configure the timeout used to wait for EAPOL response.
There is not a no form of this command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch to wait 27 seconds for an EAPOL response:
Switch# dot1x test timeout 27
You can verify the timeout configuration status by entering the show run privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x test eapol-capable [interface
interface-id]
Checks for IEEE 802.1x readiness on devices connected to
all or to specified IEEE 802.1x-capable ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-67
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
dot1x timeout
Use the dot1x timeout interface configuration command to set IEEE 802.1x timers. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
dot1x timeout {quiet-period seconds | reauth-period seconds | server-timeout seconds |
supp-timeout seconds | tx-period seconds}
no dot1x timeout {quiet-period | reauth-period | server-timeout | supp-timeout | tx-period}
Syntax Description
Defaults
quiet-period seconds
Number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a
failed authentication exchange with the client. The range is 1 to 65535.
reauth-period seconds
Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. The range is 1 to
65535.
server-timeout seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the authentication server. The range is 30 to 65535.
supp-timeout seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets
by the switch to the IEEE 802.1x client. The range is 30 to 65535.
tx-period seconds
Number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before retransmitting the
request. The range is 1 to 65535.
These are the default settings:
reauth-period is 3600 seconds.
quiet-period is 60 seconds.
tx-period is 30 seconds.
supp-timeout is 30 seconds.
server-timeout is 30 seconds.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(40)SE
The range for tx-period seconds is incorrect. The correct range is from 1 to
65535.
Usage Guidelines
You should change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication servers.
The dot1x timeout reauth-period interface configuration command affects the behavior of the switch
only if you have enabled periodic re-authentication by using the dot1x reauthentication interface
configuration command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-68
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
dot1x timeout
During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests. If you want
to provide a faster response time to the user, enter a number smaller than the default.
Examples
This example shows how to enable periodic re-authentication and to set 4000 as the number of seconds
between re-authentication attempts:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x reauthentication
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout reauth-period 4000
This example shows how to set 30 seconds as the quiet time on the switch:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 30
This example shows how to set 45 seconds as the switch-to-authentication server retransmission time:
Switch(config)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 45
This example shows how to set 45 seconds as the switch-to-client retransmission time for the EAP
request frame:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 45
This example shows how to set 60 as the number of seconds to wait for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before re-transmitting the request:
Switch(config-if)# dot1x timeout tx-period 60
You can verify your settings by entering the show dot1x privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dot1x max-req
Sets the maximum number of times that the switch sends an
EAP-request/identity frame before restarting the authentication process.
dot1x reauthentication
Enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-69
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
duplex
Use the duplex interface configuration command to specify the duplex mode of operation for a port. Use
the no form of this command to return the port to its default value.
duplex {auto | full | half}
no duplex
Syntax Description
Defaults
auto
Enable automatic duplex configuration; port automatically detects whether it
should run in full- or half-duplex mode, depending on the attached device mode.
full
Enable full-duplex mode.
half
Enable half-duplex mode (only for interfaces operating at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps).
You cannot configure half-duplex mode for interfaces operating at 1000 Mbps or
10,000 Mbps.
The default is auto for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports and for 1000BASE-T small form-factor
pluggable (SFP) modules.
The default is half for 100BASE-FX MMF SFP modules.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only available when a 1000BASE-T SFP module or a 100BASE-FX MMF SFP module
is in the SFP module slot. All other SFP modules operate only in full-duplex mode.
When a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP module slot, you can configure duplex mode to auto or
full.
When a 100BASE-FX MMF SFP module is in the SFP module slot, you can configure duplex mode to
half or full. Although the auto keyword is available, it puts the interface in half-duplex mode (the
default) because the 100BASE-FX MMF SFP module does not support autonegotiation.
Certain ports can be configured to be either full duplex or half duplex. Applicability of this command
depends on the device to which the switch is attached.
For Fast Ethernet ports, setting the port to auto has the same effect as specifying half if the attached
device does not autonegotiate the duplex parameter.
For Gigabit Ethernet ports, setting the port to auto has the same effect as specifying full if the attached
device does not autonegotiate the duplex parameter.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-70
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
duplex
Note
Half-duplex mode is supported on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces if duplex mode is auto and the
connected device is operating at half duplex. However, you cannot configure these interfaces to
operate in half-duplex mode.
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend using the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, configure duplex and speed
on both interfaces; do use the auto setting on the supported side.
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
You can configure the duplex setting when the speed is set to auto.
Caution
Note
Examples
Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and re-enable the
interface during the reconfiguration.
For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, see the software configuration guide
for this release.
This example shows how to configure an interface for full duplex operation:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# duplex full
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch.
speed
Sets the speed on a 10/100 or 10/100/1000 Mbps interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-71
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
errdisable detect cause
Use the errdisable detect cause global configuration command to enable error-disabled detection for a
specific cause or all causes. Use the no form of this command to disable the error-disabled detection
feature.
errdisable detect cause {all | dhcp-rate-limit | gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap}
no errdisable detect cause {all | dhcp-rate-limit | gbic-invalid | link-flap | pagp-flap}
Syntax Description
all
Enable error detection for all error-disable causes.
dhcp-rate-limit
Enable error detection for DHCP snooping.
gbic-invalid
Enable error detection for an invalid Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) module.
link-flap
Enable error detection for link-state flapping.
loopback
Enable error detection for detected loopbacks.
pagp-flap
Enable error detection for the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap
error-disabled cause.
Note
Note
This error refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the arp-inspection keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Detection is enabled for all causes. All causes, except for per-VLAN error disabling, are configured to
shut down the entire port.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A cause (all, dhcp-rate-limit, and so forth) is the reason why the error-disabled state occurred. When a
cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in an error-disabled state, an operational state
that is similar to a link-down state.
When a port is error-disabled, it is effectively shut down, and no traffic is sent or received on the port. For the
BPDU guard and port-security features, you can configure the switch to shut down just the offending
VLAN on the port when a violation occurs, instead of shutting down the entire port.
If you set a recovery mechanism for the cause by entering the errdisable recovery global configuration
command for the cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state and allowed to retry the
operation when all causes have timed out. If you do not set a recovery mechanism, you must enter the
shutdown and then the no shutdown commands to manually recover an interface from the
error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-72
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause
Examples
This example shows how to enable error-disabled detection for the link-flap error-disabled cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable detect cause link-flap
You can verify your setting by entering the show errdisable detect privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show errdisable detect
Displays errdisable detection information.
show interfaces status err-disabled
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in the
error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-73
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause small-frame
errdisable detect cause small-frame
Use the errdisable detect cause small-frame global configuration command on the switch stack or on
a standalone switch to allow any switch port to be error disabled if incoming VLAN-tagged packets are
small frames (67 bytes or less) and arrive at the minimum configured rate (the threshold). Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
errdisable detect cause small-frame
no errdisable detect cause small-frame
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command globally enables the small-frame arrival feature. Use the small violation-rate interface
configuration command to set the threshold for each port.
You can configure the port to be automatically re-enabled by using the errdisable recovery cause
small-frame global configuration command. You configure the recovery time by using the errdisable
recovery interval interval global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the switch ports to be put into the error-disabled mode if incoming
small frames arrive at the configured threshold:
Switch(config)# errdisable detect cause small-frame
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable recovery cause
small-frame
Enables the recovery timer.
errdisable recovery interval
interval
Specifies the time to recover from the specified error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-74
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable detect cause small-frame
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch, including input and
output flow control.
small-frame violation-rate
Configures the rate (threshold) for incoming small frames to cause a
port to be put into the error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-75
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery cause small-frame
errdisable recovery cause small-frame
Use the errdisable recovery cause small-frame global configuration command on the switch stack or
on a standalone switch to enable the recovery timer for ports to be automatically re-enabled after they
are error disabled by the arrival of small frames. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
errdisable recovery cause small-frame
no errdisable recovery cause small-frame
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This command enables the recovery timer for error-disabled ports. You configure the recovery time by
using the errdisable recovery interval interval interface configuration command.
This example shows how to set the recovery timer:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery cause small-frame
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause small-frame
Allows any switch port to be put into the error-disabled
state if an incoming frame is smaller than the configured
minimum size and arrives at the specified rate (threshold).
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch, including
input and output flow control.
small-frame violation-rate
Configures the size for an incoming (small) frame to cause
a port to be put into the error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-76
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
errdisable recovery
Use the errdisable recovery global configuration command to configure the recover mechanism
variables. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | channel-misconfig | dhcp-rate-limit | gbic-invalid
| link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld |unicast-flood
| vmps} | {interval interval}
no errdisable recovery {cause {all | bpduguard | channel-misconfig | dhcp-rate-limit |
gbic-invalid | link-flap | loopback | pagp-flap | psecure-violation | security-violation | udld
|unicast-flood | vmps} | {interval interval}
Syntax Description
cause
Enable the error-disabled mechanism to recover from a specific cause.
all
Enable the timer to recover from all error-disabled causes.
bpduguard
Enable the timer to recover from the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard
error-disabled state.
channel-misconfig
Enable the timer to recover from the EtherChannel misconfiguration
error-disabled state.
dhcp-rate-limit
Enable the timer to recover from the DHCP snooping error-disabled state.
gbic-invalid
Enable the timer to recover from an invalid Gigabit Interface Converter
(GBIC) module error-disable state.
Note
This error refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
error-disable state.
link-flap
Enable the timer to recover from the link-flap error-disabled state.
loopback
Enable the timer to recover from a loopback error-disabled state.
pagp-flap
Enable the timer to recover from the Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP)-flap
error-disabled state.
psecure-violation
Enable the timer to recover from a port security violation disable state.
security-violation
Enable the timer to recover from an IEEE 802.1x-violation disabled state
udld
Enable the timer to recover from the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
error-disabled state.
unicast-flood
Enable the timer to recover from the unicast flood disable state.
vmps
Enable the timer to recover from the VLAN Membership Policy Server
(VMPS) error-disabled state.
interval interval
Specify the time to recover from the specified error-disabled state. The range
is 30 to 86400 seconds. The same interval is applied to all causes. The default
interval is 300 seconds.
Note
The error-disabled recovery timer is initialized at a random
differential from the configured interval value. The difference
between the actual timeout value and the configured value can be up
to 15 percent of the configured interval.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-77
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
errdisable recovery
Note
Defaults
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the arp-inspection, storm-control, and unicast-flood
keywords are not supported.
Recovery is disabled for all causes.
The default recovery interval is 300 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A cause (all, bpduguard and so forth) is defined as the reason that the error-disabled state occurred.
When a cause is detected on an interface, the interface is placed in error-disabled state, an operational
state similar to link-down state. If you do not enable errdisable recovery for the cause, the interface stays
in error-disabled state until you enter a shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration command.
If you enable the recovery for a cause, the interface is brought out of the error-disabled state and allowed
to retry the operation again when all the causes have timed out.
Otherwise, you must enter the shutdown then no shutdown commands to manually recover an interface
from the error-disabled state
Examples
This example shows how to enable the recovery timer for the BPDU guard error-disabled cause:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery cause bpduguard
This example shows how to set the timer to 500 seconds:
Switch(config)# errdisable recovery interval 500
You can verify your settings by entering the show errdisable recovery privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show errdisable recovery
Displays errdisable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
err-disabled
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled
state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-78
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
exceed-action
exceed-action
Use the exceed-action policy-map class police configuration command to set multiple actions for a
policy-map class for packets that do not conform to the committed information rate (CIR). Use the no
form of this command to cancel the action or return to the default action.
exceed-action {drop | set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence]
[table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]}
no exceed-action {drop | set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence]
[table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]}
Syntax Description
Defaults
drop
Drop the packet.
set-cos-transmit
new-cos-value
Set a new class of service (CoS) value for the packet and send the packet.
This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new CoS
value is 0 to 7.
set-dscp-transmit
new-dscp-value
Set a new Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value for the packet
and send the packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The
range for the new DCSP value is 0 to 63.
set-prec-transmit
new-precedence-value
Set a new IP precedence value for the packet and send the packet. This
specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new IP
precedence value is 0 to 7.
set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value
Set a new quality of service (QoS) group value for the packet and send the
packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the
new QoS value is 0 to 99.
cos
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the CoS value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This specifies
the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
dscp
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the DSCP value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
precedence
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the IP precedence value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
table table-map name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the preceding from-type keyword.
Specify the table map to be used for the enhanced packet marking. The
to-type of the action is marked based on the from-type parameter of the action
using this table map.
transmit
(Optional) Send the packet unmodified.
The default action is to drop the packet.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-79
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
exceed-action
Command Modes
Policy-map class police configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Increased support for configuring exceed actions. See “Usage Guidelines.”
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure exceed-action to send the packet
unmodified, perform marking using explicit values, and use all combinations of enhanced packet
marking. Enhanced packet marking provides the ability to modify a QoS marking based on any incoming
QoS marking and table maps. This release also added support for the ability to mark multiple QoS
parameters for the same class, and configure conform-action marking and exceed-action marking
simultaneously.
Access policy-map class police configuration mode by entering the police policy-map class command.
See the police command for more information.
You can use this command to set one or more exceed actions for a traffic class.
Examples
This example shows how configure multiple actions in a policy map that sets an information rate of
23000 bits per second (bps) and a burst rate of 10000 bps:
Switch(config)# policy-map map1
Switch(config-pmap)# class class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 23000 10000
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# conform-action transmit
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# exceed-action set-prec-transmit prec table
policed-prec-table-map-name
Switch(config-pmap-c-police)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
conform-action
Defines the action to take on traffic that conforms to the CIR.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-80
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol interface configuration command to set the receive flow-control state for an
interface. When flow control send is operable and on for a device and it detects any congestion at its
end, it notifies the link partner or the remote device of the congestion by sending a pause frame. When
flow control receive is on for a device and it receives a pause frame, it stops sending any data packets.
This prevents any loss of data packets during the congestion period.
Use the receive off keywords to disable flow control.
flowcontrol receive {desired | off | on}
Note
Syntax Description
The Cisco ME switch can only receive pause frames.
receive
Set whether the interface can receive flow-control packets from a remote device.
desired
Allow an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
off
Turn off the ability of an attached device to send flow-control packets to an interface.
on
Allow an interface to operate with an attached device that is required to send
flow-control packets or with an attached device that is not required to but can send
flow-control packets.
Defaults
The default is flowcontrol receive off.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch does not support sending flow-control pause frames. If the port is a user network interface
(UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you must use the no shutdown interface configuration
command to enable it before using the flowcontrol command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default.
Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by default.
Note that the on and desired keywords have the same result.
When you use the flowcontrol command to set a port to control traffic rates during congestion, you are
setting flow control on a port to one of these conditions:
•
receive on or desired: The port cannot send out pause frames, but can operate with an attached
device that is required to or is able to send pause frames; the port is able to receive pause frames.
•
receive off: Flow control does not operate in either direction. In case of congestion, no indication is
given to the link partner and no pause frames are sent or received by either device.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-81
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
flowcontrol
Table 2-2 shows the flow control results on local and remote ports for a combination of settings. The
table assumes that receive desired has the same results as using the receive on keywords.
Table 2-2
Flow Control Settings and Local and Remote Port Flow Control Resolution
Flow Control Settings
Flow Control Resolution
Local Device
Remote Device
Local Device
Remote Device
send off/receive on
send on/receive on
Receives only
Sends and receives
send on/receive off
Receives only
Sends only
send desired/receive on
Receives only
Sends and receives
send desired/receive off
Receives only
Sends only
send off/receive on
Receives only
Receives only
send off/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send on/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send on/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send desired/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send desired/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive on
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive off
Does not send or receive
Does not send or receive
send off/receive off
Examples
This example shows how to configure the local port to not support flow control by the remote port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# flowcontrol receive off
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch, including input and output flow
control.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-82
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
interface port-channel
Use the interface port-channel global configuration command to access or create the port-channel
logical interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the port-channel.
interface port-channel port-channel-number
no interface port-channel port-channel-number
Syntax Description
port-channel-number
Defaults
No port-channel logical interfaces are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Port-channel number. The range is 1 to 48.
For Layer 2 EtherChannels, you do not have to create a port-channel interface first before assigning a
physical port to a channel group. Instead, you can use the channel-group interface configuration
command. It automatically creates the port-channel interface when the channel group gets its first
physical port. If you create the port-channel interface first, the channel-group-number can be the same
as the port-channel-number, or you can use a new number. If you use a new number, the channel-group
command dynamically creates a new port channel.
Only one port channel in a channel group is allowed.
Follow these guidelines when you use the interface port-channel command:
•
If you want to use the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), you must configure it only on the physical
port and not on the port-channel interface.
Note
CDP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces
(ENIs).
•
Do not configure a port that is an active member of an EtherChannel as an IEEE 802.1x port. If IEEE
802.1x is enabled on a not-yet active port of an EtherChannel, the port does not join the
EtherChannel.
For a complete list of configuration guidelines, see the “Configuring EtherChannels” chapter in the
software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port-channel interface with a port channel number of 5:
Switch(config)# interface port-channel 5
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-83
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface port-channel
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC or show
etherchannel channel-group-number detail privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command
_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-84
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
interface range
Use the interface range global configuration command to enter interface range configuration mode and
to execute a command on multiple ports at the same time. Use the no form of this command to remove
an interface range.
interface range {port-range | macro name}
no interface range {port-range | macro name}
Syntax Description
port-range
Port range. For a list of valid values for port-range, see the “Usage Guidelines”
section.
macro name
Specify the name of a macro.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter interface range configuration mode, all interface parameters you enter are attributed to
all interfaces within the range.
For VLANs, you can use the interface range command only on existing VLAN switch virtual interfaces
(SVIs). To display VLAN SVIs, enter the show running-config privileged EXEC command. VLANs not
displayed cannot be used in the interface range command. The commands entered under interface
range command are applied to all existing VLAN SVIs in the range.
All configuration changes made to an interface range are saved to NVRAM, but the interface range itself
is not saved to NVRAM.
You can enter the interface range in two ways:
•
Specifying up to five interface ranges
•
Specifying a previously defined interface-range macro
All interfaces in a range must be the same type; that is, all Fast Ethernet ports, all Gigabit Ethernet ports,
all EtherChannel ports, or all VLANs. However, you can define up to five interface ranges with a single
command, with each range separated by a comma.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-85
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
Valid values for port-range type and interface:
•
vlan vlan-ID - vlan-ID, where VLAN ID is from 1 to 4094
•
fastethernet module/{first port} - {last port}, where module is always 0
•
gigabitethernet module/{first port} - {last port}, where module is always 0
For physical interfaces:
– module is always 0
– the range is type 0/number - number (for example, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2)
•
Note
port-channel port-channel-number - port-channel-number, where port-channel-number is from 1
to 48
When you use the interface range command with port channels, the first and last port channel number
in the range must be active port channels.
When you define a range, you must enter a space between the first entry and the hyphen (-):
interface range gigabitethernet0/1 -2
When you define multiple ranges, you must still enter a space after the first entry and before the
comma (,):
interface range fastethernet0/1 - 2, gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
You cannot specify both a macro and an interface range in the same command.
A single interface can also be specified in port-range (this would make the command similar to the
interface interface-id global configuration command).
Note
Examples
For more information about configuring interface ranges, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
This example shows how to use the interface range command to enter interface range configuration
mode to apply commands to two ports:
Switch(config)# interface range gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Switch(config-if-range)#
This example shows how to use a port-range macro macro1 for the same function. The advantage is that
you can reuse macro1 until you delete it.
Switch(config)# define interface-range macro1 gigabitethernet0/1 - 2
Switch(config)# interface range macro macro1
Switch(config-if-range)#
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-86
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface range
Related Commands
Command
Description
define interface-range
Creates an interface range macro.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link
to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command
_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-87
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
interface vlan
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan global configuration command to create or access a VLAN and to enter interface
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete a VLAN.
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
The default VLAN interface is VLAN 1.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2.(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN number. The range is 1 to 4094.
VLANs are created the first time that you enter the interface vlan vlan-id command for a particular vlan.
The vlan-id corresponds to the VLAN-tag associated with data frames on an IEEE 802.1Q encapsulated
trunk or the VLAN ID configured for an access port.
If you delete a VLAN by entering the no interface vlan vlan-id command, the deleted interface is no
longer visible in the output from the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Note
You cannot delete the VLAN 1 interface.
You can reinstate a deleted VLAN by entering the interface vlan vlan-id command for the deleted
interface. The interface comes back up, but much of the previous configuration will be gone.
Examples
This example shows how to create a new VLAN with VLAN ID 23 and enter interface configuration
mode:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 23
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces and show interfaces vlan vlan-id privileged
EXEC commands.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces vlan vlan-id
Displays the administrative and operational status of all
interfaces or the specified VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-88
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group interface configuration command to control access to a Layer 2 interface. Use
the no form of this command to remove all access groups or the specified access group from the
interface.
ip access-group {access-list-number | name} {in}
no ip access-group [access-list-number | name] {in}
Syntax Description
access-list-number
The number of the IP access control list (ACL). The range is 1 to 199 or
1300 to 2699.
name
The name of an IP ACL, specified in the ip access-list global configuration
command.
in
Specify filtering on inbound packets.
Defaults
No access list is applied to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can apply named or numbered standard or extended IP access lists to an interface. To define an
access list by name, use the ip access-list global configuration command. To define a numbered access
list, use the access list global configuration command. You can used numbered standard access lists
ranging from 1 to 99 and 1300 to 1999 or extended access lists ranging from 100 to 199 and 2000 to
2699.
You can use this command to apply an access list to a Layer 2 interface. However, note these limitations
for port ACLs:
•
You can only apply ACLs in the inbound direction.
•
You can only apply one IP ACL and one MAC ACL per interface.
•
Port ACLs do not support logging; if the log keyword is specified in the IP ACL, it is ignored.
•
An IP ACL applied to an interface only filters IP packets. To filter non-IP packets, use the mac
access-group interface configuration command with MAC extended ACLs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-89
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip access-group
You can use input port ACLs and VLAN maps on the same switch. However, a port ACL takes
precedence over a VLAN map. When both an input port ACL and a VLAN map are applied, incoming
packets received on ports with the port ACL applied are filtered by the port ACL. Other packets are
filtered by the VLAN map.
For standard inbound access lists, after the switch receives a packet, it checks the source address of the
packet against the access list. IP extended access lists can optionally check other fields in the packet,
such as the destination IP address, protocol type, or port numbers. If the access list permits the packet,
the switch continues to process the packet. If the access list denies the packet, the switch discards the
packet.
If the specified access list does not exist, all packets are passed.
Examples
This example shows how to apply IP access list 101 to inbound packets on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# ip access-group 101 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip interface, show access-lists, or show ip
access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
access list
Configures a numbered ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco
IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands
ip access-list
Configures a named ACL. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
show access-lists
Displays ACLs configured on the switch.
show ip interface
Displays information about interface status and configuration. For
syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference,
Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP
Services Commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-90
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
ip address
Use the ip address interface configuration command to set an IP address for the Layer 2 switch. Use the
no form of this command to remove an IP address or to disable IP processing.
ip address ip-address subnet-mask [secondary]
no ip address [ip-address subnet-mask] [secondary]
Syntax Description
ip-address
IP address.
subnet-mask
Mask for the associated IP subnet.
secondary
(Optional) Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If
this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.
Defaults
No IP address is defined.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12,2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you remove the switch IP address through a Telnet session, your connection to the switch will be lost.
Hosts can find subnet masks using the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Mask Request
message. Routers respond to this request with an ICMP Mask Reply message.
You can disable IP processing on a particular interface by removing its IP address with the no ip address
command. If the switch detects another host using one of its IP addresses, it will send an error message
to the console.
You can use the optional keyword secondary to specify an unlimited number of secondary addresses.
Secondary addresses are treated like primary addresses, except the system never generates datagrams
other than routing updates with secondary source addresses. IP broadcasts and ARP requests are handled
properly, as are interface routes in the IP routing table.
Note
If any router on a network segment uses a secondary address, all other devices on that same segment
must also use a secondary address from the same network or subnet. Inconsistent use of secondary
addresses on a network segment can very quickly cause routing loops.
If your switch receives its IP address from a Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) or a DHCP server and you
remove the switch IP address by using the no ip address command, IP processing is disabled, and the
BOOTP or the DHCP server cannot reassign the address.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-91
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip address
Examples
This example shows how to configure the IP address for the Layer 2 switch on a subnetted network:
Switch(config)# interface vlan 1
Switch(config-if)# ip address 172.20.128.2 255.255.255.0
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_comma
nd_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate
to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-92
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping
ip dhcp snooping
Use the ip dhcp snooping global configuration command to globally enable DHCP snooping. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP snooping is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect, you must globally enable DHCP snooping.
DHCP snooping is not active until you enable snooping on a VLAN by using the ip dhcp snooping vlan
vlan-id global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-93
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping binding
ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the ip dhcp snooping binding privileged EXEC command to configure the DHCP snooping binding
database and to add binding entries to the database. Use the no form of this command to delete entries
from the binding database.
ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address vlan vlan-id ip-address interface interface-id expiry
seconds
no ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address vlan vlan-id ip-address interface interface-id
Syntax Description
mac-address
Specify a MAC address.
vlan vlan-id
Specify a VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4904.
ip-address
Specify an IP address.
interface interface-id
Specify an interface on which to add or delete a binding entry.
expiry seconds
Specify the interval (in seconds) after which the binding entry is no longer
valid. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
Defaults
No default database is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command when you are testing or debugging the switch.
In the DHCP snooping binding database, each database entry, also referred to a binding, has an IP
address, an associated MAC address, the lease time (in hexadecimal format), the interface to which the
binding applies, and the VLAN to which the interface belongs. The database can have up to 8192
bindings.
Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding privileged EXEC command to display only the dynamically
configured bindings. Use the show ip source binding privileged EXEC command to display the
dynamically and statically configured bindings.
Examples
This example shows how to generate a DHCP binding configuration with an expiration time of
1000 seconds on a port in VLAN 1:
Switch# ip dhcp snooping binding 0001.1234.1234 vlan 1 172.20.50.5 interface
gigabitethernet0/1 expiry 1000
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping binding or the show ip dhcp source
binding privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-94
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping binding
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the dynamically configured bindings in the DHCP
snooping binding database and the configuration information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-95
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping database
ip dhcp snooping database
Use the ip dhcp snooping database global configuration command to configure the DHCP snooping
binding database agent. Use the no form of this command to disable the agent, to reset the timeout value,
or to reset the write-delay value.
ip dhcp snooping database {{flash:/filename | ftp://user:password@host/filename |
http://[[username:password]@]{hostname | host-ip}[/directory]/image-name.tar |
rcp://user@host/filename | tftp://host/filename} | timeout seconds | write-delay seconds}
no ip dhcp snooping database [timeout | write-delay]
Syntax Description
flash:/filename
Specify that the database agent or the binding file is in the flash
memory.
ftp://user:password@host/filename
Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on an FTP
server.
http://[[username:password]@]
{hostname | host-ip}[/directory]
/image-name.tar
Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on an FTP
server.
rcp://user@host/filename
Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on a
Remote Control Protocol (RCP) server.
tftp://host/filename
Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on a TFTP
server.
timeout seconds
Specify (in seconds) when to stop the database transfer process
after the DHCP snooping binding database changes.
The default is 300 seconds. The range is from 0 to 86400. Use
0 to define an infinite duration.
write-delay seconds
Defaults
Specify (in seconds) the duration for which the transfer should
be delayed after the binding database changes. The default is
300 seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400.
The URL for the database agent or binding file is not defined.
The timeout value is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
The write-delay value is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-96
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping database
Usage Guidelines
The DHCP snooping binding database can have up to 8192 bindings.
To ensure that the lease time in the database is accurate, we recommend that Network Time Protocol
(NTP) is enabled and configured for these features:
•
NTP authentication
•
NTP peer and server associations
•
NTP broadcast service
•
NTP access restrictions
•
NTP packet source IP address
If NTP is configured, the switch writes binding changes to the binding file only when the switch system
clock is synchronized with NTP.
Because both NVRAM and the flash memory have limited storage capacity, we recommend that you
store a binding file on a TFTP server. You must create an empty file at the configured URL on
network-based URLs (such as TFTP and FTP) before the switch can write bindings to the binding file at
that URL for the first time.
Use the no ip dhcp snooping database command to disable the agent.
Use the no ip dhcp snooping database timeout command to reset the timeout value.
Use the no ip dhcp snooping database write-delay command to reset the write-delay value.
Examples
This example shows how to store a binding file at an IP address of 10.1.1.1 that is in a directory called
directory. A file named file must be present on the TFTP server.
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping database tftp://10.1.1.1/directory/file
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping database privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping binding
Configures the DHCP snooping binding database.
show ip dhcp snooping database
Displays the status of DHCP snooping database agent.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-97
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option
ip dhcp snooping information option
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option global configuration command to enable DHCP
option-82 data insertion. Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP option-82 data insertion.
ip dhcp snooping information option
no ip dhcp snooping information option
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP option-82 data insertion is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled and a switch receives a DHCP request from a host, it adds the
option-82 information in the packet. The option-82 information contains the switch MAC address (the
remote ID suboption) and the port identifier, vlan-mod-port, from which the packet is received (circuit
ID suboption). The switch forwards the DHCP request that includes the option-82 field to the DHCP
server.
When the DHCP server receives the packet, it can use the remote ID, the circuit ID, or both to assign IP
addresses and implement policies, such as restricting the number of IP addresses that can be assigned to
a single remote ID or a circuit ID. Then the DHCP server echoes the option-82 field in the DHCP reply.
The DHCP server unicasts the reply to the switch if the request was relayed to the server by the switch.
When the client and server are on the same subnet, the server broadcasts the reply. The switch inspects
the remote ID and possibly the circuit ID fields to verify that it originally inserted the option-82 data.
The switch removes the option-82 field and forwards the packet to the switch port that connects to the
DHCP host that sent the DHCP request.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP option-82 data insertion:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-98
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-99
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted global configuration command on an
aggregation switch to configure it to accept DHCP packets with option-82 information that are received
on untrusted ports that might be connected to an edge switch. Use the no form of this command to
configure the switch to drop these packets from the edge switch.
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
no ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The switch drops DHCP packets with option-82 information that are received on untrusted ports that
might be connected to an edge switch.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You might want an edge switch to which a host is connected to insert DHCP option-82 information at
the edge of your network. You might also want to enable DHCP security features, such as DHCP
snooping, IP source guard, or dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) inspection, on an
aggregation switch. However, if DHCP snooping is enabled on the aggregation switch, the switch drops
packets with option-82 information that are received on an untrusted port and does not learn DHCP
snooping bindings for connected devices on a trusted interface.
If the edge switch to which a host is connected inserts option-82 information and you want to use DHCP
snooping on an aggregation switch, enter the ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
command on the aggregation switch. The aggregation switch can learn the bindings for a host even
though the aggregation switch receives DHCP snooping packets on an untrusted port. You can also
enable DHCP security features on the aggregation switch. The port on the edge switch to which the
aggregation switch is connected must be configured as a trusted port.
Note
Do not enter the ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted command on an aggregation
switch to which an untrusted device is connected. If you enter this command, an untrusted device might
spoof the option-82 information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-100
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
Examples
This example shows how to configure an access switch to not check the option-82 information in
untrusted packets from an edge switch and to accept the packets:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option allowed-untrusted
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-101
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
Use the ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id global configuration command to
configure the option-82 remote-ID suboption. Use the no form of this command to configure the default
remote-ID suboption.
ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id [string ASCII-string | hostname]
no ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id
Syntax Description
string ASCII-string
Specify a remote ID, using from 1 to 63 ASCII characters (no spaces).
hostname
Specify the switch hostname as the remote ID.
Defaults
The switch MAC address is the remote ID.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEG
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled, the default remote-ID suboption is the switch MAC address. This
command allows you to configure either the switch hostname or a string of up to 63 ASCII characters
(but no spaces) to be the remote ID.
Note
Examples
If the hostname exceeds 63 characters, it is truncated to 63 characters in the remote-ID configuration.
This example shows how to configure the option-82 remote-ID suboption:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping information option format remote-id hostname
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping vlan information Configures the option-82 circuit-ID suboption.
option format-type circuit-id string
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-102
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Use the ip dhcp snooping limit rate interface configuration command to configure the number of DHCP
messages an interface can receive per second. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
ip dhcp snooping limit rate rate
no ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Syntax Description
rate
Defaults
DHCP snooping rate limiting is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Number of DHCP messages an interface can receive per second. The range is 1 to
2048.
Normally, the rate limit applies to untrusted interfaces. If you want to configure rate limiting for trusted
interfaces, keep in mind that trusted interfaces might aggregate DHCP traffic on multiple VLANs (some
of which might not be snooped) in the switch, and you will need to adjust the interface rate limits to a
higher value.
If the rate limit is exceeded, the interface is error-disabled. If you enabled error recovery by entering the
errdisable recovery dhcp-rate-limit global configuration command, the interface retries the operation
again when all the causes have timed out. If the error-recovery mechanism is not enabled, the interface
stays in the error-disabled state until you enter the shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration
commands.
Examples
This example shows how to set a message rate limit of 150 messages per second on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping limit rate 150
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable recovery
Configures the recover mechanism.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-103
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping trust
ip dhcp snooping trust
Use the ip dhcp snooping trust interface configuration command to configure a port as trusted for
DHCP snooping purposes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
DHCP snooping trust is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Configure as trusted ports those that are connected to a DHCP server or to other switches or routers.
Configure as untrusted ports those that are connected to DHCP clients.
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping trust on a port:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping trust
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-104
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Use the ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address global configuration command to configure the switch
to verify on an untrusted port that the source MAC address in a DHCP packet matches the client
hardware address. Use the no form of this command to configure the switch to not verify the MAC
addresses.
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The switch verifies the source MAC address in a DHCP packet that is received on untrusted ports
matches the client hardware address in the packet.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
In a service-provider network, when a switch receives a packet from a DHCP client on an untrusted port,
it automatically verifies that the source MAC address and the DHCP client hardware address match. If
the addresses match, the switch forwards the packet. If the addresses do not match, the switch drops the
packet.
Examples
This example shows how to disable the MAC address verification:
Switch(config)# no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-105
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan
ip dhcp snooping vlan
Use the ip dhcp snooping vlan global configuration command to enable DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
Use the no form of this command to disable DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-range
no ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan-range
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-range
Specify a VLAN ID or a range of VLANs on which to enable DHCP snooping. The
range is 1 to 4094.
You can enter a single VLAN ID identified by VLAN ID number, a series of VLAN
IDs separated by commas, a range of VLAN IDs separated by hyphens, or a range
of VLAN IDs separated by entering the starting and ending VLAN IDs separated
by a space.
Defaults
DHCP snooping is disabled on all VLANs.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must first globally enable DHCP snooping before enabling DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
Examples
This example shows how to enable DHCP snooping on VLAN 10:
Switch(config)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 10
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-106
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id
string
Use the ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string interface
configuration command to configure the option-82 circuit-ID suboption. Use the no form of this
command to configure the default circuit-ID suboption.
ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan information option format-type circuit-id string ASCII-string
no ip dhcp snooping vlan vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
Syntax Description
vlan vlan
Specify the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
string ASCII-string
Specify a circuit ID, using from 3 to 63 ASCII characters (no
spaces).
Defaults
The switch VLAN and the port identifier, in the format vlan-mod-port, is the default circuit ID.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEG
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must globally enable DHCP snooping by using the ip dhcp snooping global configuration
command for any DHCP snooping configuration to take effect.
When the option-82 feature is enabled, the default circuit-ID suboption is the switch VLAN and the port
identifier, in the format vlan-mod-port. This command allows you to configure a string of ASCII
characters to be the circuit ID.
Note
Examples
When configuring a large number of circuit IDs on a switch, consider the impact of lengthy character
strings on the NVRAM or flash memory. If the circuit-ID configurations, combined with other data,
exceed the capacity of the NVRAM or the flash memory, an error message appears.
This example shows how to configure the option-82 circuit-ID suboption:
Switch(config-if)# ip dhcp snooping vlan 250 information option format-type circuit-id
string customerABC-250-0-0
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-107
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip dhcp snooping vlan information option format-type circuit-id string
Note
Related Commands
The show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command only displays the global command output, including
a remote-ID configuration. It does not display any per-interface, per-VLAN string that you have
configured for the circuit ID.
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping information
option format remote-id
Configures the option-82 remote-ID suboption.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-108
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp filter
ip igmp filter
Use the ip igmp filter interface configuration command to control whether or not all hosts on a Layer 2
interface can join one or more IP multicast groups by applying an Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) profile to the interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified profile from
the interface.
ip igmp filter profile number
no ip igmp filter
Syntax Description
profile number
Defaults
No IGMP filters are applied.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The IGMP profile number to be applied. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
You can apply IGMP filters only to Layer 2 physical interfaces; you cannot apply IGMP filters to ports
that belong to an EtherChannel group.
An IGMP profile can be applied to one or more switch port interfaces, but one port can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples
This example shows how to apply IGMP profile 22 to a port.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp filter 22
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-109
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp filter
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
show ip dhcp snooping
statistics
Displays the characteristics of the specified IGMP profile.
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id
the IGMP profile (if any) that is applied to an interface. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS Configuration Fundamentals
Command Reference, Release 12.2 > File Management Commands
> Configuration File Management Commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-110
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp max-groups
ip igmp max-groups
Use the ip igmp max-groups interface configuration command to set the maximum number of Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP) groups that a Layer 2 interface can join or to configure the IGMP
throttling action when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table. Use the no form of this
command to set the maximum back to the default, which is to have no maximum limit, or to return to the
default throttling action, which is to drop the report.
ip igmp max-groups {number | action {deny | replace}}
no ip igmp max-groups {number | action}
Syntax Description
Defaults
number
The maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join. The range is 0 to
4294967294. The default is no limit.
action deny
When the maximum number of entries is in the IGMP snooping forwarding table, drop
the next IGMP join report. This is the default action.
action
replace
When the maximum number of entries is in the IGMP snooping forwarding table,
replace the existing group with the new group for which the ICMP report was received.
The default maximum number of groups is no limit.
After the switch learns the maximum number of IGMP group entries on an interface, the default
throttling action is to drop the next IGMP report that the interface receives and to not add an entry for
the IGMP group to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command only on Layer 2 physical interfaces and on logical EtherChannel interfaces.
You cannot set IGMP maximum groups for ports that belong to an EtherChannel group.
Follow these guidelines when configuring the IGMP throttling action:
•
If you configure the throttling action as deny and set the maximum group limitation, the entries that
were previously in the forwarding table are not removed but are aged out. After these entries are
aged out, when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table, the switch drops the next
IGMP report received on the interface.
•
If you configure the throttling action as replace and set the maximum group limitation, the entries
that were previously in the forwarding table are removed. When the maximum number of entries is
in the forwarding table, the switch replaces a randomly-selected multicast entry with the received
IGMP report.
•
When the maximum group limitation is set to the default (no maximum), entering the ip igmp
max-groups {deny | replace} command has no effect.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-111
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp max-groups
Examples
This example shows how to limit to 25 the number of IGMP groups that a port can join.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups 25
This example shows how to configure the switch to replace the existing group with the new group for
which the IGMP report was received when the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups action replace
You can verify your setting by using the show running-config privileged EXEC command and by
specifying an interface.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config interface Displays the running configuration on the switch interface, including
interface-id
the maximum number of IGMP groups that an interface can join and
the throttling action. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 >
File Management Commands > Configuration File Management
Commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-112
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
ip igmp profile
Use the ip igmp profile global configuration command to create an Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) profile and enter IGMP profile configuration mode. From this mode, you can specify
the configuration of the IGMP profile to be used for filtering IGMP membership reports from a
switchport. Use the no form of this command to delete the IGMP profile.
ip igmp profile profile number
no ip igmp profile profile number
Syntax Description
profile number
Defaults
No IGMP profiles are defined. When configured, the default action for matching an IGMP profile is to
deny matching addresses.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2.(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The IGMP profile number being configured. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
When you are in IGMP profile configuration mode, you can create the profile by using these commands:
•
deny: specifies that matching addresses are denied; this is the default condition.
•
exit: exits from igmp-profile configuration mode.
•
no: negates a command or resets to its defaults.
•
permit: specifies that matching addresses are permitted.
•
range: specifies a range of IP addresses for the profile. This can be a single IP address or a range
with a start and an end address.
When entering a range, enter the low IP multicast address, a space, and the high IP multicast address.
You can apply an IGMP profile to one or more Layer 2 interfaces, but each interface can have only one
profile applied to it.
Examples
This example shows how to configure IGMP profile 40 that permits the specified range of IP multicast
addresses.
Switch(config)# ip igmp profile 40
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# permit
Switch(config-igmp-profile)# range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
You can verify your settings by using the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-113
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp profile
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp filter
Applies the IGMP profile to the specified interface.
show ip dhcp snooping
statistics
Displays the characteristics of all IGMP profiles or the specified
IGMP profile number.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-114
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping
Use the ip igmp snooping global configuration command to globally enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on the switch or to enable it on a per-VLAN basis. Use the no
form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id]
no ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
Defaults
IGMP snooping is globally enabled on the switch.
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to
1001 and 1006 to 4094.
IGMP snooping is enabled on VLAN interfaces.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When IGMP snooping is enabled globally, it is enabled in all the existing VLAN interfaces. When IGMP
snooping is disabled globally, it is disabled on all the existing VLAN interfaces.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable IGMP snooping:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping
This example shows how to enable IGMP snooping on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-115
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-116
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
Use the ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval global configuration command to enable the
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) configurable-leave timer globally or on a per-VLAN
basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id] last-member-query-interval time
no ip igmp snooping [vlan vlan-id] last-member-query-interval
Syntax Descriptiont
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping and the leave timer on the specified
VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
time
Interval time out in seconds. The range is 100 to 5000 milliseconds.
Defaults
The default timeout setting is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When IGMP snooping is globally enabled, IGMP snooping is enabled on all the existing VLAN
interfaces. When IGMP snooping is globally disabled, IGMP snooping is disabled on all the existing
VLAN interfaces.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Configuring the leave timer on a VLAN overrides the global setting.
The IGMP configurable leave time is only supported on devices running IGMP Version 2.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the IGMP leave timer for 2000 milliseconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval 2000
This example shows how to configure the IGMP leave timer for 3000 milliseconds on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 last-member-query-interval 3000
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-117
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Enables IGMP Immediate-Leave processing.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Configures a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port.
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Configures a Layer 2 port as a member of a group.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-118
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
ip igmp snooping querier
Use the ip igmp snooping querier global configuration command to globally enable the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) querier function in Layer 2 networks. Use the command with keywords
to enable and configure the IGMP querier feature on a VLAN interface. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default settings.
ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-address | max-response-time response-time
| query-interval interval-count | tcn query [count count | interval interval] | timer expiry |
version version]
no ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [address | max-response-time | query-interval | tcn
query { count count | interval interval} | timer expiry | version]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Enable IGMP snooping and the IGMP querier function on the
specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
address ip-address
(Optional) Specify a source IP address. If you do not specify an IP address,
the querier tries to use the global IP address configured for the IGMP querier.
max-response-time
response-time
(Optional) Set the maximum time to wait for an IGMP querier report. The range
is 1 to 25 seconds.
query-interval
interval-count
(Optional) Set the interval between IGMP queriers. The range is 1 to 18000
seconds.
tcn query [count count (Optional) Set parameters related to Topology Change Notifications (TCNs).
| interval interval]
The keywords have these meanings:
Defaults
•
count count—Set the number of TCN queries to be executed during the
TCN interval time. The range is 1 to 10.
•
interval interval—Set the TCN query interval time. The range is 1 to
255.
timer expiry
(Optional) Set the length of time until the IGMP querier expires. The range
is 60 to 300 seconds.
version version
(Optional) Select the IGMP version number that the querier feature uses.
Select 1 or 2.
The IGMP snooping querier feature is globally disabled on the switch.
When enabled, the IGMP snooping querier disables itself if it detects IGMP traffic from a
multicast-enabled device.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-119
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable IGMP snooping to detect the IGMP version and IP address of a device that
sends IGMP query messages, which is also called a querier.
By default, the IGMP snooping querier is configured to detect devices that use IGMP Version 2
(IGMPv2) but does not detect clients that are using IGMP Version 1 (IGMPv1). You can manually
configure the max-response-time value when devices use IGMPv2. You cannot configure the
max-response-time when devices use IGMPv1. (The value cannot be configured and is set to zero).
Non-RFC compliant devices running IGMPv1 might reject IGMP general query messages that have a
non-zero value as the max-response-time value. If you want the devices to accept the IGMP general query
messages, configure the IGMP snooping querier to run IGMPv1.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the IGMP snooping querier feature:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier maximum response time to 25 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier max-response-time 25
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier interval time to 60 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier query-interval 60
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier TCN query count to 25:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier tcn count 25
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier timeout to 60 seconds:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier timeout expiry 60
This example shows how to set the IGMP snooping querier feature to version 2:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping querier version 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-120
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Use the ip igmp snooping report-suppression global configuration command to enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) report suppression. Use the no form of this command to disable IGMP
report suppression and to forward all IGMP reports to multicast routers.
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
IGMP report suppression is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
IGMP report suppression is supported only when the multicast query has IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 reports.
This feature is not supported when the query includes IGMPv3 reports.
The switch uses IGMP report suppression to forward only one IGMP report per multicast router query
to multicast devices. When IGMP router suppression is enabled (the default), the switch sends the first
IGMP report from all hosts for a group to all the multicast routers. The switch does not send the
remaining IGMP reports for the group to the multicast routers. This feature prevents duplicate reports
from being sent to the multicast devices.
If the multicast router query includes requests only for IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 reports, the switch
forwards only the first IGMPv1 or IGMPv2 report from all hosts for a group to all the multicast routers.
If the multicast router query also includes requests for IGMPv3 reports, the switch forwards all IGMPv1,
IGMPv2, and IGMPv3 reports for a group to the multicast devices.
If you disable IGMP report suppression by entering the no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
command, all IGMP reports are forwarded to all the multicast routers.
Examples
This example shows how to disable report suppression:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping report-suppression
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-121
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-122
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping tcn
ip igmp snooping tcn
Use the ip igmp snooping tcn global configuration command to configure the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) Topology Change Notification (TCN) behavior. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default settings.
ip igmp snooping tcn {flood query count count | query solicit}
no ip igmp snooping tcn {flood query count | query solicit}
Syntax Description
flood query count count Specify the number of IGMP general queries for which the multicast traffic
is flooded. The range is 1 to 10.
query solicit
Defaults
Send an IGMP leave message (global leave) to speed the process of
recovering from the flood mode caused during a TCN event.
The TCN flood query count is 2.
The TCN query solicitation is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can prevent the loss of the multicast traffic that might occur because of a topology change by using
this command. If you set the TCN flood query count to 1 by using the ip igmp snooping tcn flood query
count command, the flooding stops after receiving one general query. If you set the count to 7, the
flooding of multicast traffic due to the TCN event lasts until seven general queries are received. Groups
are relearned based on the general queries received during the TCN event.
Examples
This example shows how to specify 7 as the number of IGMP general queries for which the multicast
traffic is flooded:
Switch(config)# no ip igmp snooping tcn flood query count 7
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Specifies flooding on an interface as the IGMP snooping spanning-tree
TCN behavior.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-123
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Use the ip igmp snooping tcn flood interface configuration command to specify multicast flooding as
the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping spanning-tree Topology Change Notification
(TCN) behavior. Use the no form of this command to disable the multicast flooding.
ip igmp snooping tcn flood
no ip igmp snooping tcn flood
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Multicast flooding is enabled on an interface during a spanning-tree TCN event.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When the switch receives a TCN, multicast traffic is flooded to all the ports until two general queries are
received. If the switch has many ports with attached hosts that are subscribed to different multicast
groups, this flooding behavior might not be desirable because the flooded traffic might exceed the
capacity of the link and cause packet loss.
You can change the flooding query count by using the ip igmp snooping tcn flood query count count
global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to disable the multicast flooding on an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no ip igmp snooping tcn flood
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables IGMP snooping on the switch or on a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping tcn
Configures the IGMP TCN behavior on the switch.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-124
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
ip igmp snooping vlan immediate-leave
Use the ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave global configuration command to enable
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping immediate-leave processing on a per-VLAN
basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id immediate-leave
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
IGMP immediate-leave processing is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enable IGMP snooping and the Immediate-Leave feature on the specified
VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
You should only configure the Immediate Leave feature when there is a maximum of one receiver on
every port in the VLAN. The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
The Immediate Leave feature is supported only with IGMP Version 2 hosts.
Examples
This example shows how to enable IGMP immediate-leave processing on VLAN 1:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 immediate-leave
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-125
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Use the ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter global configuration command to add a multicast router
port or to configure the multicast learning method. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default settings.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter {interface interface-id | learn pim-dvmrp}
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id mrouter {interface interface-id | learn pim-dvmrp}
Syntax Description
Defaults
vlan-id
Enable IGMP snooping, and add the port in the specified VLAN as the
multicast router port. The range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
interface interface-id
Specify the next-hop interface to the multicast router. Valid interfaces are
physical interfaces and port channels. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
learn pim-dvmrp
Specify the multicast router learning method. The only learning method
supported on the Cisco ME switch is pim-dvmrp, which sets the switch to
learn multicast router ports by snooping on IGMP queries and
Protocol-Independent Multicast-Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
(PIM-DVMRP) packets.
By default, there are no multicast router ports.
The default learning method is pim-dvmrp—to snoop IGMP queries and PIM-DVMRP packets.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port as a multicast router port:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter interface gigabitethernet0/2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-126
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-127
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan static
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Use the ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static global configuration command to enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping and to statically add a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast
group. Use the no form of this command to remove ports specified as members of a static multicast
group.
ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address interface interface-id
no ip igmp snooping vlan vlan-id static ip-address interface interface-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Enable IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN. The range is 1 to 1001 and
1006 to 4094.
ip-address
Add a Layer 2 port as a member of a multicast group with the specified group
IP address.
interface interface-id
Specify the interface of the member port. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
fastethernet interface number—a Fast Ethernet IEEE 802.3 interface.
•
gigabitethernet interface number—a Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802.3z
interface.
•
port-channel interface number—a channel interface. The range is 0
to 48.
Defaults
By default, there are no ports statically configures as members of a multicast group.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
The configuration is saved in NVRAM.
Examples
This example shows how to statically configure a port as a multicast router port:
Switch(config)# ip igmp snooping vlan 1 mrouter interface gigabitethernet0/2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-128
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip igmp snooping vlan static
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Enables IGMP report suppression.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the snooping configuration.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays the IGMP snooping router ports.
show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-129
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip ssh
ip ssh
Use the ip ssh global configuration command to configure the switch to run Secure Shell (SSH)
Version 1 or SSH Version 2. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
ip ssh version [1 | 2]
no ip ssh version [1 | 2]
This command is available only when your switch is running the cryptographic (encrypted) software
image.
Syntax Description
1
(Optional) Configure the switch to run SSH Version 1 (SSHv1).
2
(Optional) Configure the switch to run SSH Version 2 (SSHv1).
Defaults
The default version is the latest SSH version supported by the SSH client.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter this command or if you do not specify a keyword, the SSH server selects the latest
SSH version supported by the SSH client. For example, if the SSH client supports SSHv1 and SSHv2,
the SSH server selects SSHv2.
The switch supports an SSHv1 or an SSHv2 server. It also supports an SSHv1 client. For more
information about the SSH server and the SSH client, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
A Rivest, Shamir, and Adelman (RSA) key pair generated by an SSHv1 server can be used by an SSHv2
server and the reverse.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch to run SSH Version 2:
Switch(config)# ip ssh version 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show ip ssh or show ssh privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-130
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
ip ssh
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip ssh
Displays if the SSH server is enabled and displays the version and
configuration information for the SSH server. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command References >
Cisco IOS Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Other Security
Features > Secure Shell Commands.
show ssh
Displays the status of the SSH server. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
Release 12.2 Configuration Guides and Command References > Cisco IOS
Security Command Reference, Release 12.2 > Other Security Features >
Secure Shell Commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-131
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
lacp port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority interface configuration command to configure the port priority for the Link
Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
lacp port-priority priority
no lacp port-priority
Note
LACP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Port priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
The lacp port-priority interface configuration command determines which ports are bundled and which
ports are put in hot-standby mode when there are more than eight ports in an LACP channel group. This
command takes effect only on EtherChannel ports that are already configured for LACP. If the interface
is a user network interface (UNI), you must use the port-type nni or port-type eni interface
configuration command to change the interface to an NNI or ENI before configuring lacp port-priority.
In priority comparisons, numerically lower values have higher priority. The switch uses the priority to
decide which ports should be put in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all
compatible ports from being active. If two or more ports have the same LACP port priority (for example,
they are configured with the default setting of 65535), an internal value for the port number determines
the priority.
Note
The LACP port priorities are only effective if the ports are on the switch that controls the LACP link.
See the lacp system-priority global configuration command for information about determining which
switch controls the link.
Use the show lacp internal privileged EXEC command to display LACP port priorities and internal port
number values.
For information about configuring LACP on physical ports, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-132
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
lacp port-priority
Examples
This example shows how to configure the LACP port priority on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# lacp port-priority 1000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp [channel-group-number] internal privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
lacp system-priority
Configures the LACP system priority.
show lacp [channel-group-number]
internal
Displays internal information for all channel groups or for
the specified channel group.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-133
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
lacp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority global configuration command to configure the system priority for the
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
lacp system-priority priority
no lacp system-priority
Note
LACP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
System priority for LACP. The range is 1 to 65535.
The lacp system-priority command determines which switch in an LACP link controls port priorities.
Although this is a global configuration command, the priority only takes effect on EtherChannels that
have physical ports that are already configured for LACP.
An LACP channel group can have up to 16 Ethernet ports of the same type. Up to eight ports can be
active, and up to eight ports can be in standby mode. When there are more than eight ports in an LACP
channel group, the switch on the controlling end of the link uses port priorities to determine which ports
are bundled into the channel and which ports are put in hot-standby mode. Port priorities on the other
switch (the noncontrolling end of the link) are ignored.
In priority comparisons, numerically lower values have higher priority. Therefore, the switch with the
numerically lower system value (higher priority value) for LACP system priority becomes the
controlling switch. If both switches have the same LACP system priority (for example, they are both
configured with the default setting of 32768), the LACP system ID (the switch MAC address) determines
which switch is in control.
The lacp system-priority command applies to all LACP EtherChannels on the switch.
Use the show etherchannel summary privileged EXEC command to see which ports are in the
hot-standby mode (denoted with an H port-state flag).
For more information about configuring LACP on physical ports, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-134
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
lacp system-priority
Examples
This example shows how to set the LACP system priority:
Switch(config)# lacp system-priority 20000
You can verify your settings by entering the show lacp sys-id privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
lacp port-priority
Configures the LACP port priority.
show lacp sys-id
Displays the system identifier that is being used by LACP.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-135
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
logging event
logging event
Use the logging event interface configuration command to enable notification of interface link status
changes. Use the no form of this command to disable notification.
logging event {bundle-status | link-status | spanning-tree | status | trunk status}
no logging event {bundle-status | link-status | spanning-tree | status | trunk status}
Syntax Description
bundle-status
Enable notification of BUNDLE and UNBUNDLE messages.
link-status
Enable notification of interface data link status changes.
spanning-tree
Enable notification of spanning-tree events.
status
Enable notification of spanning-tree state change messages.
trunk-status
Enable notification of trunk-status messages.
Defaults
Event logging is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEG
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to enable spanning-tree logging:
Switch(config-if)# logging event spanning-tree
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-136
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
logging file
Use the logging file global configuration command to set logging file parameters. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
logging file filesystem:filename [max-file-size [min-file-size]] [severity-level-number | type]
no logging file filesystem:filename [severity-level-number | type]
Syntax Description
filesystem:filename
Alias for a flash file system. Contains the path and name of the file that
contains the log messages.
The syntax for the local flash file system:
flash:
Defaults
max-file-size
(Optional) Specify the maximum logging file size. The range is 4096 to
2147483647.
min-file-size
(Optional) Specify the minimum logging file size. The range is 1024 to
2147483647.
severity-level-number
(Optional) Specify the logging severity level. The range is 0 to 7. See the type
option for the meaning of each level.
type
(Optional) Specify the logging type. These keywords are valid:
•
emergencies—System is unusable (severity 0).
•
alerts—Immediate action needed (severity 1).
•
critical—Critical conditions (severity 2).
•
errors—Error conditions (severity 3).
•
warnings—Warning conditions (severity 4).
•
notifications—Normal but significant messages (severity 5).
•
information—Information messages (severity 6).
•
debugging—Debugging messages (severity 7).
The minimum file size is 2048 bytes; the maximum file size is 4096 bytes.
The default severity level is 7 (debugging messages and numerically lower levels).
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-137
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
logging file
Usage Guidelines
The log file is stored in ASCII text format in an internal buffer on the switch. You can access logged
system messages by using the switch command-line interface (CLI) or by saving them to a properly
configured syslog server. If the switch fails, the log is lost unless you had previously saved it to flash
memory by using the logging file flash:filename global configuration command.
After saving the log to flash memory by using the logging file flash:filename global configuration
command, you can use the more flash:filename privileged EXEC command to display its contents.
The command rejects the minimum file size if it is greater than the maximum file size minus 1024; the
minimum file size then becomes the maximum file size minus 1024.
Specifying a level causes messages at that level and numerically lower levels to be displayed.
Examples
This example shows how to save informational log messages to a file in flash memory:
Switch(config)# logging file flash:logfile informational
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_comma
nd_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate
to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-138
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
mac access-group
Use the mac access-group interface configuration command to apply a MAC access control list (ACL)
to a Layer 2 interface. Use the no form of this command to remove all MAC ACLs or the specified MAC
ACL from the interface. You create the MAC ACL by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
mac access-group {name} in
no mac access-group {name}
Syntax Description
name
Specify a named MAC access list.
in
Specify that the ACL is applied in the ingress direction. Outbound ACLs are not
supported on Layer 2 interfaces.
Defaults
No MAC ACL is applied to the interface.
Command Modes
Interface configuration (Layer 2 interfaces only)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can apply MAC ACLs only to ingress Layer 2 interfaces.
On Layer 2 interfaces, you can filter IP traffic by using IP access lists and non-IP traffic by using MAC
access lists. You can filter both IP and non-IP traffic on the same Layer 2 interface by applying both an
IP ACL and a MAC ACL to the interface. You can apply no more than one IP access list and one MAC
access list to the same Layer 2 interface.
If a MAC ACL is already configured on a Layer 2 interface and you apply a new MAC ACL to the
interface, the new ACL replaces the previously configured one.
If you apply an ACL to a Layer 2 interface on a switch, and the switch has a VLAN map applied to a
VLAN that the interface is a member of, the ACL applied to the Layer 2 interface takes precedence.
When an inbound packet is received on an interface with a MAC ACL applied, the switch checks the
match conditions in the ACL. If the conditions are matched, the switch forwards or drops the packet,
according to the ACL.
If the specified ACL does not exist, the switch forwards all packets.
Note
For more information about configuring MAC extended ACLs, see the “Configuring Network Security
with ACLs” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-139
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-group
Examples
This example shows how to apply a MAC extended ACL named macacl2 to an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mac access-group macacl2 in
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac access-group privileged EXEC command. You
can see configured ACLs on the switch by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show access-lists
Displays the ACLs configured on the switch.
show mac access-group
Displays the MAC ACLs configured on the switch.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-140
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
mac access-list extended
Use the mac access-list extended global configuration command to create an access list based on MAC
addresses for non-IP traffic. Using this command puts you in the extended MAC access-list
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac access-list extended name
no mac access-list extended name
Syntax Description
name
Defaults
By default, there are no MAC access lists created.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Assign a name to the MAC extended access list.
MAC named extended lists are used with VLAN maps and class maps.
You can apply named MAC extended ACLs to VLAN maps or to Layer 2 interfaces.
Entering the mac access-list extended command enables the MAC access-list configuration mode.
These configuration commands are available:
Note
Examples
•
default: sets a command to its default.
•
deny: specifies packets to reject. For more information, see the deny (MAC access-list
configuration) MAC access-list configuration command.
•
exit: exits from MAC access-list configuration mode.
•
no: negates a command or sets its defaults.
•
permit: specifies packets to forward. For more information, see the permit (MAC access-list
configuration) command.
For more information about MAC extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for this
release.
This example shows how to create a MAC named extended access list named mac1 and to enter extended
MAC access-list configuration mode:
Switch(config)# mac access-list extended mac1
Switch(config-ext-macl)#
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-141
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac access-list extended
This example shows how to delete MAC named extended access list mac1:
Switch(config)# no mac access-list extended mac1
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
deny (MAC access-list
configuration)
Configures the MAC ACL (in extended MAC-access list configuration
mode).
permit (MAC access-list
configuration)
show access-lists
Displays the access lists configured on the switch.
vlan access-map
Defines a VLAN map and enters access-map configuration mode where
you can specify a MAC ACL to match and the action to be taken.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-142
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table aging-time
mac address-table aging-time
Use the mac address-table aging-time global configuration command to set the length of time that a
dynamic entry remains in the MAC address table after the entry is used or updated. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting. The aging time applies to all VLANs or a specified VLAN.
mac address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
no mac address-table aging-time {0 | 10-1000000} [vlan vlan-id]
Syntax DescriptionI
0
This value disables aging. Static address entries are never aged or removed from
the table.
10-1000000
Aging time in seconds. The range is 10 to 1000000 seconds.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the VLAN ID to which to apply the aging time. The range is
1 to 4094.
Defaults
The default is 300 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If hosts do not send continuously, increase the aging time to record the dynamic entries for a longer time.
Increasing the time can reduce the possibility of flooding when the hosts send again.
If you do not specify a specific VLAN, this command sets the aging time for all VLANs.
Examples
This example shows how to set the aging time to 200 seconds for all VLANs:
Switch(config)# mac address-table aging-time 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table aging-time privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the MAC address table aging time for all VLANs
or the specified VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-143
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table notification
mac address-table notification
Use the mac address-table notification global configuration command to enable the MAC address
notification feature on the switch. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac address-table notification [history-size value] | [interval value]
no mac address-table notification [history-size | interval]
Syntax Description
Defaults
history-size value
(Optional) Configure the maximum number of entries in the MAC
notification history table. The range is 1 to 500 entries.
interval value
(Optional) Set the notification trap interval. The switch sends the notification
traps when this amount of time has elapsed. The range is 0 to 2147483647
seconds.
By default, the MAC address notification feature is disabled.
The default trap interval value is 1 second.
The default number of entries in the history table is 1.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Whenever a new MAC address is added or an old address is deleted from the forwarding tables, the MAC
address notification feature sends Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps to a network
management system (NMS). MAC notifications are generated only for dynamic and secure MAC
addresses. Events are not generated for self addresses, multicast addresses, or other static addresses.
When you configure the history-size option, the existing MAC address history table is deleted, and a
new table is created.
You enable the MAC address notification feature by using the mac address-table notification
command. You must also enable MAC address notification traps on an interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification interface configuration command and configure the switch to send MAC address traps
to the NMS by using the snmp-server enable traps mac-notification global configuration command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-144
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table notification
Examples
This example shows how to enable the MAC address-table notification feature, set the interval time to
60 seconds, and set the history-size to 100 entries:
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification interval 60
Switch(config)# mac address-table notification history-size 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac address-table notification privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table notification
Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings on all
interfaces or on the specified interface.
snmp-server enable traps
Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
snmp trap mac-notification
Enables the SNMP MAC notification trap on a specific
interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-145
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static
mac address-table static
Use the mac address-table static global configuration command to add static addresses to the MAC
address table. Use the no form of this command to remove static entries from the table.
mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
no mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id [interface interface-id]
Syntax Description
mac-addr
Destination MAC address (unicast or multicast) to add to the address
table. Packets with this destination address received in the specified
VLAN are forwarded to the specified interface.
vlan vlan-id
Specify the VLAN for which the packet with the specified MAC address
is received. The range is 1 to 4094.
interface interface-id
Interface to which the received packet is forwarded. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
Defaults
No static addresses are configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to add the static address c2f3.220a.12f4 to the MAC address table. When a
packet is received in VLAN 4 with this MAC address as its destination, the packet is forwarded to the
specified interface:
Switch(config)# mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4 interface
gigabitethernet0/1
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-146
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static drop
mac address-table static drop
Use the mac address-table static drop global configuration command to enable unicast MAC address
filtering and to configure the switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination MAC address.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id drop
no mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
mac-addr
Unicast source or destination MAC address. Packets with this MAC address are
dropped.
vlan vlan-id
Specify the VLAN for which the packet with the specified MAC address is
received. Valid VLAN IDs are 1 to 4094.
Defaults
Unicast MAC address filtering is disabled. The switch does not drop traffic for specific source or
destination MAC addresses.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Follow these guidelines when using this feature:
•
Multicast MAC addresses, broadcast MAC addresses, and router MAC addresses are not supported.
Packets that are forwarded to the CPU are also not supported.
•
If you add a unicast MAC address as a static address and configure unicast MAC address filtering,
the switch either adds the MAC address as a static address or drops packets with that MAC address,
depending on which command was entered last. The second command that you entered overrides the
first command.
For example, if you enter the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface
interface-id global configuration command followed by the mac address-table static mac-addr
vlan vlan-id drop command, the switch drops packets with the specified MAC address as a source
or destination.
If you enter the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id drop global configuration
command followed by the mac address-table static mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface interface-id
command, the switch adds the MAC address as a static address.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-147
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mac address-table static drop
Examples
This example shows how to enable unicast MAC address filtering and to configure the switch to drop
packets that have a source or destination address of c2f3.220a.12f4. When a packet is received in
VLAN 4 with this MAC address as its source or destination, the packet is dropped:
Switch(config)# mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4 drop
This example shows how to disable unicast MAC address filtering:
Switch(config)# no mac address-table static c2f3.220a.12f4 vlan 4
You can verify your setting by entering the show mac address-table static privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table static
Displays only static MAC address table entries.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-148
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro apply
macro apply
Use the macro apply interface configuration command to apply a macro to an interface or to apply and
trace a macro configuration on an interface.
macro {apply | trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
[parameter {value}]
Syntax Description
apply
Apply a macro to the specified interface.
trace
Use the trace keyword to apply a macro to an interface and to debug the macro.
macro-name
Specify the name of the macro.
parameter value (Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the interface. You
can enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case
sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the macro trace macro-name interface configuration command to apply and show the
macros running on an interface or to debug the macro to find any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error when you apply a macro, the macro
continues to apply the remaining commands to the interface.
When creating a macro that requires the assignment of unique values, use the parameter value keywords
to designate values specific to the interface.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a larger string, is considered a
match and is replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro apply
macro-name ? command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro
without entering the keyword values, the commands are invalid and are not applied.
When you apply a macro to an interface, the macro name is automatically added to the interface. You
can display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration
interface interface-id user EXEC command.
A macro applied to an interface range behaves the same way as a macro applied to a single interface.
When you use an interface range, the macro is applied sequentially to each interface within the range. If
a macro command fails on one interface, it is still applied to the remaining interfaces.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-149
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro apply
You can delete a macro-applied configuration on an interface by entering the default interface
interface-id interface configuration command.
Examples
After you have created a macro by using the macro name global configuration command, you can apply
it to an interface. This example shows how to apply a user-created macro called duplex to an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro apply duplex
To debug a macro, use the macro trace interface configuration command to find any syntax or
configuration errors in the macro as it is applied to an interface. This example shows how troubleshoot
the user-created macro called duplex on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro trace duplex
Applying command...‘duplex auto’
%Error Unknown error.
Applying command...‘speed nonegotiate’
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-150
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro description
macro description
Use the macro description interface configuration command to enter a description about which macros
are applied to an interface. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
macro description text
no macro description text
Syntax Description
description text
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enter a description about the macros that are applied to the specified interface.
Use the description keyword to associate comment text, or the macro name, with an interface. When
multiple macros are applied on a single interface, the description text will be from the last applied macro.
This example shows how to add a description to an interface:
Switch(config-if)# macro description duplex settings
You can verify your settings by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified
macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-151
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro global
macro global
Use the macro global global configuration command to apply a macro to a switch or to apply and trace
a macro configuration on a switch.
macro global {apply | trace} macro-name [parameter {value}] [parameter {value}]
[parameter {value}]
Syntax Description
apply
Apply a macro to the switch.
trace
Apply a macro to a switch and to debug the macro.
macro-name
Specify the name of the macro.
parameter value (Optional) Specify unique parameter values that are specific to the switch. You can
enter up to three keyword-value pairs. Parameter keyword matching is case
sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value.
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can use the macro trace macro-name global configuration command to apply and to show the
macros running on a switch or to debug the macro to find any syntax or configuration errors.
If a command fails because of a syntax error or a configuration error when you apply a macro, the macro
continues to apply the remaining commands to the switch.
When creating a macro that requires the assignment of unique values, use the parameter value keywords
to designate values specific to the switch.
Keyword matching is case sensitive. All matching occurrences of the keyword are replaced with the
corresponding value. Any full match of a keyword, even if it is part of a larger string, is considered a
match and is replaced by the corresponding value.
Some macros might contain keywords that require a parameter value. You can use the macro global
apply macro-name ? command to display a list of any required values in the macro. If you apply a macro
without entering the keyword values, the commands are invalid and are not applied.
When you apply a macro to a switch, the macro name is automatically added to the switch. You can
display the applied commands and macro names by using the show running-configuration user EXEC
command.
You can delete a global macro-applied configuration on a switch only by entering the no version of each
command contained in the macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-152
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro global
Examples
After you have created a new macro by using the macro name global configuration command, you can
apply it to a switch. This example shows how see the snmp macro and how to apply the macro and set
the hostname to test-server and set the IP precedence value to 7:
Switch# show parser macro name snmp
Macro name : snmp
Macro type : customizable
#enable port security, linkup, and linkdown traps
snmp-server enable traps port-security
snmp-server enable traps linkup
snmp-server enable traps linkdown
#set snmp-server host
snmp-server host ADDRESS
#set SNMP trap notifications precedence
snmp-server ip precedence VALUE
-------------------------------------------------Switch(config)# macro global apply snmp ADDRESS test-server VALUE 7
To debug a macro, use the macro global trace global configuration command to find any syntax or
configuration errors in the macro when it is applied to a switch. In this example, the ADDRESS parameter
value was not entered, causing the snmp-server host command to fail while the remainder of the macro
is applied to the switch:
Switch(config)# macro global trace snmp VALUE 7
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps port-security’
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps linkup’
Applying command...‘snmp-server enable traps linkdown’
Applying command...‘snmp-server host’
%Error Unknown error.
Applying command...‘snmp-server ip precedence 7’
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified
macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-153
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro global description
macro global description
Use the macro global description global configuration command to enter a description about the
macros that are applied to the switch. Use the no form of this command to remove the description.
macro global description text
no macro global description text
Syntax Description
description text
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Enter a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
Use the description keyword to associate comment text, or the macro name, with a switch. When
multiple macros are applied on a switch, the description text will be from the last applied macro.
This example shows how to add a description to a switch:
Switch(config)# macro global description udld aggressive mode enabled
You can verify your settings by entering the show parser macro description privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-154
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro name
macro name
Use the macro name global configuration command to create a configuration macro. Use the no form
of this command to delete the macro definition.
macro name macro-name
no macro name macro-name
Syntax Description
macro-name
Defaults
This command has no default setting.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the macro.
A macro can contain up to 3000 characters. Enter one macro command per line. Use the @ character to
end the macro. Use the # character at the beginning of a line to enter comment text within the macro.
You can define mandatory keywords within a macro by using a help string to specify the keywords. Enter
# macro keywords word to define the keywords that are available for use with the macro. You can enter
up to three help string keywords separated by a space. If you enter more than three macro keywords, only
the first three are shown.
Macro names are case sensitive. For example, the commands macro name Sample-Macro and macro
name sample-macro will result in two separate macros.
When creating a macro, do not use the exit or end commands or change the command mode by using
interface interface-id. This could cause commands that follow exit, end, or interface interface-id to
execute in a different command mode.
The no form of this command only deletes the macro definition. It does not affect the configuration of
those interfaces on which the macro is already applied. You can delete a macro-applied configuration on
an interface by entering the default interface interface-id interface configuration command.
Alternatively, you can create an anti-macro for an existing macro that contains the no form of all the
corresponding commands in the original macro. Then apply the anti-macro to the interface.
You can modify a macro by creating a new macro with the same name as the existing macro. The newly
created macro overwrites the existing macro but does not affect the configuration of those interfaces on
which the original macro was applied.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-155
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
macro name
Examples
This example shows how to create a macro that defines the duplex mode and speed:
Switch(config)# macro name duplex
Enter macro commands one per line. End with the character ‘@’.
duplex full
speed auto
@
This example shows how create a macro with # macro keywords:
Switch(config)# macro name test
switchport access vlan $VLANID
switchport port-security maximum $MAX
#macro keywords $VLANID $MAX
@
This example shows how to display the mandatory keyword values before you apply the macro to an
interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test ?
WORD keyword to replace with a value e.g $VLANID,$MAX
<cr>
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID ?
WORD Value of first keyword to replace
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID 2
WORD keyword to replace with a value e.g $VLANID,$MAX
<cr>
Switch(config-if)# macro apply test $VLANID 2 $MAX ?
WORD Value of second keyword to replace
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an
interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch
macro global description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
show parser macro
Displays the macro definition for all macros or for the specified macro.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-156
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
match (access-map configuration)
Use the match access-map configuration command to set the VLAN map to match packets against one
or more access lists. Use the no form of this command to remove the match parameters.
match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address {name}
[name] [name]...}
no match {ip address {name | number} [name | number] [name | number]...} | {mac address
{name} [name] [name]...}
Syntax Description
ip address
Set the access map to match packets against an IP address access list.
mac address
Set the access map to match packets against a MAC address access list.
name
Name of the access list to match packets against.
number
Number of the access list to match packets against. This option is not valid for MAC
access lists.
Defaults
The default action is to have no match parameters applied to a VLAN map.
Command Modes
Access-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter access-map configuration mode by using the vlan access-map global configuration command.
You must enter one access list name or number; others are optional. You can match packets against one
or more access lists. Matching any of the lists counts as a match of the entry.
In access-map configuration mode, use the match command to define the match conditions for a VLAN
map applied to a VLAN. Use the action command to set the action that occurs when the packet matches
the conditions.
Packets are matched only against access lists of the same protocol type; IP packets are matched against
IP access lists, and all other packets are matched against MAC access lists.
Both IP and MAC addresses can be specified for the same map entry.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-157
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match (access-map configuration)
Examples
This example shows how to define and apply a VLAN access map vmap4 to VLANs 5 and 6 that will
cause the interface to drop an IP packet if the packet matches the conditions defined in access list al2.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vmap4
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address al2
Switch(config-access-map)# action drop
Switch(config-access-map)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan filter vmap4 vlan-list 5-6
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
access-list
Configures a standard numbered ACL. For syntax information, select
Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and
Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
action
Specifies the action to be taken if the packet matches an entry in an
access control list (ACL).
ip access list
Creates a named access list. For syntax information, select Cisco IOS
IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services,
Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Creates a named MAC address access list.
show vlan access-map
Displays the VLAN access maps created on the switch.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN access map.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-158
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match access-group
match access-group
Use the match access-group class-map configuration command to configure the match criteria for a
class map on the basis of the specified access control list (ACL). Use the no form of this command to
remove the ACL match criteria.
match access-group acl-index-or-name
no match access-group acl-index-or-name
Syntax Description
acl-index-or-name
Defaults
No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Number or name of an IP standard or extended access control list (ACL) or
MAC ACL. For an IP standard ACL, the ACL index range is 1 to 99 and 1300
to 1999. For an IP extended ACL, the ACL index range is 100 to 199
and 2000 to 2699.
The match access-group command specifies a numbered or named ACL to use as the match criteria to
determine if packets belong to the class specified by the class map.
Before using the match access-group command, you must enter the class-map global configuration
command to specify the name of the class whose match criteria you want to establish.
You can use the match access-group classification only on input policy maps.
Examples
This example shows how to create a class map called inclass, which uses the access control list acl1 as
the match criterion:
Switch(config)# class-map match-any inclass
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group acl1
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-159
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match cos
match cos
Use the match cos class-map configuration command to match a packet based on a Layer 2 class of
service (CoS) marking. Use the no form of this command to remove the CoS match criteria.
match cos cos-list |
no match cos cos-list
Syntax Description
cos-list
Defaults
No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
List of up to four CoS values to match against incoming packets. Separate
each value with a space. The range is 0 to 7.
The match cos command specifies a CoS value to use as the match criteria to determine if packets belong
to the class specified by the class map.
Before using the match cos command, you must enter the class-map global configuration command to
specify the name of the class whose match criteria you want to establish.
Matching of CoS values is supported only on ports carrying Layer 2 VLAN-tagged traffic. That is, you
can use the cos classification only on IEEE 802.1Q trunk ports.
You can use match cos classification in input and output policy maps.
Examples
This example shows how to create a class map called inclass, which matches all the incoming traffic with
CoS values of 1 and 4:
Switch(config)# class-map match-any in-class
Switch(config-cmap)# match cos 1 4
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-160
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match ip dscp
match ip dscp
Use the match ip dscp class-map configuration command to identify a specific IPv4 Differentiated
Service Code Point (DSCP) value as match criteria for a class. Use the no form of this command to
remove the match criteria.
match ip dscp dscp-list
no match ip dscp dscp-list
Syntax Description
ip-dscp-list
List of up to eight IPv4 DSCP values to match against incoming packets.
Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 63. You can also enter a
mnemonic name for a commonly used value.
See the “Configuring QoS” chapter in the software configuration guide for
this release for information about other options for specifying DSCP values.
Defaults
No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The match ip dscp command specifies a DSCP value to use as the match criteria to determine if packets
belong to the class specified by the class map.
This command is used by the class map to identify a specific DSCP value marking on a packet. In this
context, DSCP values are used as markings only and have no mathematical significance. For example,
the DSCP value of 2 is not greater than 1, but merely indicates that a packet marked with a value of 2 is
different than one marked with a value of 1. You define the treatment of these marked packets by setting
QoS policies in policy-map class configuration mode.
Before using the match ip dscp command, you must enter the class-map global configuration command
to specify the name of the class whose match criteria you want to establish.
You can enter up to eight DSCP values in one match statement. For example, if you wanted the DCSP
values of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, enter the match ip dscp 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 command. The packet must
match only one (not all) of the specified IPv4 DSCP values to belong to the class.
You can use match ip dscp classification in input and output policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-161
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match ip dscp
Examples
This example shows how to create a class map called inclass, which matches all the incoming traffic with
DSCP values of 10, 11, and 12:
Switch(config)# class-map match-any in-class
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip dscp 10 11 12
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-162
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match ip precedence
match ip precedence
Use the match ip precedence class-map configuration command to identify IPv4 precedence values as
match criteria for a class. Use the no form of this command to remove the match criteria.
match ip precedence ip-precedence-list
no match ip precedence ip-precedence-list
Syntax Description
ip precedence
ip-precedence-list
Defaults
No match criteria are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
List of up to four IPv4 precedence values to match against incoming packets.
Separate each value with a space. The range is 0 to 7.
The match ip precedence command specifies an IPv4 precedence value to use as the match criteria to
determine if packets belong to the class specified by the class map.
The precedence values are used as marking only. In this context, the IP precedence values have no
mathematical significance. For example, the precedence value of 2 is not greater than 1, but merely
indicates that a packet marked with a value of 2 is different than one marked with a value of 1. You define
the treatment of these marked packets by setting QoS policies in policy-map class configuration mode.
Before using the match ip precedence command, you must enter the class-map global configuration
command to specify the name of the class whose match criteria you want to establish.
You can enter up to four IPv4 precedence values in one match statement. For example, if you wanted the
IP precedence values of 0, 1, 2, or 7, enter the match ip precedence 0 1 2 7 command. The packet must
match only one (not all) of the specified IP precedence values to belong to the class.
You can use match ip precedence classification in input and output policy maps.
Examples
This example shows how to create a class map called class, which matches all the incoming traffic with
IP-precedence values of 5, 6, and 7:
Switch(config)# class-map match-any in-class
Switch(config-cmap)# match ip precedence 5 6 7
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-163
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match ip precedence
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-164
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match qos-group
match qos-group
Use the match qos-group class-map configuration command to identify a specific quality of service
(QoS) group value as a match criterion for a class. Use the no form of this command to remove the match
criterion.
match qos-group value
no match qos-group value
Syntax Description
qos-group value
Defaults
No match criterion are defined.
Command Modes
Class-map configuration
Command History
Release
Usage Guidelines
A quality of service group value. The range is from 0 to 99.
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The QoS group range was extended to from 0 to 99.
The match qos-group command specifies a QoS group value to use as the match criterion to determine
if packets belong to the class specified by the class map.
The QoS-group values are used as marking only and have no mathematical significance. For example,
the precedence value of 2 is not greater than 1, but merely indicates that a packet marked with a value
of 2 is different than one marked with a value of 1. You define the treatment of these marked packets by
setting QoS policies in policy-map class configuration mode.
The QoS-group value is local to the switch, meaning that the QoS-group value marked on a packet does
not leave the switch when the packet leaves the switch. If you require a marking that remains with the
packet, use IP Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) values, IP precedence values, or another
method of packet marking.
Before using the match qos-group command, you must enter the class-map global configuration
command to specify the name of the class whose match criteria you want to establish.
You can use the match qos-group classification only on output policy maps.
There can be no more than 100 QoS groups on the switch (0 to 99).
Examples
This example shows how to classify traffic by using QoS group 13 as the match criterion:
Switch(config)# class-map match-any inclass
Switch(config-cmap)# match qos-group 13
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show class-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-165
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
match qos-group
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
show class-map
Displays QoS class maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-166
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
mdix auto
Use the mdix auto interface configuration command to enable the automatic medium-dependent
interface crossover (auto-MDIX) feature on the interface. When auto-MDIX is enabled, the interface
automatically detects the required cable connection type (straight-through or crossover) and configures
the connection appropriately. Use the no form of this command to disable auto-MDIX.
mdix auto
no mdix auto
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Auto-MDIX is enabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enable auto-MDIX on an interface, you must also set the speed and duplex on the interface to
auto so that the feature operates correctly. If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or enhanced
network interfaces (ENI), you must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to enable it
before using the mdix auto command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network node interfaces
(NNIs) are enabled by default.
When auto-MDIX (along with autonegotiation of speed and duplex) is enabled on one or both of
connected interfaces, link up occurs, even if the required cable type (straight-through or crossover) is
not present.
Auto-MDIX is supported on all 10/100-Mbps interfaces and on 10/100/1000BASE-T/BASE-TX small
form-factor pluggable (SFP)-module interfaces. It is not supported on 1000BASE-SX or -LX SFP
module interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to enable auto-MDIX on a port:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed auto
Switch(config-if)# duplex auto
Switch(config-if)# mdix auto
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify the operational state of auto-MDIX on the interface by entering the show controllers
ethernet-controller interface-id phy privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-167
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mdix auto
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
interface-id phy
Displays general information about internal registers of an interface,
including the operational state of auto-MDIX.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-168
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
monitor session
Use the monitor session global configuration command to start a new Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN)
session or Remote SPAN (RSPAN) source or destination session, to enable incoming traffic on the
destination port for a network security device (such as a Cisco IDS Sensor Appliance), to add or delete
interfaces or VLANs to or from an existing SPAN or RSPAN session, and to limit (filter) SPAN source
traffic to specific VLANs. Use the no form of this command to remove the SPAN or RSPAN session or
to remove source or destination interfaces or filters from the SPAN or RSPAN session. For destination
interfaces, the encapsulation dot1q or encapsulation replicate keywords are ignored with the no form
of the command.
monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation {dot1q
| replicate}] [ingress {[dot1q | untagged] vlan vlan-id}] | {remote vlan vlan-id}
monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]}| {remote vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session {session_number | all | local | remote}
no monitor session session_number destination {interface interface-id [, | -] [encapsulation
{dot1q | replicate}] [ingress {[dot1q | untagged] vlan vlan-id}] | {remote vlan vlan-id}
no monitor session session_number filter vlan vlan-id [, | -]
no monitor session session_number source {interface interface-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {vlan
vlan-id [, | -] [both | rx | tx]} | {remote vlan vlan-id}
Syntax Description
session_number
Specify the session number identified with the SPAN or RSPAN session.
The range is 1 to 66.
interface interface-id
Specify the destination or source interface for a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Valid interfaces are physical ports (including type and port number). For
source interface, port channel is also a valid interface type, and the valid
range is 1 to 48.
destination
Specify the SPAN or RSPAN destination. A destination must be a physical
port.
encapsulation replicate
(Optional) Specify the encapsulation method. If not selected, the default is
to send packets in native form (untagged).
•
dot1q—Specify IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation.
•
replicate—Specify that the destination interface replicates the source
interface encapsulation method.
Note
Entering these keywords is valid only for local SPAN. For RSPAN,
the RSPAN VLAN ID overwrites the original VLAN ID; therefore
packets are always sent untagged.
ingress
(Optional) Enable ingress traffic forwarding.
dot1q vlan vlan-id
Specify ingress forwarding using IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation with the
specified VLAN as the default VLAN for ingress traffic.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-169
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
untagged vlan vlan-id
Specify ingress forwarding using untagged encapsulation with the specified
VLAN as the default VLAN for ingress traffic
vlan vlan-id
When used with only the ingress keyword, set default VLAN for ingress
traffic.
remote vlan vlan-id
Specify the remote VLAN for an RSPAN source or destination session. The
range is 2 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
Note
Defaults
The RSPAN VLAN cannot be VLAN 1 (the default VLAN) or
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 (reserved for Token Ring and FDDI
VLANs).
,
(Optional) Specify a series of interfaces or VLANs, or separate a range of
interfaces or VLANs from a previous range. Enter a space before and after
the comma.
-
(Optional) Specify a range of interfaces or VLANs. Enter a space before
and after the hyphen.
filter vlan vlan-id
Specify a list of VLANs as filters on trunk source ports to limit SPAN
source traffic to specific VLANs. The vlan-id range is 1 to 4094.
source
Specify the SPAN or RSPAN source. A source can be a physical port, a port
channel, or a VLAN.
both, rx, tx
(Optional) Specify the traffic direction to monitor. If you do not specify a
traffic direction, the source interface sends both transmitted and received
traffic.
source vlan vlan-id
Specify the SPAN source interface as a VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
all, local, remote
Specify all, local, or remote with the no monitor session command to clear
all SPAN and RSPAN, all local SPAN, or all RSPAN sessions.
No monitor sessions are configured.
On a source interface, the default is to monitor both received and transmitted traffic.
On a trunk interface used as a source port, all VLANs are monitored.
If encapsulation dot1q or encapsulation replicate is not specified on a local SPAN destination port,
packets are sent in native form with no encapsulation tag.
Ingress forwarding is disabled on destination ports.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-170
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Usage Guidelines
Traffic that enters or leaves source ports or source VLANs can be monitored by using SPAN or RSPAN.
Traffic routed to source ports or source VLANs cannot be monitored.
You can set a combined maximum of two local SPAN sessions and RSPAN source sessions. You can have
a total of 66 SPAN and RSPAN sessions on a switch.
You can have a maximum of 64 destination ports on a switch.
Each session can include multiple ingress or egress source ports or VLANs, but you cannot combine
source ports and source VLANs in a single session. Each session can include multiple destination ports.
When you use VLAN-based SPAN (VSPAN) to analyze network traffic in a VLAN or set of VLANs, all
active ports in the source VLANs become source ports for the SPAN or RSPAN session. Trunk ports are
included as source ports for VSPAN, and only packets with the monitored VLAN ID are sent to the
destination port.
You can monitor traffic on a single port or VLAN or on a series or range of ports or VLANs. You select
a series or range of interfaces or VLANs by using the [, | -] options.
If you specify a series of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the comma. If
you specify a range of VLANs or interfaces, you must enter a space before and after the hyphen (-).
EtherChannel ports cannot be configured as SPAN or RSPAN destination ports. A physical port that is
a member of an EtherChannel group can be used as a destination port, but it cannot participate in the
EtherChannel group while it is as a SPAN destination.
A private-VLAN port cannot be configured as a SPAN destination port.
You can monitor individual ports while they participate in an EtherChannel, or you can monitor the
entire EtherChannel bundle by specifying the port-channel number as the RSPAN source interface.
A port used as a destination port cannot be a SPAN or RSPAN source, nor can a port be a destination
port for more than one session at a time.
You can enable IEEE 802.1x on a port that is a SPAN or RSPAN destination port; however, IEEE 802.1x
is disabled until the port is removed as a SPAN destination. (If IEEE 802.1x is not available on the port,
the switch returns an error message.) You can enable IEEE 802.1x on a SPAN or RSPAN source port.
VLAN filtering refers to analyzing network traffic on a selected set of VLANs on trunk source ports. By
default, all VLANs are monitored on trunk source ports. You can use the monitor session
session_number filter vlan vlan-id command to limit SPAN traffic on trunk source ports to only the
specified VLANs.
VLAN monitoring and VLAN filtering are mutually exclusive. If a VLAN is a source, VLAN filtering
cannot be enabled. If VLAN filtering is configured, a VLAN cannot become a source.
If ingress traffic forwarding is enabled for a network security device, the destination port forwards traffic
at Layer 2.
Destination ports can be configured to act in these ways:
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id with no other
keywords, egress encapsulation is untagged, and ingress forwarding is not enabled.
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id encapsulation
replicate with no other keywords, egress encapsulation replicates the source interface
encapsulation; ingress forwarding is not enabled. (This applies to local SPAN only; RSPAN does
not support encapsulation replication.)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-171
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Examples
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id encapsulation
replicate ingress, egress encapsulation replicates the source interface encapsulation; ingress
encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q or untagged. (This applies to local
SPAN only; RSPAN does not support encapsulation replication.)
•
When you enter monitor session session_number destination interface interface-id ingress, egress
encapsulation is untagged; ingress encapsulation depends on the keywords that follow—dot1q or
untagged.
This example shows how to create a local SPAN session 1 to monitor both sent and received traffic on
source port 1 to destination port 2:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet0/1 both
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 destination interface gigabitethernet0/2
This example shows how to delete a destination port from an existing local SPAN session:
Switch(config)# no monitor session 2 destination gigabitethernet0/2
This example shows how to limit SPAN traffic in an existing session only to specific VLANs:
Switch(config)# monitor session 1 filter vlan 100 - 110
This example shows how to configure RSPAN source session 1 to monitor multiple source interfaces and
to configure the destination RSPAN VLAN 900.
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
Switch(config)#
monitor session 1 source interface gigabitethernet0/1
monitor session 1 source interface port-channel 2 tx
monitor session 1 destination remote vlan 900
end
This example shows how to configure an RSPAN destination session 10 in the switch receiving the
monitored traffic.
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 source remote vlan 900
Switch(config)# monitor session 10 destination interface gigabitethernet0/2
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that supports IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation. Egress traffic replicates the source; ingress
traffic uses IEEE 802.1Q encapsulation.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet0/2 encapsulation
replicate ingress dot1q vlan 5
This example shows how to configure the destination port for ingress traffic on VLAN 5 by using a
security device that does not support encapsulation. Egress traffic and ingress traffic are untagged.
Switch(config)# monitor session 2 destination interface gigabitethernet0/2 ingress
untagged vlan 5
You can verify your settings by entering the show monitor privileged EXEC command. You can display
SPAN and RSPAN configuration on the switch by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC
command. SPAN information appears near the end of the output.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-172
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
monitor session
Related Commands
Command
Description
remote-span
Configures an RSPAN VLAN in vlan configuration mode.
show monitor
Displays SPAN and RSPAN session information.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing
page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_co
mmand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-173
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
mvr (global configuration)
Use the mvr global configuration command without keywords to enable the multicast VLAN registration
(MVR) feature on the switch. Use the command with keywords to set the MVR mode for a switch,
configure the MVR IP multicast address, set the maximum time to wait for a query reply before
removing a port from group membership, and to specify the MVR multicast VLAN. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default settings.
mvr [group ip-address [count] | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
no mvr [group ip-address | mode [compatible | dynamic] | querytime value | vlan vlan-id]
Syntax Description
group ip-address
Statically configure an MVR group IP multicast address on the switch.
Use the no form of this command to remove a statically configured IP
multicast address or contiguous addresses or, when no IP address is entered,
to remove all statically configured MVR IP multicast addresses.
count
(Optional) Configure multiple contiguous MVR group addresses. The range
is 1 to 256; the default is 1.
mode
(Optional) Specify the MVR mode of operation.
The default is compatible mode.
compatible
Set MVR mode to provide compatibility with Catalyst 2900 XL and
Catalyst 3500 XL switches. This mode does not allow dynamic membership
joins on source ports.
dynamic
Set MVR mode to allow dynamic MVR membership on source ports.
querytime value
(Optional) Set the maximum time to wait for IGMP report memberships on
a receiver port. This time applies only to receiver-port leave processing.
When an IGMP query is sent from a receiver port, the switch waits for the
default or configured MVR querytime for an IGMP group membership
report before removing the port from multicast group membership.
The value is the response time in units of tenths of a second. The range is 1
to 100; the default is 5 tenths or one-half second.
Use the no form of the command to return to the default setting.
vlan vlan-id
Defaults
(Optional) Specify the VLAN on which MVR multicast data is expected to
be received. This is also the VLAN to which all the source ports belong. The
range is 1 to 4094; the default is VLAN 1.
MVR is disabled by default.
The default MVR mode is compatible mode.
No IP multicast addresses are configured on the switch by default.
The default group ip address count is 0.
The default query response time is 5 tenths of or one-half second.
The default multicast VLAN for MVR is VLAN 1.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-174
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of 256 MVR multicast groups can be configured on a switch.
Use the mvr group command to statically set up all the IP multicast addresses that will take part in
MVR. Any multicast data sent to a configured multicast address is sent to all the source ports on the
switch and to all receiver ports that have registered to receive data on that IP multicast address.
MVR supports aliased IP multicast addresses on the switch. However, if the switch is interoperating with
Catalyst 3550 or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, you should not configure IP addresses that alias between
themselves or with the reserved IP multicast addresses (in the range 224.0.0.xxx).
The mvr querytime command applies only to receiver ports.
If the switch MVR is interoperating with Catalyst 2900 XL or Catalyst 3500 XL switches, set the
multicast mode to compatible.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
MVR can coexist with IGMP snooping on a switch.
Examples
This example shows how to enable MVR:
Switch(config)# mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command to display the current setting for maximum multicast
groups.
This example shows how to configure 228.1.23.4 as an IP multicast address:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.4
This example shows how to configure ten contiguous IP multicast groups with multicast addresses from
228.1.23.1 to 228.1.23.10:
Switch(config)# mvr group 228.1.23.1 10
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display the IP multicast group addresses
configured on the switch.
This example shows how to set the maximum query response time as one second (10 tenths):
Switch(config)# mvr querytime 10
This example shows how to set VLAN 2 as the multicast VLAN:
Switch(config)# mvr vlan 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-175
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (global configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces with their type, mode,
VLAN, status and Immediate Leave configuration, and can also
displays all MVR groups of which the interface is a member.
show mvr members
Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group;
if the group has no members, its status is shown as Inactive.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-176
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
mvr (interface configuration)
Use the mvr interface configuration command to configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast VLAN
registration (MVR) receiver or source port, to set the Immediate Leave feature, and to statically assign
a port to an IP multicast VLAN and IP address. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
settings.
mvr {immediate | type {receiver | source} | vlan vlan-id {[group ip-address] [receiver vlan
vlan-id]}}
no mvr {immediate | type {receiver | source} | vlan vlan-id {[group ip-address] [receiver vlan
vlan-id]}}
Syntax Description
immediate
(Optional) Enable the Immediate Leave feature of MVR on a port. Use
the no mvr immediate command to disable the feature.
type
(Optional) Configure the port as an MVR receiver port or a source port.
The default port type is neither an MVR source nor a receiver port. The
no mvr type command resets the port as neither a source or a receiver
port.
receiver
Configure the port as a subscriber port that can only receive multicast
data. Receiver ports cannot belong to the multicast VLAN.
source
Configure the port as an uplink port that can send and receive multicast
data for the configured multicast groups. All source ports on a switch
belong to a single multicast VLAN.
Note
Defaults
When you are configuring a trunk port as an MVR receiver port,
we recommend that the source port is configured as a network
node interface (NNI) and the MVR trunk receiver port is
configured as a user node interface (UNI) or an enhanced
network interface (ENI).
vlan vlan-id
Specify the mvr vlan for the system.
group ip-address
(Optional) Statically configure the specified MVR IP multicast group
address for the specified multicast VLAN ID. This is the IP address of the
multicast group that the port or VLAN is joining.
receiver vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a receiver VLAN.
A port is configured as neither a receiver nor a source.
The Immediate Leave feature is disabled on all ports.
No receiver port is a member of any configured multicast group.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-177
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
Command History
Usage Guidelines
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SE
The receiver and vlan-id keywords were added. These are required to configure
a trunk port as an MVR receiver port.
Configure a port as a source port if that port should be able to both send and receive multicast data bound
for the configured multicast groups. Multicast data is received on all ports configured as source ports.
Receiver ports on a switch can be in different VLANs, but should not belong to the multicast VLAN.
A port that is not taking part in MVR should not be configured as an MVR receiver port or a source port.
A non-MVR port is a normal switch port, able to send and receive multicast data with normal switch
behavior.
When Immediate Leave is enabled, a receiver port leaves a multicast group more quickly. Without
Immediate Leave, when the switch receives an IGMP leave message from a group on a receiver port, it
sends out an IGMP MAC-based query on that port and waits for IGMP group membership reports. If no
reports are received in a configured time period, the receiver port is removed from multicast group
membership. With Immediate Leave, an IGMP MAC-based query is not sent from the receiver port on
which the IGMP leave was received. As soon as the leave message is received, the receiver port is
removed from multicast group membership, which speeds up leave latency.
The Immediate Leave feature should be enabled only on receiver ports to which a single receiver device
is connected.
The mvr vlan group command statically configures ports to receive multicast traffic sent to the IP
multicast address. A port statically configured as a member of group remains a member of the group until
statically removed. In compatible mode, this command applies only to receiver ports; in dynamic mode,
it can also apply to source ports. Receiver ports can also dynamically join multicast groups by using
IGMP join messages.
When operating in compatible mode, MVR does not support IGMP dynamic joins on MVR source ports.
An MVR port cannot be a private-VLAN port.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port as an MVR receiver port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mvr type receiver
Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command to display configured receiver ports and source
ports.
This example shows how to enable Immediate Leave on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# mvr immediate
This example shows how to add a port on VLAN 1 as a static member of IP multicast group 228.1.23.4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan1 group 230.1.23.4
This example shows how to add a port 2 on VLAN 100 as a static member of IP multicast group
228.1.23.4. In this example, the receive port is an access port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan 100 group 228.1.23.4
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-178
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
mvr (interface configuration)
This example shows how to add on port 5 the receiver VLAN 201 with an MVR VLAN of 100.
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/5
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan 100 receiver vlan 201
This example shows how to add on port 5 the receiver VLAN 201 as a static member of the IP multicast
group 239.1.1.1, with an MVR VLAN of 100:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/5
Switch(config-if)# mvr vlan 100 group 239.1.1.1 receiver vlan 201
You can verify your settings by entering the show mvr members privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global
configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
show mvr
Displays MVR global parameters or port parameters.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces or displays the multicast groups
to which a receiver port belongs. Also displays all MVR groups of which
the interface is a member.
show mvr members
Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR multicast group.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-179
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
pagp learn-method
Use the pagp learn-method interface configuration command to learn the source address of incoming
packets received from an EtherChannel port. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
pagp learn-method {aggregation-port | physical-port}
no pagp learn-method
Note
Syntax Description
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
aggregation-port
Specify address learning on the logical port-channel. The switch sends
packets to the source using any of the ports in the EtherChannel. This setting
is the default. With aggregate-port learning, it is not important on which
physical port the packet arrives.
physical-port
Specify address learning on the physical port within the EtherChannel. The
switch sends packets to the source using the same port in the EtherChannel
from which it learned the source address. The other end of the channel uses
the same port in the channel for a particular destination MAC or IP address.
Defaults
The default is aggregation-port (logical port channel).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
If the interface is a user network interface (UNI), you must enter the port-type nni or port-type eni
interface configuration command before configuring pagp learn-method. Learn must be configured to
the same method at both ends of the link.
The Cisco ME switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the physical-port
keyword is provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and the pagp
port-priority interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but they are
required for PAgP interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-180
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
pagp learn-method
Note
Examples
When the link partner to the Cisco ME switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure
the switch as a physical-port learner. Use the pagp learn-method physical-port interface configuration
command, and set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by using the
port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Only use the pagp learn-method
interface configuration command in this situation.
This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the physical port within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method physical-port
This example shows how to set the learning method to learn the address on the port-channel within the
EtherChannel:
Switch(config-if)# pagp learn-method aggregation-port
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
pagp port-priority
Selects a port over which all traffic through the EtherChannel is sent.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command_
reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-181
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
pagp port-priority
Use the pagp port-priority interface configuration command to select a port over which all Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) traffic through the EtherChannel is sent. If all unused ports in the
EtherChannel are in hot-standby mode, they can be placed into operation if the currently selected port
and link fails. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
pagp port-priority priority
no pagp port-priority
Note
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
Syntax Description
priority
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A priority number ranging from 0 to 255.
If the interface is a user network interface (UNI), you must enter the port-type nni or port-type eni
interface configuration command before configuring pagp port-priority.
The physical port with the highest operational priority and that has membership in the same
EtherChannel is the one selected for PAgP transmission.
Note
The Cisco ME switch supports address learning only on aggregate ports even though the physical-port
keyword is provided in the command-line interface (CLI). The pagp learn-method and the pagp
port-priority interface configuration commands have no effect on the switch hardware, but they are
required for PAgP interoperability with devices that only support address learning by physical ports.
When the link partner to the Cisco ME switch is a physical learner, we recommend that you configure
the switch as a physical-port learner by using the pagp learn-method physical-port interface
configuration command and to set the load-distribution method based on the source MAC address by
using the port-channel load-balance src-mac global configuration command. Use the pagp
learn-method interface configuration command only in this situation.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-182
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
pagp port-priority
Examples
This example shows how to set the port priority to 200:
Switch(config-if)# pagp port-priority 200
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show pagp channel-group-number internal privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
pagp learn-method
Provides the ability to learn the source address of incoming packets.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command_r
eference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-183
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
Use the permit MAC access-list configuration command to allow non-IP traffic to be forwarded if the
conditions are matched. Use the no form of this command to remove a permit condition from the
extended MAC access list.
{permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo | vines-ip | xns-idp]
no {permit | deny} {any | host src-MAC-addr | src-MAC-addr mask} {any | host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask} [type mask | cos cos | aarp | amber | dec-spanning | decnet-iv |
diagnostic | dsm | etype-6000 | etype-8042 | lat | lavc-sca | lsap lsap mask | mop-console |
mop-dump | msdos | mumps | netbios | vines-echo |vines-ip | xns-idp]
Note
Syntax Description
Though visible in the command-line help strings, appletalk is not supported as a matching condition.
any
Keyword to specify to deny any source or destination MAC address.
host src-MAC-addr |
src-MAC-addr mask
Define a host MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the source
address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP traffic from that
address is denied.
host dst-MAC-addr |
dst-MAC-addr mask
Define a destination MAC address and optional subnet mask. If the
destination address for a packet matches the defined address, non-IP
traffic to that address is denied.
type mask
(Optional) Use the Ethertype number of a packet with Ethernet II or
SNAP encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
•
type is 0 to 65535, specified in hexadecimal.
•
mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the Ethertype before
testing for a match.
aarp
(Optional) Select Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol that
maps a data-link address to a network address.
amber
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Amber.
cos cos
(Optional) Select an arbitrary class of service (CoS) number from 0 to 7
to set priority. Filtering on CoS can be performed only in hardware. A
warning message appears if the cos option is configured.
dec-spanning
(Optional) Select EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC)
spanning tree.
decnet-iv
(Optional) Select EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol.
diagnostic
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-Diagnostic.
dsm
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-DSM.
etype-6000
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x6000.
etype-8042
(Optional) Select EtherType 0x8042.
lat
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAT.
lavc-sca
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-LAVC-SCA.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-184
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
lsap lsap-number mask
(Optional) Use the LSAP number (0 to 65535) of a packet with 802.2
encapsulation to identify the protocol of the packet.
The mask is a mask of don’t care bits applied to the LSAP number before
testing for a match.
mop-console
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Remote Console.
mop-dump
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MOP Dump.
msdos
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MSDOS.
mumps
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC-MUMPS.
netbios
(Optional) Select EtherType DEC- Network Basic Input/Output System
(NETBIOS).
vines-echo
(Optional) Select EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service (VINES)
Echo from Banyan Systems.
vines-ip
(Optional) Select EtherType VINES IP.
xns-idp
(Optional) Select EtherType Xerox Network Systems (XNS) protocol
suite.
To filter IPX traffic, you use the type mask or lsap lsap mask keywords, depending on the type of IPX
encapsulation being used. Filter criteria for IPX encapsulation types as specified in Novell terminology
and Cisco IOS terminology are listed in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3
IPX Filtering Criteria
IPX Encapsulation Type
Cisco IOS Name
Novell Name
Filter Criterion
arpa
Ethernet II
Ethertype 0x8137
snap
Ethernet-snap
Ethertype 0x8137
sap
Ethernet 802.2
LSAP 0xE0E0
novell-ether
Ethernet 802.3
LSAP 0xFFFF
Defaults
This command has no defaults. However, the default action for a MAC-named ACL is to deny.
Command Modes
MAC access-list configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You enter MAC access-list configuration mode by using the mac access-list extended global
configuration command.
If you use the host keyword, you cannot enter an address mask; if you do not use the any or host
keywords, you must enter an address mask.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-185
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
permit (MAC access-list configuration)
After an access control entry (ACE) is added to an access control list, an implied deny-any-any
condition exists at the end of the list. That is, if there are no matches, the packets are denied. However,
before the first ACE is added, the list permits all packets.
Note
Examples
For more information about MAC-named extended access lists, see the software configuration guide for
this release.
This example shows how to define the MAC-named extended access list to allow NETBIOS traffic from
any source to MAC address 00c0.00a0.03fa. Traffic matching this list is allowed.
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any host 00c0.00a0.03fa netbios
This example shows how to remove the permit condition from the MAC-named extended access list:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# no permit any 00c0.00a0.03fa 0000.0000.0000 netbios
This example permits all packets with Ethertype 0x4321:
Switch(config-ext-macl)# permit any any 0x4321 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show access-lists privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
deny (MAC access-list
configuration)
Denies non-IP traffic to be forwarded if conditions are matched.
mac access-list extended
Creates an access list based on MAC addresses for non-IP traffic.
show access-lists
Displays access control lists configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-186
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police
police
Use the police policy-map class configuration command to define an individual policer for classified
traffic and to enter policy-map class police configuration mode. A policer defines a maximum
permissible rate of transmission, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either
maximum is exceeded. In policy-map class police configuration mode, you can specify multiple actions
for a packet. Use the no form of this command to remove an existing policer.
police {rate-bps | cir cir-bps} [burst-bytes | bc [burst-value]] [conform-action [set-cos-transmit
{new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit
{new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit
{new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value | transmit] [exceed action [drop | set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos |
dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp
| precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos |
dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]]
no police {rate-bps | cir cir-bps} [burst-bytes | bc [burst-value]] [conform-action
[set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]}
| set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit] [exceed action [drop | set-cos-transmit
{new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit
{new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit
{new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value | transmit]]
Note
Syntax Description
When police is used with the priority policy-map class command for unconditionally rate-limiting the
priority queue, burst size values are not supported, and the rate-bps range is smaller. Only the default
conform-action of transmit and the default exceed-action of drop are supported.
rate-bps
Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range is 8000 to
1000000000.
Note
The range for police with the priority command for output service
policies is 64000 to 1000000000.
cir
Committed information rate (CIR) used for policing traffic.
cir-bps
CIR rate in bps. The range is 8000 to 1000000000 bps.
Note
The range for police with the priority command for output service
policies is 64000 to 1000000000.
burst-bytes
(Optional) Specify the normal burst size in bytes. The range is 8000 to
1000000.
bc [burst- value]
(Optional) Conform burst. The number of acceptable burst bytes. The range
is 8000 to 1000000 bytes. If no burst value is entered, the system calculates
a burst value that equals the number of bytes that can be sent in 250
milliseconds (ms) at the CIR rate. In most cases, the automatically calculated
value is appropriate; enter a new value only if you are aware of all
implications.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-187
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police
conform-action
(Optional) Action to be taken for packets that conform to the CIR.
set-cos-transmit
new-cos-value
Set a new class of service (CoS) value for the packet and send the packet.
This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new CoS
value is 0 to 7.
set-dscp-transmit
new-dscp-value
Set a new Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value for the packet
and send the packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The
range for the new DCSP value is 0 to 63.
set-prec-transmit
new-precedence-value
Set a new IP precedence value for the packet and send the packet. This
specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new IP
precedence value is 0 to 7.
set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value
Set a new quality of service (QoS) group value for the packet and send the
packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the
new QoS value is 0 to 99.
cos
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the CoS value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This specifies
the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
dscp
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the DSCP value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
precedence
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword based
on the IP precedence value of the incoming packet, and send the packet. This
specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
table table-map name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the preceding from-type keyword.
Specify the table map to be used for the enhanced packet marking. The
to-type of the action is marked based on the from-type parameter of the action
using this table map.
transmit
(Optional) Send the packet unmodified.
exceed action
(Optional) Action to be taken for packets that do not conform to the CIR.
drop
Drop the packet.
Defaults
No policers are defined. Conform burst (bc) is automatically configured to 250 ms at the configured CIR.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Increased support for configuring conform and exceed actions. See “Usage
Guidelines.”
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure conform-action marking using
enhanced packet marking and configure exceed-action to send the packet unmodified, perform marking
using explicit values, and use all combinations of enhanced packet marking. Enhanced packet marking
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-188
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police
provides the ability to modify a QoS marking based on any incoming QoS marking and table maps. This
release also added support for the ability to mark multiple QoS parameters for the same class, and
configure conform-action marking and exceed-action marking simultaneously.
The switch supports a maximum of 229 policer instances on the switch (228 user-configurable policers
and 1 policer reserved for internal use). You can configure up to 46 policers on a port.
Policing is only supported in input policies or in output policies that were configured with the priority
policy-map class configuration command to reduce bandwidth in the priority queue.
Note
When used with the priority command in an output policy, the police rate range is 64000 to
1000000000 bps, even though the range that appears in the command-line interface help is 8000 to
1000000000. You cannot attach an output service policy with an out-of-range rate.
An output policy map should match only the modified values of the out-of-profile traffic and not the
original values.
To configure multiple conform-actions or multiple exceed-actions, enter policy-map class police
configuration mode, and use the conform-action and exceed-action policy-map class police
configuration commands.
When you define the policer and enter a carriage return, you enter policy-map class police configuration
mode, which allows you to configure multiple policing actions. In this mode, these configuration
commands are available:
Examples
•
conform-action: the action to be taken on packets that conform to the CIR. The default action is to
transmit the packet. For more information, see the conform-action policy-map class police
command.
•
exceed-action: the action to be taken on packets that do not conform to the CIR. The default action
is to drop the packet. For more information, see the exceed-action policy-map class police
command.
•
exit: exits from QoS policy-map class police configuration mode. If you do not want to set multiple
actions, you can enter exit without entering any other policy-map class police commands.
•
no: negate or set the default values of a command.
This example shows how to configure a policer with a 1-Mbps average rate with a burst size of 20 KB.
The policer sets a new DSCP precedence value if the packets conform to the rate and drops the packet if
traffic exceeds the rate.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class inclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police cir 1000000 20000 conform-action set-dscp-transmit 46
exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to configure a policer with default actions.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy2
Switch(config-pmap)# class class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 1000000 20000 conform-action transmit exceed-action drop
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-189
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
conform-action
Define multiple actions for a policy-map class for packets that meet
the CIR.
exceed-action
Define multiple actions for a policy-map class for packets that
exceed the CIR.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-190
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate (policy-map class configuration)
police aggregate (policy-map class configuration)
Use the police aggregate policy-map class configuration command to apply an aggregate policer to
multiple classes in the same policy map. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission,
a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if either maximum is exceeded. Use the
no form of this command to remove the specified policer.
police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
no police aggregate aggregate-policer-name
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer-name
Defaults
No aggregate policers are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the aggregate policer.
The switch supports a maximum of 229 policer instances associated with ports (228 user-configurable
policers and 1 policer reserved for internal use). You can configure up to 46 policers on a port.
Aggregate policing applies only to input policy maps.
An aggregate policer differs from an individual policer in that it is shared by multiple traffic classes
within a policy map. You use an aggregate policer to police traffic streams across multiple classes in a
policy map attached to an interface. You cannot use aggregate policing to aggregate traffic streams across
multiple interfaces.
Only one policy map can use any specific aggregate policer.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the aggregate policing with default actions and apply it across all
classes on the same port:
Switch(config)# policy-map inpolicy
Switch(config-pmap)# class in-class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class in-class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class in-class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg_policer1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show aggregate policer privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-191
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
police aggregate (policy-map class configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policer aggregate
Displays the aggregate policer configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-192
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policer aggregate (global configuration)
policer aggregate (global configuration)
Use the policer aggregate global configuration command to create an aggregate policer to police all
traffic across multiple classes in an input policy map. An aggregate policer can be shared by multiple
classes in the same policy map. A policer defines a maximum permissible rate of transmission or
committed information rate, a maximum burst size for transmissions, and an action to take if the
maximum is met or exceeded. Use the no form of this command to remove the specified policer.
policer aggregate aggregate-policer-name {rate-bps | cir cir-bps} [bc burst- value]
[conform-action [set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence]
[table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit] [exceed action [drop
| set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]}
| set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]]
no policer aggregate aggregate-policer-name {rate-bps | cir cir-bps} [bc burst- value]
[conform-action [set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table
table-map name]} | set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence]
[table table-map name]} | set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit] [exceed action [drop
| set-cos-transmit {new-cos-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-dscp-transmit {new-dscp-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]} |
set-prec-transmit {new-precedence-value | [cos | dscp | precedence] [table table-map name]}
| set-qos-transmit qos-group-value | transmit]]
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer-name
Name of the aggregate policer.
rate-bps
Specify the average traffic rate in bits per second (bps). The range is
8000 to 1000000000.
cir cir-bps
Committed information rate (CIR) in bits per second. The range is
8000 to 1000000000 bps.
bc burst- value
(Optional) Conform burst. The number of acceptable burst bytes. The
range is 8000 to 1000000 bytes. If no burst value is entered, the
system calculates a burst value that equals the number of bytes that
can be sent in 250 milliseconds (ms) at the CIR rate. In most cases,
the automatically calculated value is appropriate; enter a new value
only if you are aware of all implications.
conform-action
(Optional) Action to be taken on packets that conform to the CIR.
set-cos-transmit cos-value
Set a new class of service (CoS) value for the packet and send the
packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for
the new CoS value is 0 to 7.
set-dscp-transmit dscp-value
Set a new Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value for the
packet and send the packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking
action. The range for the new DCSP value is 0 to 63.
set-prec-transmit
precedence-value
Set a new IP precedence value for the packet and send the packet. This
specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range for the new IP
precedence value is 0 to 7.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-193
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policer aggregate (global configuration)
Defaults
set-qos-transmit
qos-group-value
Set a new quality of service (QoS) group value for the packet and send
the packet. This specifies the to-type of the marking action. The range
for the new QoS value is 0 to 99.
cos
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword
based on the CoS value of the incoming packet, and send the packet.
This specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
dscp
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword
based on the DSCP value of the incoming packet, and send the packet.
This specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking action.
precedence
(Optional) Set the packet marking specified in the preceding keyword
based on the IP precedence value of the incoming packet, and send the
packet. This specifies the from-type of the enhanced packet-marking
action.
table table-map name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the preceding from-type
keyword. Specify the table map to be used for the enhanced packet
marking. The to-type of the action is marked based on the from-type
parameter of the action using this table map.
transmit
(Optional) Send the packet unmodified.
exceed action
(Optional) Action to be taken on packets that do not conform to the
CIR.
drop
Drop the packet.
No aggregate policers are defined.
When you configure an aggregate policer, conform burst (bc) is automatically configured at 250 ms at
the configured CIR.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Increased support for configuring conform and exceed actions. See “Usage
Guidelines.”
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure conform-action marking using
enhanced packet marking and configure exceed-action to send the packet unmodified, perform marking
using explicit values, and use all combinations of enhanced packet marking. Enhanced packet marking
provides the ability to modify a QoS marking based on any incoming QoS marking and table maps. This
release also added support for the ability to mark multiple QoS parameters for the same class, and
configure conform-action marking and exceed-action marking simultaneously.
The switch supports a maximum of 256 unique aggregate policer.s.
Aggregate policing is supported only in input policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-194
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policer aggregate (global configuration)
You can configure multiple conform and exceed actions simultaneously for an aggregate policer as
parameters in the policer aggregate global configuration command, but you must enter the actions in
this order:
•
conform-action must be followed by transmit or by set actions in this order:
set-qos-transmit
set-dscp-transmit or set-prec-transmit
set-cos-transmit
•
exceed-action must be followed by drop or transmit or by set actions in this order:
set-qos-transmit
set-dscp-transmit or set-prec-transmit
set-cos-transmit
An output policy map should match only the modified values of the out-of-profile traffic and not the
original values.
When you configure an aggregate policer, you can configure specific burst sizes and conform and exceed
actions. If burst size (bc) is not specified, the system calculates an appropriate burst size value that
equals the number of bytes that can be sent in 250 ms at the CIR rate. In most cases, the automatically
calculated value is appropriate; enter a new value only if you are aware of all implications.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an aggregate policer named agg-pol-1 and attach it to multiple
classes within a policy map:
Switch(config)# policer aggregate agg-pol-1 10900000 80000 exceed-action drop
Switch(config)# class-map test1
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 1
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# class-map test2
Switch(config-cmap)# match access-group 2
Switch(config-cmap)# exit
Switch(config)# policy map testexample
Switch(config-pmap)# class test1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg-pol-1
Switch(config-cmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class test2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate agg-pol-1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-9map)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy input testexample
Switch(config-if)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show aggregate-policer privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map
name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policer aggregate Displays the aggregate policer configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-195
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policer cpu uni
policer cpu uni
Use the policer cpu uni global configuration command to configure the CPU policing threshold for all
user network interfaces (UNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on the switch. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default.
policer cpu uni rate-bps
no policer cpu uni
Syntax Description
rate-bps
Defaults
The default policing threshold is 160000 bps.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the CPU policing threshold in bits per second (bps). The
range is 8000 to 409500.
To protect against accidental or intentional CPU overload, the Cisco ME switch automatically provides
control-plane security by dropping or rate-limiting a predefined set of Layer 2 control packets and some
Layer 3 control packets for UNIs and ENIs. The switch pre-allocates 27 control-plane security policers
for CPU protection, numbered 0 to 26. A policer of 26 means a drop policer. A policer of a value of 0 to
25 means that a rate-limiting policer is assigned to the port for the control protocol.
CPU policers are pre-allocated. You can configure only the rate-limiting threshold by using the policer
cpu uni rate-bps command. The configured threshold applies to all control protocols and all UNIs and
ENIs.
For more information about control-plane security, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to set CPU protection threshold to 10000 bps and to verify the configuration.
Switch# config t
Enter configuration commands, one per line.
Switch(config)# policer cpu uni 10000
Switch(config)# end
End with CNTL/Z.
You can verify your settings by entering the show policer cpu uni-eni rate privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show policer cpu uni-eni rate
Displays configured policer threshold for control-plane security.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-196
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
policy-map
Use the policy-map global configuration command to create or to modify a policy map that can be
attached to multiple physical ports and to enter policy-map configuration mode. Use the no form of this
command to delete an existing policy map.
policy-map policy-map-name
no policy-map policy-map-name
Syntax Description
policy-map-name
Defaults
No policy maps are defined. By default, packets are sent unmodified.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the policy map.
The switch supports a maximum of 256 unique policy maps.
Before configuring policies for classes whose match criteria are defined in a class map, use the
policy-map command to specify the name of the policy map to be created or modified. Entering the
policy-map command also enables the policy-map configuration mode, in which you can configure or
modify the class policies for that policy map.
After entering the policy-map command, you enter policy-map configuration mode, and these
configuration commands are available:
•
class: the specified traffic classification for which the policy actions are applied. The classification
is defined in the class-map global configuration command. For more information, see the class-map
command.
•
description: describes the policy map (up to 200 characters).
•
exit: exits policy-map configuration mode and returns to global configuration mode.
•
no: removes a previously defined policy map.
You can configure class policies in a policy map only if the classes have match criteria defined for them.
To configure the match criteria for a class, use the class-map global configuration and match class-map
configuration commands. You define packet classification on a physical-port basis.
You can create input policy maps and output policy maps, and you can assign one input policy map and
one output policy map to a port. The input policy map acts on incoming traffic on the port; the output
policy map acts on outgoing traffic.
You can apply the same policy map to multiple physical ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-197
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
Follow these guidelines when configuring input policy maps:
•
The total number of input policy maps that can be attached to interfaces on the switch is limited by
the availability of hardware resources. If you attempt to attach an input policy map that would
exceed any hardware resource limitation, the configuration fails.
•
An input policy map can contain a maximum of 32 class maps, one of which is class-default.
•
You cannot configure an IP (IP standard and extended ACL, DSCP or IP precedence) and a non-IP
(MAC ACL or CoS) classification within the same policy map, either within a single class map or
across class maps within the policy map.
•
After you use the service-policy input policy-map configuration command to attach an input policy
map to an interface, you can modify the policy without detaching it from the interface. You can add
or delete classification criteria, classes, or actions, or change the parameters of the configured
actions (policers, rates, mapping, marking, and so on).
•
These commands are not supported on input policy maps: match qos-group command, bandwidth
command for Class-Based-Weighting-Queuing (CBWFQ), priority command for class-based
priority queueing, queue-limit command for Weighted Tail Drop (WTD), shape average command
for port shaping, or class-based traffic shaping.
Follow these guidelines when configuring output policy maps:
•
Output policy maps can have a maximum of four classes, one of which is the class-default.
•
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(35)SE, the switch supports configuration and attachment of
a unique output policy map for each port on the switch. However, these output policy maps can
contain only three configurations of queue limits. You can include these three unique queue-limit
configurations in as many output policy maps as there are switch ports. If you try to attach an output
policy map that has a fourth queue-limit configuration, you see an error message, and the attachment
is not allowed. There are no limitations on the configurations of bandwidth, priority, or shaping.
•
All output policy maps must include the same number of class maps (one to three) and the same
classification (that is, the same class maps).
•
After you have attached a output policy map to an interface by using the service-policy output
interface configuration command, you can only change the parameters of the configured actions
(rates, percentages, and so on) or add or delete classification criteria of the class map while the
policy map is attached to the interface. To add or delete a class or an action, you must detach the
policy map from all interfaces, change it, and then reattach it to interfaces.
•
These commands are not supported on output policy maps: match access-group command, set
command for marking, and police command for policing without including the priority command.
For more information about policy maps, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to create an input policy map for three classes:
Switch(config)# policy-map input-all
Switch(config-pmap)# class gold
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp af43
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class silver
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 50000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class bronze
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 20000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-198
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
policy-map
This example shows how to configure an output policy map that provides priority with rate limiting to
the gold class and guarantees a minimum remaining bandwidth percent of 20 percent to the silver class
and 10 percent to the bronze class:
Switch(config)# policy-map output-2
Switch(config-pmap)# class gold-out
Switch(config-pmap-c)# priority
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 50000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class silver-out
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class bronze-out
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to delete the policy map output-2:
Switch(config)# no policy-map output-2
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map
name.
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class whose name
you specify.
service-policy
(interface
configuration)
Applies a policy map to a port.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-199
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
port-channel load-balance
Use the port-channel load-balance global configuration command to set the load-distribution method
among the ports in the EtherChannel. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
port-channel load-balance {dst-ip | dst-mac | src-dst-ip | src-dst-mac | src-ip | src-mac}
no port-channel load-balance
Syntax Description
dst-ip
Load distribution is based on the destination host IP address.
dst-mac
Load distribution is based on the destination host MAC address. Packets to the same
destination are sent on the same port, but packets to different destinations are sent on
different ports in the channel.
src-dst-ip
Load distribution is based on the source and destination host IP address.
src-dst-mac
Load distribution is based on the source and destination host MAC address.
src-ip
Load distribution is based on the source host IP address.
src-mac
Load distribution is based on the source MAC address. Packets from different hosts use
different ports in the channel, but packets from the same host use the same port.
Defaults
The default is src-mac.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
For information about when to use these forwarding methods, see the “Configuring EtherChannels”
chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to set the load-distribution method to dst-mac:
Switch(config)# port-channel load-balance dst-mac
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command or the
show etherchannel load-balance privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-200
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
port-channel load-balance
Related Commands
Command
Description
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link
to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_comman
d_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate
to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-201
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
port-type
port-type
Use the port-type interface configuration command to change the port type on a Cisco ME switch from
its existing port type to a network node interface (NNI), a user network interface (UNI), or an enhanced
network interfaces (ENI). Use the no form of this command to return the port to its default setting.
port-type {eni | nni | uni}
no port-type
Syntax Description
Defaults
eni
Enhanced network interface. ENIs have the same default configuration as UNIs, but
you can configure ENI to support protocol control packets for Cisco Discovery
Protocol (CDP), Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP), Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP), and EtherChannel Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) or Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP).
nni
Network node interface.
uni
User network interface.
If no configuration file exists, all the 10/100 ports on the Cisco ME switch are UNIs, and the small
form-factor pluggable (SFP) module slots on the Cisco ME switch are NNIs. You must configure a port
to be an ENI port.
A port configured as an ENI has the same defaults as a UNI port, but the you can configure control
protocols (CDP, STP, LLDP, LACP and PAgP) on ENIs. These protocols are not supported on UNIs.
The default status for a UNI or ENI is administratively down to prevent unauthorized users from gaining
access to other ports as you configure the switch. You must use the no shutdown interface configuration
command to enable a UNI or ENI before you can configure it.
The default status for an NNI is administratively up to allow a service provider remote access to the
switch during initial configuration.
Configuring a port as an ENI does not change the administrative state of the port. If the port state is
shutdown before a port-type change, it remains in shutdown state; if the state is no shutdown, it
remains in no shutdown state.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(44)SE
The eni keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
A port can be reconfigured to another port type. When a port is reconfigured as the other interface type,
it inherits all the characteristics of that interface type. By default all ports on the switch are either UNI
or NNI. At any time, all ports on the Cisco ME switch are UNIs, NNIs, or ENIs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-202
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
port-type
Some features are not supported only on all port types. Control protocols (CDP, STP, LLDP, and
EtherChannel LACP and PAgP) have different support on each port type:
•
On NNIs, these features are enabled by default.
•
On ENIs, these features are disabled by default, but you can enable them by using the command-line
interface.
•
On UNIs, these features are not supported.
For information about specific feature support, see the software configuration guide for this
release.When you change a port from one type to another, any features exclusive to a port type are
removed from the configuration to prevent conflicting configuration options on a specific interface.
Every port on the switch can be a UNI or ENI, but only four ports can be NNIs at the same time. When
you use the no port-type command on any interface, whether it is currently a UNI, ENI, or NNI, the
interface defaults to UNI.
Traffic is not switched between UNIs or ENIs, and all traffic incoming on UNIs or ENIs must exit on
NNIs to prevent a user from gaining access to another user’s private network. If it is appropriate for two
or more UNIs or ENIs to exchange traffic within the switch, you can assign the interface to a community
VLAN. A community VLAN can contain a maximum of eight UNIs or ENIs. We do not recommend
mixing UNIs and ENIs in the same community VLAN.
For more information about configuring VLANs, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to change a port to an NNI.
Switch# configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# no shutdown
Switch(config-if)# port-type nni
5d20h: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console
Switch(config-if)# end
Switch# copy running-config startup-config
This example shows how to change a port type to an ENI.
Switch# config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# no shutdown
Switch(config-if)# port-type eni
Switch(config-if)# end
Related Commands
End with CNTL/Z.
Command
Description
no shutdown
Enables an interface.
show interfaces
Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
show port-type
Displays the port type of an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-203
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
priority
priority
Use the priority policy-map class configuration command to configure class-based priority queuing for
a class of traffic belonging to an output policy map. The switch supports strict priority queuing or
priority used with the police policy-map command. Use the no form of this command to remove a
priority specified for a class.
priority
no priority
Note
When the police command is used with the priority policy-map class command for unconditionally
rate-limiting the priority queue, burst size values are not supported for the police command.
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No policers are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
When used by itself (not followed by the police policy-map command), the priority command assigns
traffic to a low-latency path and ensures that packets belonging to the class have the lowest possible
latency. With strict priority queuing, packets in the priority queue are scheduled and sent until the queue
is empty.
You should exercise care when using the priority command without the policy command. Excessive use
of strict priority queuing might cause congestion in other queues.
You can use priority with the police {rate-bps | cir cir-bps} policy-map command to reduce the
bandwidth used by the priority queue. This is the only form of policing that is supported in output policy
maps. Using this combination of commands configures a maximum rate on the priority queue and allows
you to use the bandwidth and shape average policy-map commands for other classes to allocate traffic
rates on other queues.
Note
When you use the police command with the priority command in an output policy, the police rate range
is 64000 to 1000000000 bps, even though the range that appears in the command-line help is 8000 to
1000000000. Configured burst size is ignored when you try to attach the output service policy.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-204
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
priority
When you configure priority in an output policy map without the police command, you can only
configure the other queues for sharing by using the bandwidth remaining percent policy-map class
command. This command does not guarantee the allocated bandwidth, but the rate of distribution.
When you configure priority in an output policy map with the police command, you can configure other
queues for sharing by using the bandwidth policy-map class command and for shaping by using the
shape average policy-map class command.
You can associate the priority command only with a single unique class for all attached output policies
on the switch.
You cannot associate the priority command with the class-default of the output policy map.
You cannot configure priority and any other scheduling action (shape average or bandwidth) in the
same class.
The priority command uses a default queue limit for the class. You can change the queue limit by using
the queue-limit policy-map class command, overriding the default set by the priority command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the class out-class1 as a strict priority queue so that all packets in
that class are sent before any other class of traffic. Other traffic queues are configured so that out-class-2
gets 50 percent of the remaining bandwidth and out-class3 gets 20 percent of the remaining bandwidth.
The class class-default receives the remaining 30 percent with no guarantees.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# priority
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth remaining percent 50
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth remaining percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output policy1
Switch(config-if)# exit
This example shows how to use the priority with police commands to configure out-class1 as the
priority queue, with traffic going to the queue limited to 20000000 bits per second (bps) so that the
priority queue never uses more than that. Traffic above that rate is dropped. The other traffic queues are
configured as in the previous example.
Switch(config)# policy-map policy1
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# priority
Switch(config-pmap-c)# police 20000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 50
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class out-class3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output policy1
Switch(config-if)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-205
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
police
Defines a policer for classified traffic.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-206
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
private-vlan
private-vlan
Use the private-vlan VLAN configuration command to configure private VLANs and to configure the
association between private-VLAN primary and secondary VLANs. Use the no form of this command
to return the VLAN to normal VLAN configuration.
private-vlan {association [add | remove] secondary-vlan-list | community | isolated | primary}
no private-vlan {association | community | isolated | primary}
Syntax Description
association
Create an association between the primary VLAN and a secondary VLAN.
secondary-vlan-list
Specify one or more secondary VLANs to be associated with a primary
VLAN in a private VLAN.
add
Associate a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN.
remove
Clear the association between a secondary VLAN and a primary VLAN.
community
Designate the VLAN as a community VLAN.
isolated
Designate the VLAN as a community VLAN.
primary
Designate the VLAN as a community VLAN.
Defaults
The default is to no configured private VLANs.
Command Modes
VLAN configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You must manually configure private VLANs on all switches in the Layer 2 network to merge their Layer
2 databases and to prevent flooding of private-VLAN traffic.
You cannot include VLAN 1 or VLANs 1002 to 1005 in the private-VLAN configuration. Extended
VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094) can be configured as private VLANs.
You can associate a secondary (isolated or community) VLAN with only one primary VLAN. A primary
VLAN can have one isolated VLAN and multiple community VLANs associated with it.
•
A secondary VLAN cannot be configured as a primary VLAN.
•
The secondary_vlan_list parameter cannot contain spaces. It can contain multiple comma-separated
items. Each item can be a single private-VLAN ID or a hyphenated range of private-VLAN IDs. The
list can contain one isolated VLAN and multiple community VLANs.
•
If you delete either the primary or secondary VLANs, the ports associated with the VLAN become
inactive.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-207
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
private-vlan
A community VLAN carries traffic among community ports and from community ports to the
promiscuous ports on the corresponding primary VLAN. A community VLAN can include no more than
eight user network interfaces (UNIs).
An isolated VLAN is used by isolated ports to communicate with promiscuous ports. It does not carry
traffic to other community ports or to isolated ports with the same primary VLAN domain.
A primary VLAN is the VLAN that carries traffic from a gateway to customer end stations on private
ports.
The private-vlan commands do not take effect until you exit from VLAN configuration mode.
Do not configure private-VLAN ports as EtherChannels. While a port is part of the private-VLAN
configuration, any EtherChannel configuration for it is inactive.
A private VLAN cannot be a Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN.
A private VLAN cannot be a user network interface-enhanced network interface (UNI-ENI) VLAN. If
the VLAN is a UNI-ENI isolated VLAN (the default), you can change it to a private VLAN by entering
the private-vlan VLAN configuration command. If a VLAN has been configured as a UNI-ENI
community VLAN, you must first enter the no uni-vlan VLAN configuration command before
configuring it as a private VLAN.
Although a private VLAN contains more than one VLAN, only one STP instance runs for the entire
private VLAN. When a secondary VLAN is associated with the primary VLAN, the STP parameters of
the primary VLAN are propagated to the secondary VLAN.
See the switchport private-vlan command for information about configuring host ports and
promiscuous ports.
Note
Examples
For more information about private-VLAN interaction with other features, see the software
configuration guide for this release.
This example shows how to configure VLAN 20 as a primary VLAN, VLAN 501 as an isolated VLAN,
VLANs 502 and 503 as community VLANs, and to associate them in a private VLAN. The example
assumes that VLANs 502 and 503 were previously configured as UNI-ENI community VLANs.
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# vlan 20
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan 501
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan 502
Switch(config-vlan)# no uni-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan 503
Switch(config-vlan)# no uni-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)# vlan 20
Switch(config-vlan)# private-vlan
Switch(config-vlan)# end
primary
isolated
community
community
association 501-503
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan private-vlan or show interfaces status privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-208
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
private-vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces status
Displays the status of interfaces, including the VLANs to which they
belong.
show vlan private-vlan
Displays the private VLANs and VLAN associations configured on
the switch.
switchport private-vlan
Configures a private-VLAN port as a host port or promiscuous port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-209
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
queue-limit
queue-limit
Use the queue-limit policy-map class configuration command to set the queue maximum threshold for
Weighted Tail Drop (WTD) in an output policy map. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default.
queue-limit [cos value | dscp value | precedence value | qos-group value] number-of-packets
[packets]
no queue-limit [cos value | dscp value | precedence value | qos-group value] number-of-packets
[packets]
Syntax Description
cos value
(Optional) Set the parameters for each cost of service (CoS) value. The range
is from 0 to 7.
dscp value
(Optional) Set the parameters for each Differentiated Services Code Point
(DSCP) value. The range is from 0 to 63.
precedence value
(Optional) Set the parameters for each IP precedence value. The range is
from 0 to 7.
qos-group value
(Optional) Set the parameters for each quality-of-service (QoS) group value.
The range is from 0 to 99.
number-of-packets
[packets]
Set the maximum threshold for WTD as the number of packets in the queue.
The range is from 16 to 544 and refers to 256-byte packets. The default is 48
packets. The packets keyword is optional.
Note
For optimal network performance, we strongly recommend that you
configure the maximum queue-limit to 272 or less.
Defaults
Default queue limit is 48 (256-byte) packets.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.25(SEG)
Support was added to configure the queue-limit in the class-default of an
output policy map.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-210
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
queue-limit
Usage Guidelines
You use the queue-limit policy-map class command to control output traffic. Queue-limit settings are
not supported in input policy maps.
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(35)SE, the switch supports one output policy map for each
interface. However the limit of three unique queue-limit configurations across all output policy maps
remains in effect You can use the same queue-limit configuration across multiple policy maps.
Within an output policy map only four queues (classes) are allowed, including the class default. Each
queue has three defined thresholds (queue limits). Only three queue-limit configurations are allowed on
the switch, but multiple policy maps can share the same queue-limits. For two policy maps to share a
queue-limit configuration, all threshold values must be the same for all classes in both policy maps.
If you try to attach an output policy map that contains a fourth queue-limit configuration to an interface,
you see an error message and the attachment is not allowed.
The queue-limit command is supported only after you first configure a scheduling action, such as
bandwidth, shape-average, or priority, except when you configure queue-limit in the class-default of
an output policy map.
You cannot configure more than two unique threshold values for WTD qualifiers (cos, dscp,
precedence, or qos-group) in the queue-limit command. However, you can map any number of
qualifiers to those thresholds. You can configure a third unique threshold value to set the maximum
queue, using the queue-limit command with no qualifiers.
When you use the queue-limit command to configure thresholds within a class map, the WTD thresholds
must be less than or equal to the maximum threshold of the queue. This means that the queue size
configured without a qualifier must be larger than any of the queue sizes configured with a qualifier.
Examples
This example shows how to configure WTD so that out-class1, out-class2, out-class3, and class-default
get a minimum of 40, 20, 10 and 10 percent of the traffic bandwidth respectively. The corresponding
queue-sizes are set to 48, 32, 16 and 272 (256-byte) packets:
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 40
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 48
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 32
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 16
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 272
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output out-policy
Switch(config-if)# exit
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-211
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
queue-limit
This example shows how to configure WTD for a Fast Ethernet port where outclass1, outclass2, and
outclass3 get a minimum of 50, 20, and 10 percent of the traffic bandwidth. The class-default gets the
remaining 20 percent. Each corresponding queue size is set to 64, 32, and 16 (256-byte) packets,
respectively. The example also shows how if outclass1 matches to dscp 46, 56, 57, 58, 60, 63, a DSCP
value of 46 gets a queue size of 32 (256-byte) packets; DSCP values 56, 57, and 58 get queue sizes of
48 (256-byte) packets; and the remaining DSCP values of 60 and 63 get the default queue size of 64
(256-byte) packets.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 50
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 64
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit dscp 46 32
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit dscp 56 48
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit dscp 57 48
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit dscp 58 48
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 20
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 32
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class outclass3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# bandwidth percent 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# queue-limit 16
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output out-policy
Switch(config-if)# exit
You can use these same queue-limit values in multiple output policy maps on the switch. However,
changing one of the queue-limit values in a class would create a new, unique queue-limit configuration.
You can attach only three unique queue-limit configurations in output policy maps to interfaces at any
one time. If you try to attach an output policy map with a fourth unique queue-limit configuration, you
see this error message:
QoS: Configuration failed. Maximum number of allowable unique queue-limit
configurations exceeded.
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-212
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
remote-span
Use the remote-span VLAN configuration command to configure a VLAN as a Remote Switched Port
Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN. Use the no form of this command to remove the RSPAN designation from
the VLAN.
remote-span
no remote-span
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No RSPAN VLANs are defined.
Command Modes
VLAN configuration (config-VLAN)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Valid RSPAN VLAN IDs are 2 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094. The RSPAN VLAN cannot be VLAN 1 (the
default VLAN) or VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 (reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs).
Before you configure the RSPAN remote-span command, use the vlan global configuration command
to create the VLAN.
•
To change a VLAN from a user network interface-enhanced network interface (UNI-ENI) isolated
VLAN (the default) to an RSPAN VLAN, enter the rspan-vlan VLAN configuration command.
•
To change a UNI-ENI community VLAN to an RSPAN VLAN, you must first remove the
community VLAN type by entering the no uni-vlan VLAN configuration command.
The RSPAN VLAN has these characteristics:
•
No MAC address learning occurs on it.
•
RSPAN VLAN traffic flows only on trunk ports.
•
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can run in the RSPAN VLAN, but it does not run on RSPAN
destination ports. On the Cisco ME switch only network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced
network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been enabled participate in STP.
You must manually also configure both source, destination, and intermediate switches (those in the
RSPAN VLAN between the source switch and the destination switch) with the RSPAN VLAN ID.
When an existing VLAN is configured as an RSPAN VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and then recreated
as an RSPAN VLAN. Any access ports become inactive until the RSPAN feature is disabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-213
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
remote-span
Examples
This example shows how to configure a VLAN as an RSPAN VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# remote-span
This example shows how to remove the RSPAN feature from a VLAN.
Switch(config)# vlan 901
Switch(config-vlan)# no remote-span
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan remote-span user EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
monitor session
Enables Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) and RSPAN monitoring on a port
and configures a port as a source or destination port.
vlan
Changes to config-vlan mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to 4094.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-214
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
renew ip dhcp snooping database
renew ip dhcp snooping database
Use the renew ip dhcp snooping database privileged EXEC command to renew the DHCP snooping
binding database.
renew ip dhcp snooping database [validation none] [{flash:/filename |
ftp://user:password@host/filename | nvram:/filename | rcp://user@host/filename |
tftp://host/filename}] [validation none]
Syntax Description
validation none
(Optional) Specify that the switch does not verify the cyclic redundancy check
(CRC) for the entries in the binding file specified by the URL.
flash:/filename
(Optional) Specify that the database agent or the binding file is in the flash
memory.
ftp://user:password
@host/filename
(Optional) Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on an FTP
server.
nvram:/filename
(Optional) Specify that the database agent or the binding file is in the NVRAM.
rcp://user@host/file
name
(Optional) Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on a Remote
Control Protocol (RCP) server.
tftp://host/filename
(Optional) Specify that the database agent or the binding file is on a TFTP
server.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a URL, the switch tries to read the file from the configured URL.
Examples
This example shows how to renew the DHCP snooping binding database without checking CRC values:
Switch# renew ip dhcp snooping database validation none
You can verify settings by entering the show ip dhcp snooping database privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-215
Chapter 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
renew ip dhcp snooping database
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping binding
Configures the DHCP snooping binding database.
show ip dhcp snooping database
Displays the status of the DHCP snooping database agent.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-216
OL-9643-03
2]
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
rmon collection stats
rmon collection stats
Use the rmon collection stats interface configuration command to collect Ethernet group statistics,
which include usage statistics about broadcast and multicast packets, and error statistics about cyclic
redundancy check (CRC) alignment errors and collisions. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default setting.
rmon collection stats index [owner name]
no rmon collection stats index [owner name]
Syntax Description
index
Remote Network Monitoring (RMON) collection control index. The range is
1 to 65535.
owner name
(Optional) Owner of the RMON collection.
Defaults
The RMON statistics collection is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The RMON statistics collection command is based on hardware counters. If the port is a user network
interface (UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you must use the no shutdown interface
configuration command to enable it before using the rmon collection stats command. UNIs and ENIs
are disabled by default. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by default.
Examples
This example shows how to collect RMON statistics for the owner root:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# rmon collection stats 2 owner root
You can verify your setting by entering the show rmon statistics privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show rmon statistics
Displays RMON statistics.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS Configuration
Fundamentals Command Reference, Release 12.2 > System
Management Commands > RMON Commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-217
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
service password-recovery
Use the service password-recovery global configuration command to enable the password-recovery
mechanism (the default). This mechanism allows an end user with physical access to the switch to press
the break key on the console terminal to interrupt the boot process while the switch is powering up and
to assign a new password.
Use the no form of this command to disable part of the password-recovery functionality. When the
password-recovery mechanism is disabled, interrupting the boot process is allowed only if the user
agrees to set the system back to the default configuration.
service password-recovery
no service password-recovery
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
As a system administrator, you can use the no service password-recovery command to disable some of
the functionality of the password recovery feature by allowing an end user to reset a password only by
agreeing to return to the default configuration. This provides configuration file security by ensuring that
only authenticated and authorized users have access to the configuration file and prevents users from
accessing the configuration file by using the password recovery process.
The password recovery procedure requires using a break key. After the switch performs power-on self
test (POST), the switch begins the autoboot process. The boot loader prompts the user for a break key
character during the boot-up sequence, as shown in this example:
***** The system will autoboot in 5 seconds *****
Send a break key to prevent autobooting.
You must enter the break key on the console terminal within 5 seconds of receiving the message that the
system will autoboot. A user with physical access to the switch presses the break key on the console terminal
within 5 seconds of receiving the message that flash memory is initializing. The System LED flashes
green until the break key is accepted. After the break key is accepted, the System LED turns off until
after the switch boots.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-218
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service password-recovery
If the password-recovery mechanism is disabled, this message appears:
The password-recovery mechanism has been triggered, but
is currently disabled. Access to the boot loader prompt
through the password-recovery mechanism is disallowed at
this point. However, if you agree to let the system be
reset back to the default system configuration, access
to the boot loader prompt can still be allowed.
Would you like to reset the system back to the default configuration (y/n)?
If the user chooses not to reset the system to the default configuration, the normal boot process continues
as if the break key had not been pressed. If you choose to reset the system to the default configuration,
the configuration file in flash memory is deleted, and the VLAN database file, flash:vlan.dat (if present),
is deleted.
Note
If you use the no service password-recovery command to control end user access to passwords, we
recommend that you save a copy of the configuration file in a location away from the switch in case the
end user uses the password recovery procedure and sets the system back to default values. Do not keep
a backup copy of the configuration file on the switch.
You can enter the show version privileged EXEC command to determine if password recovery is enabled
or disabled.
Examples
This example shows how to disable password recovery on a switch so that a user can only reset a
password by agreeing to return to the default configuration.
Switch(config)# no service-password recovery
Switch(config)# exit
Related Commands
Command
Description
show version
Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-219
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy (interface configuration)
service-policy (interface configuration)
Use the service-policy interface configuration command to apply a policy map defined by the
policy-map command to the incoming or outgoing traffic of a physical port. Use the no form of this
command to remove the policy map and port association.
service-policy {input | output} policy-map-name
no service-policy {input | output} policy-map-name
Syntax Description
Note
input
Apply the policy map to the input of a physical port.
output
Apply the policy map to the output of a physical port.
policy-map-name
The specified policy map to be applied.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the history keyword is not supported, and you should
ignore the statistics that it gathers.
Defaults
No policy maps are attached to the port.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Only one input policy map and one output policy map can be attached to an interface.
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(35)SE, you can attach an output policy map to each interface on
the switch. However, the switch supports a limit of three unique queue-limit configurations across all
output policy maps at any time. Multiple policy maps can share the same queue-limit configuration.If
you try to attach an output policy map with a fourth unique queue-limit configuration, you see this error
message:
QoS: Configuration failed. Maximum number of allowable unique queue-limit
configurations exceeded.
You can attach input or output policy maps to a Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet port. You cannot attach
policy maps to switch virtual interfaces (SVIs) and EtherChannel interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to apply plcmap1 as an output policy map:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy output plcmap1
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-220
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy (interface configuration)
This example shows how to remove plcmap2 from the port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no service-policy output plcmap2
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
show policy-map
interface [interface-id]
Displays policy maps configured on the specified interface or on all
interfaces.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command
_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-221
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy (policy-map class configuration)
service-policy (policy-map class configuration)
Use the service-policy policy-map class configuration command to configure a quality of service (Q0S)
service policy for anoutput policy map. Use the no form of this command to disable a service policy as
a QoS policy within a policy map.
service-policy policy-map-name
no service-policy policy-map-name
Syntax Description
policy-map-name
Defaults
No service policies are defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the service policy map (created by using the policy-map global
configuration command) to be used in a QoS hierarchical service policy.
You attach a service policy created in policy-map class configuration to a parent output policy map. This
creates hierarchical policy mapping. Use the service-policy policy-map-name policy-map class
configuration command to enter a second-level (child) policy map.
For an output policy map, when shape average is also configured on the class class-default, you can
configure hierarchical policy maps by attaching a single service-policy policy-map class command to
the class class-default. This policy map specifies the service policy for the port-shaped traffic on the
port and is the parent policy map. You can configure the child policy with class-based queuing actions
by using the queue-limit policy map class command and with scheduling actions (by using the
bandwidth, shape average, or priority command).
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Examples
This example shows how to define the service policy and to attach it to a parent policy map to set the
maximum bandwidth (shape) for an output queue at 90000000 bits per second:
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy-parent
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# shape average 90000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy out-policy
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-222
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
service-policy (policy-map class configuration)
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays quality of service (QoS) policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-223
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set cos
set cos
Use the set cos policy-map class configuration command to set a Layer 2 class of service (CoS) value in
the packet. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic marking.
set cos {cos_value | from-field [table table-map-name]}
no set cos {cos_value | from-field [table table-map-name]}
Syntax Description
cos_value
Enter an IEEE 802.1Q class of service/user priority value with which
to classify traffic. The range is from 0 to 7.
from-field
Specific a packet-marking category to be used to set the CoS value of
the packet. If you are using a table map for mapping and converting
packet-marking values, this establishes the map-from packet-marking
category.
These options are supported:
•
cos—CoS value
•
dscp—Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value.
•
precedence—IP-precedence value
table
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the from-field keyword. Indicates
that the values set in a specified table map are used to set the CoS value
table-map-name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the table keyword. Name of the
table map used to specify the CoS value. The table map name can be a
maximum of 64 alphanumeric characters.
Defaults
No traffic marking is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12-2(25)SEG
Support was added to set multiple marking actions and to use table maps for
enhanced packet marking. See “Usage Guidelines.”
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure set cos with all other marking
actions, specifically set dscp, set precedence, and set qos-group, for the same class. Support was also
added for the ability to configure more than one marking action with enhanced packet marking by using
table maps for the same class.
Use the set cos command if you want to mark a packet that is being sent to a switch. Switches can
leverage Layer 2 header information including a CoS value marking.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-224
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set cos
You can use the match cos class-map configuration command and the set cos policy-map class
configuration command together to allow switches to interoperate and provide quality of service (QoS)
based on the CoS markings. You can also configure Layer 2 to Layer 3 mapping by matching on the CoS
value because switches can already match and set CoS values.
If you are using this command to perform enhanced packet marking, you can use the from-field packet
marking option for mapping and setting the CoS value. The supported from-field marking categories are:
CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence.
If you specify a from-field category, but do not specify the table keyword and table-map-name, the
default action is to copy the value associated with the from-field category as the CoS value. For example,
if you enter the set cos precedence command, the precedence value is copied and used as the CoS value.
If you enter the set cos dscp command, the DSCP value is copied and used as the CoS value.
Examples
This example shows how to set all FTP traffic to cos 3:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set cos 3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to assign a DSCP to CoS table map to a class:
Switch(config)# policy-map inpolicy
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set cos dscp table dscp-cos-tablemap
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-225
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set dscp
set dscp
Use the set [ip] dscp policy-map class configuration command to mark IPv4 traffic by setting a
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value in the type of service (ToS) byte of the packet. Use the
no form of this command to remove traffic marking.
set [ip] dscp {dscp_value |from-field [table table-map-name]}
no set [ip] dscp {dscp_value | from-field [table table-map-name]}
Note
Syntax Description
Entering ip dscp is the same as entering dscp.
dscp-value
Enter a DSCP value with which to classify traffic. The range is from
0 to 63. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly used
value.
from-field
Specific a packet-marking category to be used to set the DSCP value of
the packet. If you are using a table map for mapping and converting
packet-marking values, this establishes the map-from packet-marking
category.
These options are supported:
•
cos—class of service (CoS) value
•
dscp—DSCP value.
•
precedence—IP-precedence value
table
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the from-field keyword. Indicates
that the values set in a specified table map are used to set the DSCP
value
table-map-name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the table keyword. Name of the
table map used to specify the DSCP value. The table map name can be
a maximum of 64 alphanumeric characters.
Defaults
No traffic marking is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12-2(25)SEG
Support was added to set multiple marking actions and to use table maps for
enhanced packet marking. See “Usage Guidelines.”
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-226
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set dscp
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure set dscp with other marking actions,
specifically set cos and set qos-group, for the same class. Support was also added for the ability to
configure more than one marking action with enhanced packet marking by using table maps for the same
class.
You cannot use the set dscp command with the set precedence command to mark the same packet.
DSCP values and IP precedence values are mutually exclusive. A packet can have one value of the other,
but not both.
After DSCP bits are set, other quality of service (QoS) features can then operate on the bit settings.
The network gives priority (or some type of expedited handling) to marked traffic. Typically, you set the
DSCP value at the edge of the network (or administrative domain) and data is then queued according to
the precedence. Class-based weighted fair queuing (CBWFQ) can speed up handling for
high-precedence traffic at congestion points. Weighted Tail Drop (WTD) ensures that high-precedence
traffic has lower loss rates than other traffic during times of congestion.
Instead of using numeric values, you can also specify the dscp-value by using the reserved keywords EF,
AF11, and AF12.
If you are using this command to perform enhanced packet marking, you can use the from-field packet
marking option for mapping and setting the DSCP value. The supported from-field marking categories
are: CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence.
If you specify a from-field category, but do not specify the table keyword and table-map-name, the
default action is to copy the value associated with the from-field category as the DSCP value. For
example, if you enter the set dscp cos command, the CoS value is copied and used as the DSCP value.
Examples
This example shows how to set all FTP traffic to DSCP 10:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp 10
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to assign a CoS to DSCP table map to a class:
Switch(config)# policy-map inpolicy
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set dscp cos table cos-dscp-tablemap
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-227
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set precedence
set precedence
Use the set [ip] precedence policy-map class configuration command to mark IPv4 traffic by setting an
IP-precedence value in the packet. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic marking.
set [ip] precedence {precedence_value | from-field [table table-map-name]}
no set [ip] precedence {precedence_value | from-field [table table-map-name]}
Note
Syntax Description
Entering ip precedence is the same as entering precedence.
precedence_value
Enter an IPv4 precedence value with which to classify traffic. The
range is 0 to 7. You also can enter a mnemonic name for a commonly
used value.
from-field
Specific a packet-marking category to be used to set the precedence
value of the packet. If you are using a table map for mapping and
converting packet-marking values, this establishes the map-from
packet-marking category.
These options are supported:
•
cos—class of service (CoS) value
•
dscp—Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value.
•
precedence—IP-precedence value
table
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the from-field keyword. Indicates
that the values set in a specified table map are used to set the
precedence value
table-map-name
(Optional) Used in conjunction with the table keyword. Name of the
table map used to specify the precedence value. The table map name
can be a maximum of 64 alphanumeric characters.
Defaults
No traffic marking is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12-2(25)SEG
Support was added to set multiple marking actions and to use table maps for
enhanced packet marking. See “Usage Guidelines.”
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-228
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set precedence
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure set precedence with other marking
actions, specifically set cos and set qos-group, for the same class. Support was also added for the ability
to configure more than one marking action with enhanced packet marking by using table maps for the
same class.
You cannot use the set precedence command with the set dscp command to mark the same packet.
DSCP values and IP precedence values are mutually exclusive. A packet can have one value of the other,
but not both.
After precedence bits are set, other quality of service (QoS) features can then operate on the bit settings.
The network gives priority (or some type of expedited handling) to marked traffic. Typically, you set the
precedence value at the edge of the network (or administrative domain) and data is then queued
according to the precedence. Class-based weighted fair queuing (CBWFQ) can speed up handling for
high-precedence traffic at congestion points. Weighted Tail Drop (WTD) ensures that high-precedence
traffic has lower loss rates than other traffic during times of congestion.
Instead of using numeric values, you can also specify the dscp-value by using the reserved keywords EF,
AF11, and AF12.
If you are using this command to perform enhanced packet marking, you can use the from-field packet
marking option for mapping and setting the precedence value. The supported from-field marking
categories are: CoS, DSCP, and IP precedence.
If you specify a from-field category, but do not specify the table keyword and table-map-name, the
default action is to copy the value associated with the from-field category as the precedence value. For
example, if you enter the set precedence cos command, the CoS value is copied and used as the
precedence value.
Examples
This example shows how to give all FTP traffic an IP precedence value of 5:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set precedence 5
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
This example shows how to assign a CoS to precedence table map to a class:
Switch(config)# policy-map inpolicy
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set precedence cos table cos-prec-tablemap
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-229
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set qos-group
set qos-group
Use the set qos-group policy-map class configuration command to set a a quality of service (QoS) group
identifier that can be used later to classify packets. Use the no form of this command to remove the group
identifier.
set qos-group value
no set qos-group value
Syntax Description
value
Set the QoS group value to use to classify traffic. The range is from 0
to 99.
Defaults
No traffic marking is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The number of supported QoS groups was increased to 100. Support was
added to set multiple marking actions and to use table maps for enhanced
packet marking. See “Usage Guidelines.”
Usage Guidelines
Beginning with Cisco IOS Release 12.2(25)SEG, you can configure set qos-group with all other
marking actions, specifically set cos, set dscp, and set precedence, for the same class. Support was also
added for the ability to configure more than one marking action with enhanced packet marking by using
table maps for the same class.
Use this command to associate a QoS group value with a traffic flow as it enters the switch, which can
then be used in an output policy map to identify the flow.
A maximum of 100 QoS groups (0 through 99) is supported on the switch.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Examples
This example shows how to set all FTP traffic to QoS group 5:
Switch(config)# policy-map policy_ftp
Switch(config-pmap)# class ftp_class
Switch(config-pmap-c)# set qos-group 5
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-230
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
set qos-group
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-231
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
setup
setup
Use the setup privileged EXEC command to configure the switch with its initial configuration.
setup
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you use the setup command, make sure that you have this information:
•
IP address and network mask
•
Password strategy for your environment
When you enter the setup command, an interactive dialog, called the System Configuration Dialog,
appears. It guides you through the configuration process and prompts you for information. The values
shown in brackets next to each prompt are the default values last set by using either the setup command
facility or the configure privileged EXEC command.
Help text is provided for each prompt. To access help text, press the question mark (?) key at a prompt.
To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes and without running through the entire
System Configuration Dialog, press Ctrl-C.
When you complete your changes, the setup program shows you the configuration command script that
was created during the setup session. You can save the configuration in NVRAM or return to the setup
program or the command-line prompt without saving it.
Examples
This is an example of output from the setup command:
Switch# setup
--- System Configuration Dialog --Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: yes
At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help.
Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt.
Default settings are in square brackets '[]'.
Basic management setup configures only enough connectivity
for management of the system, extended setup will ask you
to configure each interface on the system.
Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: yes
Configuring global parameters:
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-232
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
setup
Enter host name [Switch]:host-name
The enable secret is a password used to protect access to
privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after
entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration.
Enter enable secret: enable-secret-password
The enable password is used when you do not specify an
enable secret password, with some older software versions, and
some boot images.
Enter enable password: enable-password
The virtual terminal password is used to protect
access to the router over a network interface.
Enter virtual terminal password: terminal-password
Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: yes
Community string [public]:
Current interface summary
Any interface listed with OK? value “NO” does not have a valid configuration
Interface
Vlan1
IP-Address
172.20.135.202
OK? Method Status
YES NVRAM up
Protocol
up
GigabitEthernet0/1
unassigned
YES unset
up
up
GigabitEthernet0/2
unassigned
YES unset
up
down
unassigned
YES unset
up
down
<output truncated>
Port-channel1
Enter interface name used to connect to the
management network from the above interface summary: vlan1
Configuring interface vlan1:
Configure IP on this interface? [yes]: yes
IP address for this interface: ip_address
Subnet mask for this interface [255.0.0.0]: subnet_mask
The following configuration command script was created:
hostname host-name
enable secret 5 $1$LiBw$0Xc1wyT.PXPkuhFwqyhVi0
enable password enable-password
line vty 0 15
password terminal-password
snmp-server community public
!
no ip routing
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/1
no ip address
!
interface GigabitEthernet0/2
no ip address
!
end
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-233
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
setup
Use this configuration? [yes/no]: yes
!
[0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this config.
[1] Return back to the setup without saving this config.
[2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit.
Enter your selection [2]:
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing
page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_co
mmand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
show version
Displays version information for the hardware and firmware.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-234
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
shape average
shape average
Use the shape average policy-map class configuration command to configure class-based shaping by
specifying the average traffic shaping rate. Use the command with the class class-default to set port
shaping. Use the no form of this command to remove traffic shaping.
shape average target bps
no shape average target bps
Syntax Description
target bps
Defaults
No traffic shaping is defined.
Command Modes
Policy-map class configuration
Command History
Release
Usage Guidelines
Target average bit rate in bits per second (bps). The range is from
64000 to 1000000000.
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
Support was added to configure traffic shaping in the class-default of an
output policy map.
You use the shape average policy-map class command to control output traffic. Shaping is not supported
in input policy maps.
Traffic shaping limits the rate of transmission of data. Configuring traffic shaping for a user-defined
class or class-default for class-based shaping sets the peak information rate (PIR) for that class.
Configuring traffic shaping for the class class-default when it is the only class in the policy map that is
attached to an interface sets the PIR for the interface (port shaping).
You cannot configure shape average in a class that includes priority queueing (configured with the
priority policy-map class configuration command).
The shape average command uses a default queue limit for the class. You can change the queue limit by
using the queue-limit policy-map class command, overriding the default that is set by the shape average
command.
You cannot use the bandwidth policy-map class configuration command to configure class-based
weighted fair queuing (CBWFQ) and the shape average command to configure traffic shaping for the
same class.
You can configure hierarchical policy maps by attaching the service-policy policy-map class command
to the class class-default only when shape average is also configured on the class class-default.
To return to policy-map configuration mode, use the exit command. To return to privileged EXEC mode,
use the end command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-235
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
shape average
Examples
This example shows how to configure traffic shaping for outgoing traffic on a Fast Ethernet port so that
outclass1, outclass2, and outclass3 get a maximum of 50, 20, and 10 Mbps of the buffer size. The class
class-default gets the remaining bandwidth.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy
Switch(config-pmap)# class classout1
Switch(config-pmap-c)# shape average 50000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class classout2
Switch(config-pmap-c)# shape average 20000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# class classout3
Switch(config-pmap-c)# shape average 10000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# service-policy out out-policy
This example shows how to configure port shaping by configuring a hierarchical policy map that shapes
a port to 90 Mbps, allocated according to the out-policy policy map configured in the previous example.
Switch(config)# policy-map out-policy-parent
Switch(config-pmap)# class class-default
Switch(config-pmap-c)# shape average 90000000
Switch(config-pmap-c)# service-policy out-policy
Switch(config-pmap-c)# exit
Switch(config-pmap)# exit
You can verify your settings by entering the show policy-map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified class-map
name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
show policy-map
Displays QoS policy maps.
show policy-map
interface [interface-id]
Displays policy maps configured on the specified interface or on all
interfaces.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-236
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
show access-lists
Use the show access-lists privileged EXEC command to display access control lists (ACLs) configured
on the switch.
show access-lists [name | number | hardware counters | ipc] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
Note
name
(Optional) Name of the ACL.
number
(Optional) ACL number. The range is 1 to 2699.
hardware counters
(Optional) Display global hardware ACL statistics for switched and
routed packets.
ipc
(Optional) Display Interprocess Communication (IPC) protocol
access-list configuration download information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rate-limit keywords are not supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch supports only IP standard and extended access lists. Therefore, the allowed numbers are only
1 to 199 and 1300 to 2699.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-237
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
Examples
This is an example of output from the show access-lists command:
Switch# show access-lists
Standard IP access list 1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
20 permit 2.2.2.2
30 permit any
40 permit 0.255.255.255, wildcard bits 12.0.0.0
Standard IP access list videowizard_1-1-1-1
10 permit 1.1.1.1
Standard IP access list videowizard_10-10-10-10
10 permit 10.10.10.10
Extended IP access list 121
10 permit ahp host 10.10.10.10 host 20.20.10.10 precedence routine
This is an example of output from the show access-lists hardware counters command:
Switch# show access-lists
L2 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
hardware counters
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
855
94143
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2121
180762
0
0
L3 ACL INPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13586
1236182
0
0
L2 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
232983
16825661
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-238
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show access-lists
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
L3 ACL OUTPUT Statistics
Drop:
Drop:
Drop And Log:
Drop And Log:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only:
Bridge Only And Log:
Bridge Only And Log:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarding To CPU:
Forwarded:
Forwarded:
Forwarded And Log:
Forwarded And Log:
Related Commands
All frame count: 0
All bytes count: 0
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
frame
bytes
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
count:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
514434
39048748
0
0
Command
Description
access-list
Configures a standard or extended numbered access list on the switch.
For syntax information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference,
Volume 1 of 3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services
Commands.
ip access list
Configures a named IP access list on the switch. For syntax
information, select Cisco IOS IP Command Reference, Volume 1 of
3:Addressing and Services, Release 12.2 > IP Services Commands.
mac access-list extended
Configures a named or numbered MAC access list on the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-239
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show archive status
show archive status
Use the show archive status privileged EXEC command to display the status of a new image being
downloaded to a switch with the HTTP or the TFTP protocol.
show archive status [ |{begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you use the archive download-sw privileged EXEC command to download an image to a TFTP server,
the output of the archive download-sw command shows the status of the download.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
These are examples of output from the show archive status command:
Switch# show archive status
IDLE: No upgrade in progress
Switch# show archive status
LOADING: Upgrade in progress
Switch# show archive status
EXTRACT: Extracting the image
Switch# show archive status
VERIFY: Verifying software
Switch# show archive status
RELOAD: Upgrade completed. Reload pending
Related Commands
Command
Description
archive download-sw
Downloads a new image from a TFTP server to the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-240
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
show boot
Use the show boot privileged EXEC command to display the settings of the boot environment variables.
show boot [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show boot command. Table 2-4 describes each field in the display.
Switch# show boot
5d05h: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console
BOOT path-list
:
Config file
: flash:/config.text
Private Config file : flash:/private-config.text
Enable Break
: no
Manual Boot
: yes
HELPER path-list
:
Auto upgrade
: yes
Table 2-4
show boot Field Descriptions
Field
Description
BOOT path-list
Displays a semicolon separated list of executable files to try to load and execute when
automatically booting.
If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute
the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through the
flash file system. In a depth-first search of a directory, each encountered subdirectory
is completely searched before continuing the search in the original directory.
If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system
attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the flash file system.
Config file
Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the
system configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-241
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show boot
Table 2-4
show boot Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Private Config file
Displays the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile copy of the
system configuration.
Enable Break
Displays whether a break during booting is enabled or disabled. If it is set to yes, on, or
1, you can interrupt the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key on the console
after the flash file system is initialized.
Manual Boot
Displays whether the switch automatically or manually boots. If it is set to no or 0, the
boot loader attempts to automatically boot the system. If it is set to anything else, you
must manually boot the switch from the boot loader mode.
Helper path-list
Displays a semicolon separated list of loadable files to dynamically load during the boot
loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the functionality of the boot loader.
Related Commands
Command
Description
boot config-file
Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile
copy of the system configuration.
boot enable-break
Enables interrupting the automatic boot process.
boot manual
Enables manually booting the switch during the next boot cycle.
boot
private-config-file
Specifies the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write a nonvolatile
copy of the private configuration.
boot system
Specifies the Cisco IOS image to load during the next boot cycle.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-242
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show cable-diagnostics tdr
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the show cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to display the Time Domain Reflector
(TDR) results.
show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Note
Syntax Description
TDR is supported only on the copper Ethernet 10/100 ports on the Cisco ME switch.
interface-id
Specify the interface on which TDR was run.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
TDR is supported only on copper Ethernet 10/100 ports on the Cisco ME switch. It is not supported on
small form-factor pluggable (SFP)-module ports. For more information about TDR, see the software
configuration guide for this release.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command on
a Cisco ME switch:
Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface fastethernet0/1
TDR test last run on: March 01 18:14:44
Interface Speed Local pair Pair length
--------- ----- ---------- -----------------Fa0/1
100M Pair A
4
+/- 5 meters
Pair B
4
+/- 5 meters
Pair C
N/A
Pair D
N/A
Remote pair
----------Pair A
Pair B
Pair C
Pair D
Pair status
-------------------Normal
Normal
N/A
N/A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-243
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Table 2-5 lists the descriptions of the fields in the show cable-diagnostics tdr command output.
Table 2-5
Fields Descriptions for the show cable-diagnostics tdr Command Output
Field
Description
Interface
Interface on which TDR was run.
Speed
Speed of connection.
Local pair
Name of the pair of wires that TDR is testing on the local interface.
Pair length
Location on the cable where the problem is, with respect to your switch. TDR can
only find the location in one of these cases:
•
The cable is properly connected, the link is up, and the interface speed is
100 Mbps.
•
The cable is open.
•
The cable has a short.
Remote pair
Name of the pair of wires to which the local pair is connected. TDR can learn about
the remote pair only when the cable is properly connected and the link is up.
Pair status
The status of the pair of wires on which TDR is running:
•
Normal—The pair of wires is properly connected.
•
Not completed—The test is running and is not completed.
•
Not supported—The interface does not support TDR.
•
Open—The pair of wires is open.
•
Shorted—The pair of wires is shorted.
This is an example of output from the show interface interface-id command when TDR is running:
Switch# show interface fastethernet0/1
fastethernet0/1 is up, line protocol is up (connected: TDR in Progress)
This is an example of output from the show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command when
TDR is not running:
Switch# show cable-diagnostics tdr interface fastethernet0/1
% TDR test was never issued on fa0/1
If an interface does not support TDR, this message appears:
% TDR test is not supported on switch 1
Related Commands
Command
Description
test cable-diagnostics tdr
Enables and runs TDR on an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-244
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show class-map
show class-map
Use the show class-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) class maps, which
define the match criteria to classify traffic.
show class-map [class-map-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
class-map-name
(Optional) Display the contents of the specified class map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show class-map command:
Switch> show class-map
Class Map match-all videowizard_10-10-10-10 (id 2)
Match access-group name videowizard_10-10-10-10
Class Map match-any class-default (id 0)
Match any
Class Map match-all dscp5 (id 3)
Match ip dscp 5
Related Commands
Command
Description
class-map
Creates a class map to be used for matching packets to the class
whose name you specify.
match access-group
Defines the match criteria to classify traffic.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-245
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
show controllers cpu-interface
Use the show controllers cpu-interface privileged EXEC command to display the state of the CPU
network interface ASIC and the send and receive statistics for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers cpu-interface [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is a partial output example from the show controllers cpu-interface command:
Switch# show controllers cpu-interface
cpu-queue-frames retrieved dropped
----------------- ---------- ---------rpc
4523063
0
stp
1545035
0
ipc
1903047
0
routing protocol 96145
0
L2 protocol
79596
0
remote console
0
0
sw forwarding
5756
0
host
225646
0
broadcast
46472
0
cbt-to-spt
0
0
igmp snooping
68411
0
icmp
0
0
logging
0
0
rpf-fail
0
0
queue14
0
0
cpu heartbeat
1710501
0
invalid
---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
hol-block
---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-246
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers cpu-interface
Supervisor ASIC receive-queue parameters
---------------------------------------queue 0 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1419A20
queue 1 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 15828E0
queue 2 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 1470D40
queue 3 maxrecevsize 5EE pakhead 19CDDD0
paktail
paktail
paktail
paktail
13EAED4
157FBFC
1470FE4
19D02C8
<output truncated>
Supervisor ASIC Mic Registers
-----------------------------MicDirectPollInfo
80000800
MicIndicationsReceived
00000000
MicInterruptsReceived
00000000
MicPcsInfo
0001001F
MicPlbMasterConfiguration
00000000
MicRxFifosAvailable
00000000
MicRxFifosReady
0000BFFF
MicTimeOutPeriod:
FrameTOPeriod: 00000EA6 DirectTOPeriod: 00004000
<output truncated>
MicTransmitFifoInfo:
Fifo0:
StartPtrs:
WritePtrs:
Weights:
Fifo1: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo2: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo3: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo4: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo5: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
writeHeaderPtr:
Fifo6: StartPtr:
WritePtrs:
038C2800
038C2C38
001E001E
03A9BC00
03A9BC60
03A9BC60
038C8800
038C88E0
038C88E0
03C30400
03C30638
03C30638
03AD5000
03AD50A0
03AD50A0
03A7A600
03A7A600
03A7A600
03BF8400
03BF87F0
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
038C2C38
8A800800
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03A9BC60
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
038C88E0
88800200
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03C30638
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03AD50A0
89800400
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03A7A600
88800200
ReadPtr:
Fifo_Flag:
03BF87F0
89800400
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
the interface internal registers.
show interfaces
Displays the administrative and operational status of all interfaces or a
specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-247
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
show controllers ethernet-controller
Use the show controllers ethernet-controller privileged EXEC command without keywords to display
per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware. Use with the phy keyword to display
the interface internal registers or the port-asic keyword to display information about the port ASIC.
show controllers ethernet-controller [interface-id] [phy [detail]] [port-asic {configuration |
statistics}] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
The physical interface (including type, module, and port number).
phy
(Optional) Display the status of the internal registers on the switch physical layer
device (PHY) for the device or the interface. This display includes the operational
state of the automatic medium-dependent interface crossover (Auto-MDIX)
feature on an interface.
detail
(Optional) Display details about the PHY internal registers.
port-asic
(Optional) Display information about the port ASIC internal registers.
configuration
Display port ASIC internal register configuration.
statistics
Display port ASIC statistics, including the Rx/Sup Queue and miscellaneous
statistics.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (only supported with the interface-id keywords in user EXEC mode)
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display without keywords provides traffic statistics, basically the RMON statistics for all interfaces
or for the specified interface.
When you enter the phy or port-asic keywords, the displayed information is useful primarily for Cisco
technical support representatives troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-248
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller command for an interface.
Table 2-6 describes the Transmit fields, and Table 2-7 describes the Receive fields.
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet0/1
Transmit GigabitEthernet0/1
Receive
0 Bytes
0 Bytes
0 Unicast frames
0 Unicast frames
0 Multicast frames
0 Multicast frames
0 Broadcast frames
0 Broadcast frames
0 Too old frames
0 Unicast bytes
0 Deferred frames
0 Multicast bytes
0 MTU exceeded frames
0 Broadcast bytes
0 1 collision frames
0 Alignment errors
0 2 collision frames
0 FCS errors
0 3 collision frames
0 Oversize frames
0 4 collision frames
0 Undersize frames
0 5 collision frames
0 Collision fragments
0 6 collision frames
0 7 collision frames
0 Minimum size frames
0 8 collision frames
0 65 to 127 byte frames
0 9 collision frames
0 128 to 255 byte frames
0 10 collision frames
0 256 to 511 byte frames
0 11 collision frames
0 512 to 1023 byte frames
0 12 collision frames
0 1024 to 1518 byte frames
0 13 collision frames
0 Overrun frames
0 14 collision frames
0 Pause frames
0 15 collision frames
0 Symbol error frames
0 Excessive collisions
0 Late collisions
0 Invalid frames, too large
0 VLAN discard frames
0 Valid frames, too large
0 Excess defer frames
0 Invalid frames, too small
0 64 byte frames
0 Valid frames, too small
0 127 byte frames
0 255 byte frames
0 Too old frames
0 511 byte frames
0 Valid oversize frames
0 1023 byte frames
0 System FCS error frames
0 1518 byte frames
0 RxPortFifoFull drop frame
0 Too large frames
0 Good (1 coll) frames
Table 2-6
Transmit Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Bytes
The total number of bytes sent on an interface.
Unicast Frames
The total number of frames sent to unicast addresses.
Multicast frames
The total number of frames sent to multicast addresses.
Broadcast frames
The total number of frames sent to broadcast addresses.
Too old frames
The number of frames dropped on the egress port because the packet aged out.
Deferred frames
The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds 2*maximum-packet time.
MTU exceeded frames The number of frames that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
1 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs.
2 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after two collisions occur.
3 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after three collisions occur.
4 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after four collisions occur.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-249
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-6
Transmit Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after five collisions occur.
6 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after six collisions occur.
7 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after seven collisions occur.
8 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after eight collisions occur.
9 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after nine collisions occur.
10 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after ten collisions occur.
11 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 11 collisions occur.
12 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 12 collisions occur.
13 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 13 collisions occur.
14 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 14 collisions occur.
15 collision frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after 15 collisions occur.
Excessive collisions
The number of frames that could not be sent on an interface after 16 collisions occur.
Late collisions
After a frame is sent, the number of frames dropped because late collisions were detected while the
frame was sent.
VLAN discard frames
The number of frames dropped on an interface because the CFI1 bit is set.
Excess defer frames
The number of frames that are not sent after the time exceeds the maximum-packet time.
64 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are 64 bytes.
127 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
255 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
511 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
1023 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1518 byte frames
The total number of frames sent on an interface that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Too large frames
The number of frames sent on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame size.
Good (1 coll) frames
The number of frames that are successfully sent on an interface after one collision occurs. This value
does not include the number of frames that are not successfully sent after one collision occurs.
1. CFI = Canonical Format Indicator
Table 2-7
Receive Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by frames received on an interface, including the
FCS1 value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Unicast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to unicast
addresses.
Multicast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on the interface that are directed to multicast
addresses.
Broadcast frames
The total number of frames successfully received on an interface that are directed to broadcast
addresses.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-250
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-7
Receive Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
Unicast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by unicast frames received on an interface, including
the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header bits.
Multicast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by multicast frames received on an interface,
including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header
bits.
Broadcast bytes
The total amount of memory (in bytes) used by broadcast frames received on an interface,
including the FCS value and the incorrectly formed frames. This value excludes the frame header
bits.
Alignment errors
The total number of frames received on an interface that have alignment errors.
FCS errors
The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but do not
have the correct FCS values.
Oversize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size.
Undersize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes.
Collision fragments
The number of collision fragments received on an interface.
Minimum size frames
The total number of frames that are the minimum frame size.
65 to 127 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 65 to 127 bytes.
128 to 255 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 128 to 255 bytes.
256 to 511 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 256 to 511 bytes.
512 to 1023 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 512 to 1023 bytes.
1024 to 1518 byte frames
The total number of frames that are from 1024 to 1518 bytes.
Overrun frames
The total number of overrun frames received on an interface.
Pause frames
The number of pause frames received on an interface.
Symbol error frames
The number of frames received on an interface that have symbol errors.
Invalid frames, too large
The number of frames received that were larger than maximum allowed MTU2 size (including
the FCS bits and excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment
error.
Valid frames, too large
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size.
Invalid frames, too small
The number of frames received that are smaller than 64 bytes (including the FCS bits and
excluding the frame header) and that have either an FCS error or an alignment error.
Valid frames, too small
The number of frames received on an interface that are smaller than 64 bytes (or 68 bytes for
VLAN-tagged frames) and that have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS bits but
excludes the frame header bits.
Too old frames
The number of frames dropped on the ingress port because the packet aged out.
Valid oversize frames
The number of frames received on an interface that are larger than the maximum allowed frame
size and have valid FCS values. The frame size includes the FCS value but does not include the
VLAN tag.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-251
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
Table 2-7
Receive Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
System FCS error frames
The total number of frames received on an interface that have a valid length (in bytes) but that do
not have the correct FCS values.
RxPortFifoFull drop
frames
The total number of frames received on an interface that are dropped because the ingress queue
is full.
1. FCS = frame check sequence
2. MTU = maximum transmission unit
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller phy command for a specific
interface. Note that the last line of the display is the setting for Auto-MDIX for the interface.
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller gigabitethernet0/2 phy
Control Register
: 0001 0001 0100 0000
Control STATUS
: 0111 1001 0100 1001
Phy ID 1
: 0000 0001 0100 0001
Phy ID 2
: 0000 1100 0010 0100
Auto-Negotiation Advertisement
: 0000 0011 1110 0001
Auto-Negotiation Link Partner
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Auto-Negotiation Expansion Reg
: 0000 0000 0000 0100
Next Page Transmit Register
: 0010 0000 0000 0001
Link Partner Next page Registe
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Control Register
: 0000 1111 0000 0000
1000BASE-T Status Register
: 0100 0000 0000 0000
Extended Status Register
: 0011 0000 0000 0000
PHY Specific Control Register
: 0000 0000 0111 1000
PHY Specific Status Register
: 1000 0001 0100 0000
Interrupt Enable
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Interrupt Status
: 0000 0000 0100 0000
Extended PHY Specific Control
: 0000 1100 0110 1000
Receive Error Counter
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Reserved Register 1
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
Global Status
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
LED Control
: 0100 0001 0000 0000
Manual LED Override
: 0000 1000 0010 1010
Extended PHY Specific Control
: 0000 0000 0001 1010
Disable Receiver 1
: 0000 0000 0000 1011
Disable Receiver 2
: 1000 0000 0000 0100
Extended PHY Specific Status
: 1000 0100 1000 0000
Auto-MDIX
: On
[AdminState=1
Flags=0x00052248]
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic configuration
========================================================================
PortASIC 0 Registers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------DeviceType
: 000101BC
Reset
: 00000000
PmadMicConfig
: 00000001
PmadMicDiag
: 00000003
SupervisorReceiveFifoSramInfo
: 000007D0 000007D0 40000000
SupervisorTransmitFifoSramInfo
: 000001D0 000001D0 40000000
GlobalStatus
: 00000800
IndicationStatus
: 00000000
IndicationStatusMask
: FFFFFFFF
InterruptStatus
: 00000000
InterruptStatusMask
: 01FFE800
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-252
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
SupervisorDiag
SupervisorFrameSizeLimit
SupervisorBroadcast
GeneralIO
StackPcsInfo
:
:
:
:
:
StackRacInfo
:
StackControlStatus
stackControlStatusMask
TransmitBufferFreeListInfo
:
:
:
TransmitRingFifoInfo
:
TransmitBufferInfo
TransmitBufferCommonCount
TransmitBufferCommonCountPeak
TransmitBufferCommonCommonEmpty
NetworkActivity
DroppedStatistics
FrameLengthDeltaSelect
SneakPortFifoInfo
MacInfo
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
00000000
000007C8
000A0F01
000003F9
FFFF1000
FF0FFF00
73001630
24140003
18E418E0
FFFFFFFF
00000854
0000088A
00000016
0000000C
00012000
00000F7A
0000001E
000000FF
00000000
00000000
00000001
00000000
0EC0801C
00C0001D
00000000
860329BD
86020000
00000003
FD632B00
00000004
5555FFFF
5555FFFF
7F001644
18E418E0
FFFFFFFF
00000000
00000003
FFFFFFFF
00000800
0000085D
00000016
0000000C
00000FFF
00000FF8
00000FF8
40000000
40000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000030
00000000 00000000 02400000
00000001 0EC0801B 00000001
00000001 00C0001E 00000001
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
command:
Switch# show controllers ethernet-controller port-asic statistics
===========================================================================
PortASIC 0 Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
4118966 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 enqueue frames
296 RxQ-1, wt-1 enqueue frames
2836036 RxQ-1, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-1, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 enqueue frames
158377 RxQ-2, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-2, wt-2 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-0 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-3, wt-2 drop frames
15
0
0
0
0
74
0
0
0
TxBufferFull Drop Count
TxBufferFrameDesc BadCrc16
TxBuffer Bandwidth Drop Cou
TxQueue Bandwidth Drop Coun
TxQueue Missed Drop Statist
RxBuffer Drop DestIndex Cou
SneakQueue Drop Count
Learning Queue Overflow Fra
Learning Cam Skip Count
15 Sup Queue 0 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 1 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 2 Drop Frames
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rx Fcs Error Frames
Rx Invalid Oversize Frames
Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
Rx Invalid Too Large Frames
Rx Invalid Too Small Frames
Rx Too Old Frames
Tx Too Old Frames
System Fcs Error Frames
0 Sup Queue 8 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 9 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 10 Drop Frames
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-253
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers ethernet-controller
0 Sup Queue 3 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 11 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 4 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 12 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 5 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 13 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 6 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 14 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 7 Drop Frames
0 Sup Queue 15 Drop Frames
===========================================================================
PortASIC 1 Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------0 RxQ-0, wt-0 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-0 drop frames
52 RxQ-0, wt-1 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-1 drop frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 enqueue frames
0 RxQ-0, wt-2 drop frames
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
cpu-interface
Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers tcam
Displays the state of registers for all ternary content addressable memory
(TCAM) in the system and for TCAM interface ASICs that are CAM
controllers.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-254
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
show controllers tcam
Use the show controllers tcam privileged EXEC command to display the state of the registers for all
ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) in the system and for all TCAM interface ASICs that are
CAM controllers.
show controllers tcam [asic [number]] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
asic
(Optional) Display port ASIC TCAM information.
number
(Optional) Display information for the specified port ASIC number. The range is
from 0 to 15.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed TCAM register information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This display provides information that might be useful for Cisco technical support representatives
troubleshooting the switch.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers tcam command:
Switch# show controllers tcam
-----------------------------------------------------------------------TCAM-0 Registers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------REV:
00B30103
SIZE:
00080040
ID:
00000000
CCR:
00000000_F0000020
RPID0:
RPID1:
RPID2:
RPID3:
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
00000000_00000000
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-255
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers tcam
HRR0:
00000000_E000CAFC
HRR1:
00000000_00000000
HRR2:
00000000_00000000
HRR3:
00000000_00000000
HRR4:
00000000_00000000
HRR5:
00000000_00000000
HRR6:
00000000_00000000
HRR7:
00000000_00000000
<output truncated>
GMR31:
GMR32:
GMR33:
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
FF_FFFFFFFF_FFFFFFFF
=============================================================================
TCAM related PortASIC 1 registers
=============================================================================
LookupType:
89A1C67D_24E35F00
LastCamIndex:
0000FFE0
LocalNoMatch:
000069E0
ForwardingRamBaseAddress:
00022A00 0002FE00 00040600 0002FE00 0000D400
00000000 003FBA00 00009000 00009000 00040600
00000000 00012800 00012900
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
cpu-interface
Displays the state of the CPU network ASIC and send and receive statistics
for packets reaching the CPU.
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the hardware or
the interface internal registers.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-256
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers utilization
show controllers utilization
Use the show controllers utilization user EXEC command to display bandwidth utilization on
the switch or specific ports.
show controllers [interface-id] utilization [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the switch interface.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the specified expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the specified expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command.
Switch> show controllers utilization
Port
Receive Utilization Transmit Utilization
Fa0/1
0
0
Fa0/2
0
0
Fa0/3
0
0
Fa0/4
0
0
Fa0/5
0
0
Fa0/6
0
0
Fa0/7
0
0
<output truncated>
Switch Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Switch Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Switch Fabric Percentage Utilization : 0
This is an example of output from the show controllers utilization command on a specific port:
Switch> show controllers gigabitethernet0/1 utilization
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Utilization
: 0
Transmit Bandwidth Percentage Utilization : 0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-257
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show controllers utilization
Table 2-8
show controllers utilization Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Receive Bandwidth Percentage Displays the received bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the
Utilization
sum of the received traffic on all the ports divided by the switch
receive capacity.
Related Commands
Transmit Bandwidth
Percentage Utilization
Displays the transmitted bandwidth usage of the switch, which is the
sum of the transmitted traffic on all the ports divided it by the switch
transmit capacity.
Fabric Percentage Utilization
Displays the average of the transmitted and received bandwidth usage
of the switch.
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays the interface internal registers.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-258
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x privileged EXEC command to display IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status,
and operational status for the switch or for the specified port.
show dot1x [all | interface interface-id | statistics interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for all ports.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the IEEE 802.1x status for the specified port (including
type, module, and port number).
statistics interface
interface-id
(Optional) Display IEEE 802.1x statistics for the specified port (including
type, module, and port number).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a port, global parameters and a summary appear. If you specify a port, details for
that port appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show dot1x and the show dot1x all privileged EXEC commands:
Switch# show dot1x
Sysauthcontrol
Supplicant Allowed In Guest Vlan
Dot1x Protocol Version
Dot1x Oper Controlled Directions
Dot1x Admin Controlled Directions
=
=
=
=
=
Enabled
Disabled
1
Both
Both
Switch# show dot1x all
Dot1x Info for interface GigabitEthernet0/1
----------------------------------------------------
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-259
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
Supplicant MAC 00d0.b71b.35de
AuthSM State
= CONNECTING
BendSM State
= IDLE
PortStatus
= UNAUTHORIZED
MaxReq
= 2
HostMode
= Single
Port Control
= Auto
QuietPeriod
= 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout
= 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout
= 30 Seconds
TxPeriod
= 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan
= 0
Dot1x Info for interface GigabitEthernet0/2
---------------------------------------------------PortStatus
= UNAUTHORIZED
MaxReq
= 2
HostMode
= Multi
Port Control
= Auto
QuietPeriod
= 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout
= 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout
= 30 Seconds
TxPeriod
= 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan
= 0
This is an example of output from the show dot1x interface interface-id privileged EXEC command:
Switch# show dot1x interface gigabitethernet0/1
Supplicant MAC 00d0.b71b.35de
AuthSM State
= AUTHENTICATED
BendSM State
= IDLE
PortStatus
= AUTHORIZED
MaxReq
= 2
HostMode
= Single
Port Control
= Auto
QuietPeriod
= 60 Seconds
Re-authentication = Disabled
ReAuthPeriod
= 3600 Seconds
ServerTimeout
= 30 Seconds
SuppTimeout
= 30 Seconds
TxPeriod
= 30 Seconds
Guest-Vlan
= 0
This is an example of output from the show dot1x statistics interface interface-id command. Table 2-9
describes the fields in the display.
Switch# show dot1x statistics interface gigabitethernet0/1
PortStatistics Parameters for Dot1x
-------------------------------------------TxReqId = 15
TxReq = 0
TxTotal = 15
RxStart = 4
RxLogoff = 0
RxRespId = 1
RxResp = 1
RxInvalid = 0
RxLenErr = 0
RxTotal= 6
RxVersion = 1
LastRxSrcMac 00d0.b71b.35de
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-260
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show dot1x
Table 2-9
Related Commands
show dot1x statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
TxReqId
Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frames
that have been sent.
TxReq
Number of EAP-request frames (other than request/identity frames) that have
been sent.
TxTotal
Number of Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) frames of any
type that have been sent.
RxStart
Number of valid EAPOL-start frames that have been received.
RxLogoff
Number of EAPOL-logoff frames that have been received.
RxRespId
Number of EAP-response/identity frames that have been received.
RxResp
Number of valid EAP-response frames (other than response/identity frames) that
have been received.
RxInvalid
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received and have an unrecognized
frame type.
RxLenError
Number of EAPOL frames that have been received in which the packet body
length field is invalid.
RxTotal
Number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received.
RxVersion
Number of received packets in the IEEE 802.1x Version 1 format.
LastRxSrcMac
Source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame.
Command
Description
dot1x default
Resets the configurable IEEE 802.1x parameters to their default values.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-261
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show env
show env
Use the show env user EXEC command to display fan, temperature, redundant power system (RPS)
availability, and power information for the switch.
show env {all | fan | power | rps | temperature [status]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Note
Syntax Description
Although visible in the command-line interface, the status keyword is not suppported.
all
Display both fan and temperature environmental status.
fan
Display the switch fan status.
power
Display the switch power status.
rps
Display whether a Cisco RPS 300 Redundant Power System is connected to the
switch. This keyword is not visible on all platforms; the Cisco ME switch does not
support the RPS
temperature
Display the switch temperature status as OK or FAULTY.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
This is an example of output from the show env all command:
Switch# show env all
FAN is OK
TEMPERATURE is OK
POWER is OK
RPS is NOT PRESENT
This is an example of output from the show env fan command:
Switch> show env fan
FAN is OK
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-262
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
show errdisable detect
Use the show errdisable detect user EXEC command to display error-disable detection status.
show errdisable detect [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(37)SE
The
Usage Guidelines
Mode
column was added to the output display.
The Mode column shows the shutdown mode that was configured for the error-disabled reason:
•
port—The physical port is error disabled if a violation occurs.
•
vlan—The virtual port is disabled if a violation occurs.
•
port/vlan—Some ports are configured for physical port disable, and others are configured for virtual
port disable. Enter the show running config privileged EXEC command to see the configuration for
each port.
A displayed gbic-invalid error in the Reason column refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable
(SFP) interface.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable detect command:
Switch> show errdisable detect
ErrDisable Reason
Detection
Mode
---------------------------arp-inspection
Enabled
port
bpduguard
Enabled
port
channel-misconfig
Enabled
port
community-limit
Enabled
port
dhcp-rate-limit
Enabled
port
dtp-flap
Enabled
port
gbic-invalid
Enabled
port
invalid-policy
Enabled
port
l2ptguard
Enabled
port
link-flap
Enabled
port
link-monitor-fail
Enabled
port
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-263
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable detect
loopback
lsgroup
oam-remote-failur
pagp-flap
psecure-violation
security-violatio
sfp-config-mismat
storm-control
udld
vmps
Note
Related Commands
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
port
port
port
port
port/vlan
port
port
port
port
port
Though visible in the output, the dtp-flap, l2ptguard, ilpower, storm-control, arp-inspection, and
unicast-flood fields are not valid.
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause
Enables error-disable detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable flap-values
Displays error condition recognition information.
show errdisable recovery
Displays error-disable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in an error-disabled
state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-264
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
show errdisable flap-values
Use the show errdisable flap-values user EXEC command to display conditions that cause an error to
be recognized for a cause.
show errdisable flap-values [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The Flaps column in the display shows how many changes to the state within the specified time interval
will cause an error to be detected and a port to be disabled. For example, the display shows that an error
will be assumed and the port shut down if three Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP)-state (port mode
access/trunk) or Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) flap changes occur during a 30-second interval, or if
5 link-state (link up/down) changes occur during a 10-second interval.
ErrDisable Reason
----------------pagp-flap
dtp-flap
link-flap
Note
Flaps
-----3
3
5
Time (sec)
---------30
30
10
Although visible in the output display, the switch does not support DTP.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable flap-values command:
Switch> show errdisable flap-values
ErrDisable Reason
Flaps
Time (sec)
------------------------------pagp-flap
3
30
dtp-flap
3
30
link-flap
5
10
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-265
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable flap-values
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause
Enables error-disable detection for a specific cause or all causes.
show errdisable detect
Displays error-disable detection status.
show errdisable recovery
Displays error-disable recovery timer information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-266
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
show errdisable recovery
Use the show errdisable recovery user EXEC command to display the error-disable recovery timer
information.
show errdisable recovery [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
A gbic-invalid error-disable reason refers to an invalid small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module
interface.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show errdisable recovery command:
Switch> show errdisable recovery
ErrDisable Reason
Timer Status
-----------------------------udld
Disabled
bpduguard
Disabled
security-violatio
Disabled
channel-misconfig
Disabled
vmps
Disabled
pagp-flap
Disabled
dtp-flap
Disabled
link-flap
Enabled
psecure-violation
Disabled
gbic-invalid
Disabled
dhcp-rate-limit
Disabled
unicast-flood
Disabled
storm-control
Disabled
arp-inspection
Disabled
loopback
Disabled
Timer interval:300 seconds
Interfaces that will be enabled at the next timeout:
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-267
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show errdisable recovery
Interface
--------Gi0/2
Note
Related Commands
Errdisable reason
----------------link-flap
Time left(sec)
-------------279
Though visible in the output, the unicast-flood and DTP fields are not valid.
Command
Description
errdisable recovery
Configures the recover mechanism variables.
show errdisable detect
Displays error-disabled detection status.
show errdisable flap-values Displays error condition recognition information.
show interfaces status
Displays interface status or a list of interfaces in error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-268
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
show etherchannel
Use the show etherchannel user EXEC command to display EtherChannel information for a channel.
show etherchannel [channel-group-number {detail | port | port-channel | protocol | summary}]
{detail | load-balance | port | port-channel | protocol | summary} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
detail
Display detailed EtherChannel information.
load-balance
Display the load-balance or frame-distribution scheme among ports in the
port channel.
port
Display EtherChannel port information.
port-channel
Display port-channel information.
protocol
Display the protocol that is being used in the EtherChannel.
summary
Display a one-line summary per channel-group.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a channel-group, all channel groups are displayed.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-269
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
Examples
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 detail command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 detail
Group state = L2
Ports: 2
Maxports = 16
Port-channels: 1 Max Port-channels = 16
Protocol:
LACP
Ports in the group:
------------------Port: Gi0/1
-----------Port state
Channel group
Port-channel
Port index
Flags:
=
=
=
=
Up Mstr In-Bndl
1
Mode = Active
Po1
GC
=
0
Load = 0x00
Gcchange = Pseudo port-channel = Po1
Protocol =
LACP
S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs
A - Device is in active mode.
F - Device is sending fast LACPDU
P - Device is in passive mode.
Local information:
Port
Gi0/1
Flags
SA
State
bndl
LACP port
Priority
32768
Admin
Key
0x0
Oper
Key
0x1
Port
Number
0x0
Port
State
0x3D
Age of the port in the current state: 01d:20h:06m:04s
Port-channels in the group:
---------------------Port-channel: Po1
------------
(Primary Aggregator)
Age of the Port-channel
= 01d:20h:20m:26s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol
=
LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index
Load
Port
EC state
No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+----------0
00
Gi0/1
Active
0
0
00
Gi0/2
Active
0
Time since last port bundled:
01d:20h:20m:20s
Gi0/2
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 summary command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 summary
Flags: D - down
P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3
S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use
f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port
Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators:
1
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-270
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show etherchannel
Group Port-channel Protocol
Ports
------+-------------+-----------+---------------------------------------1
Po1(SU)
LACP
Gi0/1(P)
Gi0/2(P)
This is an example of output from the show etherchannel 1 port-channel command:
Switch> show etherchannel 1 port-channel
Port-channels in the group:
---------------------Port-channel: Po1
(Primary Aggregator)
-----------Age of the Port-channel
= 01d:20h:24m:50s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 2
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Inuse
Protocol
=
LACP
Ports in the Port-channel:
Index
Load
Port
EC state
No of bits
------+------+------+------------------+----------0
00
Gi0/1
Active
0
0
00
Gi0/2
Active
0
Time since last port bundled:
01d:20h:24m:44s
Gi0/2
This is an example of output from show etherchannel protocol command:
Switch# show etherchannel protocol
Channel-group listing:
----------------------Group: 1
---------Protocol: LACP
Group: 2
---------Protocol: PAgP
Related Commands
Command
Description
channel-group
Assigns an Ethernet port to an EtherChannel group.
channel-protocol
Restricts the protocol used on a port to manage channeling.
interface port-channel
Accesses or creates the port channel.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-271
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show flowcontrol
show flowcontrol
Use the show flowcontrol user EXEC command to display the flow control status and statistics.
show flowcontrol [interface interface-id | module number] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for a specific
interface.
module number
(Optional) Display the flow control status and statistics for all interfaces on the
switch. The only valid module number is 1. This option is not available if you
have entered a specific interface ID.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the flow control status and statistics on the switch or for a specific interface.
Use the show flowcontrol command to display information about all the switch interfaces. The output
from the show flowcontrol command is the same as the output from the show flowcontrol module
number command.
Use the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command to display information about a specific
interface.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol command.
Switch> show flowcontrol
Port
Send FlowControl
admin
oper
--------- -------- -------Gi0/1
Unsupp. Unsupp.
Gi0/2
desired off
Gi0/3
desired off
<output truncated>
Receive FlowControl
admin
oper
-------- -------off
off
off
off
off
off
RxPause TxPause
------0
0
0
------0
0
0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-272
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show flowcontrol
This is an example of output from the show flowcontrol interface interface-id command:
Switch> show flowcontrol interface gigabitethernet0/2
Port
Send FlowControl Receive FlowControl RxPause TxPause
admin
oper
admin
oper
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- ------Gi0/2
desired off
off
off
0
0
Related Commands
Command
Description
flowcontrol
Sets the receive flow-control state for an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-273
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show idprom
show idprom
Use the show idprom user EXEC command to display the IDPROM information for a Gigabit Ethernet
interface.
show idprom {interface interface-id} [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Display the IDPROM information for the specified Gigabit Ethernet
interface.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed IDPROM information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command applies only to Gigabit Ethernet interfaces and displays information about SFPs inserted
in the SFP module slot.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show idprom interface command for a Gigabit Ethernet interface:
Switch# show idprom interface gigabitethernet0/1
General SFP Information
----------------------------------------------Identifier
:
0x03
Connector
:
0x07
Transceiver
:
0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00
Encoding
:
0x02
BR_Nominal
:
0x01
Vendor Name
:
CISCO-NEC
Vendor Part Number
:
OD-BP1511-23SL2
Vendor Revision
:
0x30 0x30 0x30 0x31
Vendor Serial Number :
NEC08440067
-----------------------------------------------
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-274
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show idprom
Other Information
------------------------------------------------------Port asic num
: 0
Port asic port num
: 0
XCVR init completed
: 1
Embedded PHY
: not present
SFP presence index
: 0
SFP iter cnt
: 697918
SFP failed oper flag
IIC error cnt
IIC error dsb cnt
IIC max sts cnt
Chk for link status
Link Status
Link Status Media
Preferred media
Resolved Media
Config Media
Access Count
Access Count Max
Port Rx Loss
Port Tx Fault
Port Tx Disable
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0x0
0
0
4
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
no
no
no
Sfp selection asic reg map
-------------------------------stbi
: 0x00
sfpControl
: 0x4C
Regs Loc
: 0xF0000000
------------------------------------------------------Page 0 Registers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------0000: 1140 Control Register
: 0001 0001 0100 0000
0001: 6149 Control STATUS
: 0110 0001 0100 1001
0002: 0141 Phy ID 1
: 0000 0001 0100 0001
0003: 0C92 Phy ID 2
: 0000 1100 1001 0010
0004: 01E1 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement
: 0000 0001 1110 0001
0005: 0000 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
0006: 0004 Auto-Negotiation Expansion Reg
: 0000 0000 0000 0100
0007: 2001 Next Page Transmit Register
: 0010 0000 0000 0001
0008: 0000 Link Partner Next page Registe
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
0009: 0F00 1000BASE-T Control Register
: 0000 1111 0000 0000
000A: 0000 1000BASE-T Status Register
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
000F: 0000 Extended Status Register
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
0010: 6028 PHY Specific Control Register
: 0110 0000 0010 1000
0011: 6CC8 PHY Specific Status Register
: 0110 1100 1100 1000
0012: 0000 Interrupt Enable Register
: 0000 0000 0000 0000
0013: 0700 PHY Specific Status Register2
: 0000 0111 0000 0000
0015: 01C0 Receive Error Counter
: 0000 0001 1100 0000
0016: 0000 Page Address Register
001A: 8040 PHY Specific Control Register2
:
:
0000 0000 0000 0000
1000 0000 0100 0000
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show controllers
ethernet-controller
Displays per-interface send and receive statistics read from the
hardware, interface internal registers, or port ASIC information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-275
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces privileged EXEC command to display the administrative and operational status
of all interfaces or a specified interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] [accounting | capabilities [module number] |
counters | description | etherchannel | flowcontrol | stats | status [err-disabled] | switchport
[ module number] | transceiver [properties | detail] [module number] | trunk] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and
port number) and port channels. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN identification. The range is 1 to 4094.
accounting
(Optional) Display accounting information on the interface, including active
protocols and input and output packets and octets.
capabilities
(Optional) Display the capabilities of all interfaces or the specified interface,
including the features and options that you can configure on the interface. Though
visible in the command line help, this option is not available for VLAN IDs.
module number
(Optional) Display capabilities, switchport configuration, or transceiver
characteristics (depending on preceding keyword) of all interfaces on the switch.
The only valid module number is 1. This option is not available if you have entered
a specific interface ID.
counters
(Optional) See the show interfaces counters command.
description
(Optional) Display the administrative status and description set for an interface.
etherchannel
(Optional) Display interface EtherChannel information.
flowcontrol
(Optional) Display interface flowcontrol information
stats
(Optional) Display the input and output packets by switching path for the
interface.
status
(Optional) Display the status of the interface. A status of unsupported in the Type
field means that a non-Cisco small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module is inserted
in the module slot.
err-disabled
(Optional) Display interfaces in error-disabled state.
switchport
(Optional) Display the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
transceiver
[detail |
properties]
(Optional) Display the physical properties of a CWDM 1 or DWDM2 small
form-factor (SFP) module interface. The keywords have these meanings:
•
detail—(Optional) Display calibration properties, including high and low
numbers and any alarm information.
•
properties—(Optional) Display speed and duplex settings on an interface.
trunk
Display interface trunk information. If you do not specify an interface, only
information for active trunking ports appears.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-276
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
1. coarse wavelength-division multiplexer
2. dense wavelength-division multiplexer
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the backup, crb, fair-queue, irb, mac-accounting,
precedence, private-vlan mapping, pruning random-detect, rate-limit, and shape keywords are not
supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The show interfaces capabilities command with different keywords has these results:
•
Use the show interface capabilities module 1 to display the capabilities of all interfaces on the
switch. Entering any other number is invalid.
•
Use the show interfaces interface-id capabilities to display the capabilities of the specified
interface.
•
Use the show interfaces capabilities (with no module number or interface ID) to display the
capabilities of all interfaces on the switch.
•
Use the show interface switchport module 1 to display the switch port characteristics of all
interfaces on the switch. Entering any other number is invalid.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show interfaces command for an interface:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2
GigabitEthernet0/2 is down, line protocol is down
Hardware is Gigabit Ethernet, address is 0009.43a7.d085 (bia 0009.43a7.d085)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
Auto-duplex, Auto-speed
input flow-control is off, output flow-control is off
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue :0/40 (size/max)
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
2 packets input, 1040 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored
0 watchdog, 0 multicast, 0 pause input
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-277
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
0
4
0
0
0
0
input packets with dribble condition detected
packets output, 1040 bytes, 0 underruns
output errors, 0 collisions, 3 interface resets
babbles, 0 late collision, 0 deferred
lost carrier, 0 no carrier, 0 PAUSE output
output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
This is an example of output from the show interfaces accounting command.
Switch# show interfaces accounting
Vlan1
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
IP
1094395 131900022
Spanning Tree
283896
17033760
ARP
63738
3825680
Interface Vlan2 is disabled
Vlan7
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
Vlan31
Protocol
Pkts In
Chars In
No traffic sent or received on this interface.
GigabitEthernet0/1
Protocol
No traffic sent or received
GigabitEthernet0/2
Protocol
No traffic sent or received
Pkts Out
559555
42
231
Chars Out
84077157
2520
13860
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts In
Chars In
on this interface.
Pkts Out
Chars Out
Pkts In
Chars In
on this interface.
Pkts Out
Chars Out
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces capabilities command for an interface.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2 capabilities
GigabitEthernet0/2
Model:
ME-2400-24T-FA
Type:
10/100/1000BaseTX SFP
Speed:
10,100,1000,auto
Duplex:
half,full,auto
Trunk encap. type:
802.1Q
Trunk mode:
on,off,desirable,nonegotiate
Channel:
yes
Broadcast suppression: percentage(0-100)
Flowcontrol:
rx-(off,on,desired),tx-(none)
Fast Start:
yes
QoS scheduling:
rx-(not configurable on per port basis),tx-(4q2t)
CoS rewrite:
yes
ToS rewrite:
yes
UDLD:
yes
SPAN:
source/destination
PortSecure:
yes
Dot1x:
yes
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface description command when the
interface has been described as Connects to Marketing by using the description interface configuration
command.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2 description
Interface Status
Protocol Description
Gi0/2
up
down
Connects to Marketing
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-278
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
This is an example of output from the show interfaces etherchannel command when port channels are
configured on the switch:
Switch# show interfaces etherchannel
---Port-channel1:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/1
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel2:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/2
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
Port-channel3:
Age of the Port-channel
= 03d:20h:17m:29s
Logical slot/port
= 10/3
Number of ports = 0
GC
= 0x00000000
HotStandBy port = null
Port state
= Port-channel Ag-Not-Inuse
This is an example of output from the show interfaces stats command for a specified VLAN interface.
Switch# show interfaces vlan 1 stats
Switching path
Pkts In
Chars In
Pkts Out Chars Out
Processor
1165354 136205310
570800
91731594
Route cache
0
0
0
0
Total
1165354 136205310
570800
91731594
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces status command. It displays the status of
all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces status
Port
Name
Status
Fa0/1
connected
Fa0/2
connected
Fa0/3
notconnect
Fa0/4
disabled
Fa0/5
disabled
Fa0/6
disabled
Fa0/7
disabled
Fa0/8
disabled
Fa0/9
disabled
Fa0/10
disabled
Fa0/11
disabled
Fa0/12
disabled
Fa0/13
disabled
Fa0/14
disabled
Fa0/15
disabled
Fa0/16
disabled
Fa0/17
disabled
Fa0/18
disabled
Fa0/19
disabled
Fa0/20
disabled
Fa0/21
disabled
Fa0/22
disabled
Fa0/23
disabled
Fa0/24
disabled
Gi0/1
notconnect
seTX SFP
Gi0/2
connected
Vlan
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Duplex
a-full
a-full
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
Speed
a-100
a-100
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
auto
Type
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100BaseTX
10/100/1000Ba
vl-err-dis a-full a-1000 10/100/1000BaseTX
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-279
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
These are examples of output from the show interfaces status command for a specific interface when
private VLANs are configured. Port 22 is configured as a private-VLAN host port. It is associated with
primary VLAN 20 and secondary VLAN 25.
Switch# show interfaces fastethernet0/22 status
Port
Name
Status
Vlan
Fa0/22
connected
20,25
Duplex
a-full
Speed Type
a-100 10/100BaseTX
In this example, port 2 is configured as a private-VLAN promiscuous port. The display shows only the
primary VLAN 20.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2 status
Port
Name
Status
Vlan
Gi0/2
connected
20
Duplex
a-full
Speed Type
a-100 10/100/1000BaseTX
This is an example of output from the show interfaces status err-disabled command for an interface:
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/2 status err-disabled
Port
Gi0/2
Name
Status
connected
Reason
elmi evc down
Err-disabled Vlans
1,200
This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a single port.
Table 2-10 describes the fields in the display.
Note
Private VLAN trunks are not supported in this release, so those fields are not applicable.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/1 switchport
Name: Gi0/1
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: static access
Operational Mode: static access
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: Off
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan host-association: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q
Administrative private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
Administrative private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Operational private-vlan: none
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Capture Mode Disabled
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Appliance trust: none
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Administrative
Native VLAN tagging: enabled
private-vlan host-association: none
private-vlan mapping: none
private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
private-vlan trunk Native VLAN tagging: enabled
private-vlan trunk encapsulation: dot1q
private-vlan trunk normal VLANs: none
private-vlan trunk private VLANs: none
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-280
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Operational private-vlan: none
Trunking VLANs Enabled: ALL
Capture Mode Disabled
Capture VLANs Allowed: ALL
Unknown unicast blocked: disabled
Unknown multicast blocked: disabled
Appliance trust: none
Table 2-10
show interfaces switchport Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Name
Displays the port name.
Switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of the port.
In this display, the port is in switchport mode.
Administrative Mode
Displays the administrative and operational modes.
Operational Mode
Administrative Trunking
Encapsulation
Displays the administrative and operational encapsulation
method and whether trunking negotiation is enabled.
Negotiation of Trunking
Access Mode VLAN
Displays the VLAN ID to which the port is configured.
Trunking Native Mode VLAN
Lists the VLAN ID of the trunk that is in native mode.
Administrative Native VLAN tagging Displays whether or not VLAN tagging is enabled.
Administrative private-vlan
host-association
Displays the administrative VLAN association for
private-VLAN host ports.
Administrative private-vlan mapping
Displays the administrative VLAN mapping for private-VLAN
promiscuous ports.
Operational private-vlan
Displays the operational private-VLAN status.
Trunking VLANs enabled
Lists the active VLANs on the trunk.
Capture VLANs allowed
Lists the allowed VLANs on the trunk.
Unknown unicast blocked
Displays whether or not unknown multicast and unknown
unicast traffic is blocked on the interface.
Unknown multicast blocked
This is an example of output from the show interfaces switchport command for a port configured as a
private VLAN promiscuous port. The primary VLAN 20 is mapped to secondary VLANs 25, 30 and 35:
Switch# show interface gigabitethernet0/2 switchport
Name: Gi1/0/2
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: private-vlan promiscuous
Operational Mode: private-vlan promiscuous
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: Off
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Administrative Native VLAN tagging: enabled
Administrative private-vlan host-association: none
Administrative private-vlan mapping: 20 (VLAN0020) 25 (VLAN0025) 30 (VLAN0030) 35
(VLAN0035)
Administrative private-vlan trunk native VLAN: none
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-281
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Administrative private-vlan
Administrative private-vlan
Administrative private-vlan
Administrative private-vlan
Operational private-vlan:
20 (VLAN0020) 25 (VLAN0025)
30 (VLAN0030)
35 (VLAN0035)
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
Native VLAN tagging: enabled
encapsulation: dot1q
normal VLANs: none
private VLANs: none
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces interface-id trunk command. It displays trunking
information for the port.
Switch# show interfaces gigabitethernet0/1 trunk
Port
Mode
Encapsulation Status
Gi0/1
auto
negotiate
trunking
Native vlan
1
Port
Gi0/1
Vlans allowed on trunk
1-4094
Port
Gi0/1
Vlans allowed and active in management domain
1-4
Port
Gi0/1
Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
1-4
This is an example of output from the show interfaces transceiver properties command. If you do not
specify an interface, the output of the command shows the status on all switch ports:
Switch# show interfaces transceiver properties
Name : Fa0/1
Administrative Speed: auto
Administrative Duplex: auto
Administrative Auto-MDIX: on
Administrative Power Inline: N/A
Operational Speed: 100
Operational Duplex: full
Operational Auto-MDIX: on
Name : Fa0/2
Administrative Speed: auto
Administrative Duplex: auto
Administrative Auto-MDIX: on
Administrative Power Inline: N/A
Operational Speed: 100
Operational Duplex: full
Operational Auto-MDIX: on
<output truncated>
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-282
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces
Related Commands
Command
Description
switchport access vlan
Configures a port as a static-access or a dynamic-access port.
switchport block
Blocks unknown unicast or multicast traffic on an interface.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
switchport mode
private-vlan
Configures a port as a private-VLAN host or a promiscuous port.
switchport mode
private-vlan
Defines private-VLAN association for a host port or private-VLAN
mapping for a promiscuous port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-283
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters privileged EXEC command to display various counters for the switch
or for a specific interface.
show interfaces [interface-id | vlan vlan-id] counters [errors | trunk] [module switch- number] |
etherchannel | protocol status] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the physical interface, including type, module, and port
number.
errors
(Optional) Display error counters.
trunk
(Optional) Display trunk counters.
module switch- number Note
Note
(Optional) Display counters for the specified switch number. The
only available value is 1.
etherchannel
(Optional) Display EtherChannel counters, including octets, broadcast
packets, multicast packets, and unicast packets received and sent.
protocol status
(Optional) Display status of protocols enabled on interfaces.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the vlan vlan-id keyword is not supported.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter any keywords, all counters for all interfaces are included.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-284
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show interfaces counters
Examples
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters command. It displays all
counters for the switch.
Switch# show interfaces counters
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
Fa0/1
0
0
Fa0/2
0
0
InMcastPkts
0
0
InBcastPkts
0
0
<output truncated>
This is an example of partial output from the show interfaces counters protocol status command for
all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters protocol status
Protocols allocated:
Vlan1: Other, IP
Vlan20: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan30: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan40: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan50: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan60: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan70: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan80: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan90: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan900: Other, IP, ARP
Vlan3000: Other, IP
Vlan3500: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/1: Other, IP, ARP, CDP
FastEthernet0/2: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/3: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/4: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/5: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/6: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/7: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/8: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/9: Other, IP
FastEthernet0/10: Other, IP, CDP
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show interfaces counters trunk command. It displays trunk
counters for all interfaces.
Switch# show interfaces counters trunk
Port
TrunkFramesTx TrunkFramesRx
Gi0/1
0
0
Gi0/2
0
0
Gi0/3
80678
4155
Gi0/4
82320
126
Gi0/5
0
0
WrongEncap
0
0
0
0
0
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays additional interface characteristics.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-285
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show inventory
show inventory
Use the show inventory user EXEC command to display product identification (PID) information for
the hardware.
show inventory [entity-name | raw] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
entity-name
(Optional) Display the specified entity. For example, enter the interface
(such as gigabitethernet 0/x) into which a small form-factor pluggable (SFP)
module is installed to display its identity.
raw
(Optional) Display every entity in the device.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG1
Support for the entity-name keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
The command is case sensitive. With no arguments, the show inventory command produces a compact
display of all identifiable entities that have a product identifier. The display shows the entity location
(slot identity), entity description, and the unique device identifier (UDI), including PID, version
identifier (VID), and serial number (SN) of that entity.
Many legacy SFPs are not programmed with PIDs and VID.s
Note
If there is no PID, no output appears when you enter the show inventory command.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-286
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show inventory
Examples
This is example output from the show inventory command:
Switch> show inventory
NAME: "1", DESCR: "ME-2400-24TS-A"
PID: ME-2400-24TS-A , VID:Vo1 , SN: FHH0914002G
NAME: "GigabitEthernet0/1", DESCR: "100BaseBX-10U SFP"
PID:
, VID:
, SN: NEC08440067
NAME: "GigabitEthernet0/2", DESCR: "10/100/1000BaseTX SFP"
PID:
, VID:
, SN: 00000MTC0839048G
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-287
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping
show ip dhcp snooping
Use the show ip dhcp snooping user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping command.
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping
Switch DHCP snooping is enabled
DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:
40-42
Insertion of option 82 is enabled
Option 82 on untrusted port is allowed
Verification of hwaddr field is enabled
Interface
Trusted
Rate limit (pps)
--------------------------------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
yes
unlimited
GigabitEthernet0/2
yes
unlimited
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-288
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping binding
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding user EXEC command to display the DHCP snooping binding
database and configuration information for all interfaces on a switch.
show ip dhcp snooping binding [ip-address] [mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
ip-address
(Optional) Specify the binding entry IP address.
mac-address
(Optional) Specify the binding entry MAC address.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify the binding input interface.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the binding entry VLAN.
| begin
Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The show ip dhcp snooping binding command output shows the dynamically configured bindings.
If DHCP snooping is enabled and an interface changes to the down state, the switch does not delete the
statically configured bindings.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a switch:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec)
------------------ --------------- ---------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9837
00:D0:B7:1B:35:DE
10.1.2.151
237
Total number of bindings: 2
Type
------------dhcp-snooping
dhcp-snooping
VLAN
---20
20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-289
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping binding
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific IP address:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 10.1.2.150
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9810
dhcp-snooping
Total number of bindings: 1
VLAN
---20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries for a specific MAC address:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding 0102.0304.0506
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9788
dhcp-snooping
Total number of bindings: 1
VLAN
---20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/2
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on a port:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding interface gigabitethernet0/2
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec) Type
VLAN
------------------ --------------- ---------- ------------- ---00:30:94:C2:EF:35
10.1.2.151
290
dhcp-snooping 20
Total number of bindings: 1
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/2
This example shows how to display the DHCP snooping binding entries on VLAN 20:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping binding vlan 20
MacAddress
IpAddress
Lease(sec)
------------------ --------------- ---------01:02:03:04:05:06
10.1.2.150
9747
00:00:00:00:00:02
10.1.2.151
65
Total number of bindings: 2
Type
------------dhcp-snooping
dhcp-snooping
VLAN
---20
20
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/2
Table 2-11 describes the fields in the show ip dhcp snooping binding command output:
Table 2-11
show ip dhcp snooping binding Command Output
Field
Description
MacAddress
Client hardware MAC address
IpAddress
Client IP address assigned from the DHCP server
Lease(sec)
Remaining lease time for the IP address
Type
Binding type
VLAN
VLAN number of the client interface
Interface
Interface that connects to the DHCP client host
Total number of bindings
Total number of bindings configured on the switch
Note
Related Commands
The command output might not show the total number of
bindings. For example, if 200 bindings are configured on the
switch and you stop the display before all the bindings appear, the
total number does not change.
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping binding
Configures the DHCP snooping binding database
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-290
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping database
show ip dhcp snooping database
Use the show ip dhcp snooping database user EXEC command to display the status of the DHCP
snooping binding database agent.
show ip dhcp snooping database [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
detail
(Optional) Display detailed status and statistics information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database command:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping database
Agent URL :
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
Agent Running : No
Delay Timer Expiry : Not Running
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Time : None
Last Failed Reason : No failure recorded.
Total Attempts
Successful Transfers
Successful Reads
Successful Writes
Media Failures
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
Startup Failures
Failed Transfers
Failed Reads
Failed Writes
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-291
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping database
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping database detail command:
Switch# show ip dhcp snooping database detail
Agent URL : tftp://10.1.1.1/directory/file
Write delay Timer : 300 seconds
Abort Timer : 300 seconds
Agent Running : No
Delay Timer Expiry : 7 (00:00:07)
Abort Timer Expiry : Not Running
Last Succeded Time : None
Last Failed Time : 17:14:25 UTC Sat Jul 7 2001
Last Failed Reason : Unable to access URL.
Total Attempts
Successful Transfers
Successful Reads
Successful Writes
Media Failures
:
:
:
:
:
21
0
0
0
0
Startup Failures
Failed Transfers
Failed Reads
Failed Writes
:
:
:
:
0
21
0
21
First successful access: Read
Last ignored bindings counters
Binding Collisions
:
Invalid interfaces
:
Parse failures
:
Last Ignored Time : None
Related Commands
:
0
0
0
Expired leases
:
Unsupported vlans :
0
0
Total ignored bindings counters:
Binding Collisions
:
0
Invalid interfaces
:
0
Parse failures
:
0
Expired leases
:
Unsupported vlans :
0
0
Command
Description
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping on a VLAN.
ip dhcp snooping database
Configures the DHCP snooping binding database agent or the
binding file.
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays DHCP snooping information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-292
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Use the show ip dhcp snooping statistics user EXEC command to display DHCP snooping statistics in
summary or detail form.
show ip dhcp snooping statistics [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
detail
(Optional) Display detailed statistics information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(37)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
In a switch stack, all statistics are generated on the stack master. If a new stack master is elected, the
statistics counters reset.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Packets Forwarded
Packets Dropped
Packets Dropped From untrusted ports
= 0
= 0
= 0
This is an example of output from the show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail command:
Switch> show ip dhcp snooping statistics detail
Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping
Packets Dropped Because
IDB not known
Queue full
Interface is in errdisabled
Rate limit exceeded
Received on untrusted ports
Nonzero giaddr
Source mac not equal to chaddr
Binding mismatch
Insertion of opt82 fail
Interface Down
Unknown output interface
Reply output port equal to input port
Packet denied by platform
= 0
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-293
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Table 2-12 shows the DHCP snooping statistics and their descriptions:
Table 2-12
DHCP Snooping Statistics
DHCP Snooping Statistic
Description
Packets Processed by DHCP Snooping
Total number of packets handled by DHCP
snooping, including forwarded and dropped
packets.
Packets Dropped Because IDB not known
Number of errors when the input interface of the
packet cannot be determined.
Queue full
Number of errors when an internal queue used to
process the packets is full. This might happen if
DHCP packets are received at an excessively high
rate and rate limiting is not enabled on the ingress
ports.
Interface is in errdisabled
Number of times a packet was received on a port
that has been marked as error disabled. This might
happen if packets are in the processing queue
when a port is put into the error-disabled state and
those packets are subsequently processed.
Rate limit exceeded
Number of times the rate limit configured on the
port was exceeded and the interface was put into
the error-disabled state.
Received on untrusted ports
Number of times a DHCP server packet (OFFER,
ACK, NAK, or LEASEQUERY) was received on
an untrusted port and was dropped.
Nonzero giaddr
Number of times the relay agent address field
(giaddr) in the DHCP packet received on an
untrusted port was not zero, or the no ip dhcp
snooping information option allow-untrusted
global configuration command is not configured
and a packet received on an untrusted port
contained option-82 data.
Source mac not equal to chaddr
Number of times the client MAC address field of
the DHCP packet (chaddr) does not match the
packet source MAC address and the ip dhcp
snooping verify mac-address global
configuration command is configured.
Binding mismatch
Number of times a RELEASE or DECLINE
packet was received on a port that is different than
the port in the binding for that MAC
address-VLAN pair. This indicates someone
might be trying to spoof the real client, or it could
mean that the client has moved to another port on
the switch and issued a RELEASE or DECLINE.
The MAC address is taken from the chaddr field
of the DHCP packet, not the source MAC address
in the Ethernet header.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-294
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Table 2-12
Related Commands
DHCP Snooping Statistics
DHCP Snooping Statistic
Description
Insertion of opt82 fail
Number of times the option-82 insertion into a
packet failed. The insertion might fail if the
packet with the option-82 data exceeds the size of
a single physical packet on the internet.
Interface Down
Number of times the packet is a reply to the
DHCP relay agent, but the SVI interface for the
relay agent is down. This is an unlikely error that
occurs if the SVI goes down between sending the
client request to the DHCP server and receiving
the response.
Unknown output interface
Number of times the output interface for a DHCP
reply packet cannot be determined by either
option-82 data or a lookup in the MAC address
table. The packet is dropped. This can happen if
option 82 is not used and the client MAC address
has aged out. If IPSG is enabled with the
port-security option and option 82 is not enabled,
the MAC address of the client is not learned, and
the reply packets will be dropped.
Reply output port equal to input port
Number of times the output port for a DHCP reply
packet is the same as the input port, causing a
possible loop. Indicates a possible network
misconfiguration or misuse of trust settings on
ports.
Packet denied by platform
Number of times the packet has been denied by a
platform-specific registry.
Command
Description
clear ip dhcp snooping
Clears the DHCP snooping binding database, the DHCP
snooping binding database agent statistics, or the DHCP
snooping statistics counters.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-295
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp profile
show ip igmp profile
Use the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command to display all configured Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) profiles or a specified IGMP profile.
show ip igmp profile [profile number] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
profile number
(Optional) The IGMP profile number to be displayed. The range is 1 to
4294967295. If no profile number is entered, all IGMP profiles are displayed.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
These are examples of output from the show ip igmp profile privileged EXEC command, with and
without specifying a profile number. If no profile number is entered, the display includes all profiles
configured on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp profile 40
IGMP Profile 40
permit
range 233.1.1.1 233.255.255.255
Switch# show ip igmp profile
IGMP Profile 3
range 230.9.9.0 230.9.9.0
IGMP Profile 4
permit
range 229.9.9.0 229.255.255.255
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp profile
Configures the specified IGMP profile number.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-296
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
show ip igmp snooping
Use the show ip igmp snooping user EXEC command to display the Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) snooping configuration of the switch or the VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping [groups | mrouter | querier [vlan vlan-id] [detail] ] [vlan vlan-id] [detail]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
groups
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping groups command.
mrouter
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command.
querier
(Optional) See the show ip igmp snooping querier command.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094 (available
only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display snooping configuration for the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Although visible in the output display, output lines for source-only learning are not valid.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping vlan 1 command. It shows snooping
characteristics for a specific VLAN.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping vlan 1
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
----------------------------------IGMP snooping
:Enabled
IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) :Enabled
Report suppression
:Enabled
TCN solicit query
:Disabled
TCN flood query count
:2
Last member query interval : 100
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-297
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping
Vlan 1:
-------IGMP snooping
Immediate leave
Multicast router learning mode
Source only learning age timer
CGMP interoperability mode
Last member query interval : 100
Note
:Enabled
:Disabled
:pim-dvmrp
:10
:IGMP_ONLY
Source-only learning are not supported, and information appearing for this feature is not valid.
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping command. It displays snooping
characteristics for all VLANs on the switch.
Switch> show ip igmp snooping
Global IGMP Snooping configuration:
----------------------------------IGMP snooping
: Enabled
IGMPv3 snooping (minimal) : Enabled
Report suppression
: Enabled
TCN solicit query
: Disabled
TCN flood query count
: 2
Last member query interval : 100
Vlan 1:
-------IGMP snooping
Immediate leave
Multicast router learning mode
Source only learning age timer
CGMP interoperability mode
Last member query interval
:Enabled
:Disabled
:pim-dvmrp
:10
:IGMP_ONLY
: 100
Vlan 2:
-------IGMP snooping
Immediate leave
Multicast router learning mode
Source only learning age timer
CGMP interoperability mode
Last member query interval
:Enabled
:Disabled
:pim-dvmrp
:10
:IGMP_ONLY
: 333
<output truncated>
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on
a VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the
switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping querier
Displays the configuration and operation information for
the IGMP querier configured on a switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-298
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping groups
show ip igmp snooping groups
Use the show ip igmp snooping groups privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping multicast table for the switch or the multicast information. Use
with the vlan keyword to display the multicast table for a specified multicast VLAN or specific multicast
information.
show ip igmp snooping groups [count | dynamic [count] | user [count]] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id [ip_address | count | dynamic [count] | user [count]]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
count
(Optional) Display the total number of entries for the specified command
options instead of the actual entries.
dynamic
(Optional) Display entries learned by IGMP snooping.
user
Optional) Display only the user-configured multicast entries.
ip_address
(Optional) Display characteristics of the multicast group with the specified group
IP address.
vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display multicast information or the multicast table.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-299
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping groups
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups command without any keywords.
It displays the multicast table for the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------104
224.1.4.2
igmp
v2
Gi0/1, Gi0/2
104
224.1.4.3
igmp
v2
Gi0/1, Gi0/2
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups count command. It displays the
total number of multicast groups on the switch.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups count
Total number of multicast groups: 2
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups dynamic command. It shows
only the entries learned by IGMP snooping.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 1 dynamic
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------104
224.1.4.2
igmp
v2
Gi0/1, Fa0/15
104
224.1.4.3
igmp
v2
Gi0/1, Fa0/15
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vlan-id ip-address
command. It shows the entries for the group with the specified IP address.
Switch# show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 104 224.1.4.2
Vlan
Group
Type
Version
Port List
------------------------------------------------------------104
224.1.4.2
igmp
v2
Gi0/1, Fa0/15
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on a
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or
for the specified multicast VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-300
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter privileged EXEC command to display the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping dynamically learned and manually configured multicast router
ports for the switch or for the specified multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display multicast router ports on the switch or for a specific VLAN.
VLAN IDs 1002 to 1005 are reserved for Token Ring and FDDI VLANs and cannot be used in IGMP
snooping.
When multicast VLAN registration (MVR) is enabled, the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command
displays MVR multicast router information and IGMP snooping information.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command. It shows how to
display multicast router ports on the switch.
Switch#
Vlan
---1
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
ports
----Gi0/1(dynamic)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-301
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping
Enables and configures IGMP snooping on the switch or on a
VLAN.
ip igmp snooping vlan mrouter
Adds a multicast router port to a multicast VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping
Displays the IGMP snooping configuration of the switch or the
VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping groups
Displays IGMP snooping multicast information for the switch or
for the specified parameter.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-302
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping querier
show ip igmp snooping querier
Use the show ip igmp snooping querier user EXEC command to display the IP address and incoming
port for the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) query most recently received by the switch.
show ip igmp snooping querier [vlan vlan-id] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify a VLAN; the range is 1 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
detail
(Optional) Display querier information as well as configuration and operational
information pertaining to the querier.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show ip igmp snooping querier command to display the IGMP version and IP address of a
detected device (also called a querier) that sends IGMP query message. A subnet can have multiple
multicast routers but has only one IGMP querier. In a subnet running IGMPv2, one of the multicast
routers is elected as the querier. The querier can be a Layer 3 switch.
The show ip igmp snooping querier command output also shows the VLAN and interface on which the
querier was detected. If the querier is the switch, the output shows the Port field as Router. If the querier
is a router, the output shows the port number on which the querier is learned in the Port field.
The show ip igmp snooping querier detail user EXEC command is similar to the show ip igmp
snooping querier command. However, the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command displays
the IP address of the most recent device detected by the switch querier along with this additional
information:
•
The elected IGMP querier in the VLAN
•
The configuration and operational information pertaining to the switch querier (if any) that is
configured in the VLAN
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-303
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show ip igmp snooping querier
Examples
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier command:
Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier
Vlan
IP Address
IGMP Version
Port
--------------------------------------------------1
172.20.50.11
v3
Gi0/1
2
172.20.40.20
v2
Router
This is an example of output from the show ip igmp snooping querier detail command:
Switch> show ip igmp snooping querier detail
Vlan
IP Address
IGMP Version
Port
------------------------------------------------------------1
1.1.1.1
v2
Fa0/1
Global IGMP switch querier status
-------------------------------------------------------admin state
: Enabled
admin version
: 2
source IP address
: 0.0.0.0
query-interval (sec)
: 60
max-response-time (sec)
: 10
querier-timeout (sec)
: 120
tcn query count
: 2
tcn query interval (sec)
: 10
Vlan 1:
IGMP switch querier status
-------------------------------------------------------elected querier is 1.1.1.1
on port Fa0/1
-------------------------------------------------------admin state
: Enabled
admin version
: 2
source IP address
: 10.1.1.65
query-interval (sec)
: 60
max-response-time (sec)
: 10
querier-timeout (sec)
: 120
tcn query count
: 2
tcn query interval (sec)
: 10
operational state
: Non-Querier
operational version
: 2
tcn query pending count
: 0
Related Commands
Command
Description
ip igmp snooping querier
Enables and configures the IGMP snooping querier on the switch
or on a VLAN.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Displays IGMP snooping multicast router ports for the switch or
for the specified multicast VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-304
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
show lacp
Use the show lacp user EXEC command to display Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
channel-group information.
show lacp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor | sys-id} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Note
Syntax Description
LACP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Display traffic information.
internal
Display internal information.
neighbor
Display neighbor information.
sys-id
Display the system identifier that is being used by LACP. The system
identifier is made up of the LACP system priority and the switch MAC
address.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enter any show lacp command to display the active channel-group information. To display
specific channel information, enter the show lacp command with a channel-group number.
If you do not specify a channel group, information for all channel groups appears.
You can enter the channel-group-number option to specify a channel group for all keywords except
sys-id.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-305
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Examples
This is an example of output from the show lacp counters user EXEC command. Table 2-13 describes
the fields in the display.
Switch> show lacp counters
LACPDUs
Marker
Marker Response
LACPDUs
Port
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
Pkts Err
--------------------------------------------------------------------Channel group:1
Gi0/1
19
10
0
0
0
0
0
Gi0/2
14
6
0
0
0
0
0
Table 2-13
show lacp counters Field Descriptions
Field
Description
LACPDUs Sent and Recv
The number of LACP packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Sent and Recv
The number of LACP marker packets sent and received by a port.
Marker Response Sent and Recv
The number of LACP marker response packets sent and received
by a port.
LACPDUs Pkts and Err
The number of unknown and illegal packets received by LACP
for a port.
This is an example of output from the show lacp internal command:
Switch> show lacp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is requesting Slow LACPDUs
F - Device is requesting Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode
P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 1
Port
Gi0/1
Gi0/2
Flags
SA
SA
State
bndl
bndl
LACP port
Priority
32768
32768
Admin
Key
0x3
0x3
Oper
Key
0x3
0x3
Port
Number
0x4
0x5
Port
State
0x3D
0x3D
Table 2-14 describes the fields in the display.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-306
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
Table 2-14
show lacp internal Field Descriptions
Field
Description
State
State of the specific port. These are the allowed values:
•
– —Port is in an unknown state.
•
bndl—Port is attached to an aggregator and bundled with
other ports.
•
susp—Port is in a suspended state; it is not attached to any
aggregator.
•
hot-sby—Port is in a hot-standby state.
•
indiv—Port is incapable of bundling with any other port.
•
indep—Port is in an independent state (not bundled but able
to switch data traffic. In this case, LACP is not running on
the partner port).
•
down—Port is down.
LACP Port Priority
Port priority setting. LACP uses the port priority to put ports s
in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that
prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
Admin Key
Administrative key assigned to this port. LACP automatically
generates an administrative key value as a hexadecimal number.
The administrative key defines the ability of a port to aggregate
with other ports. A port’s ability to aggregate with other ports is
determined by the port physical characteristics (for example,
data rate and duplex capability) and configuration restrictions
that you establish.
Oper Key
Runtime operational key that is being used by this port. LACP
automatically generates this value as a hexadecimal number.
Port Number
Port number.
Port State
State variables for the port, encoded as individual bits within a
single octet with these meanings:
•
bit0: LACP_Activity
•
bit1: LACP_Timeout
•
bit2: Aggregation
•
bit3: Synchronization
•
bit4: Collecting
•
bit5: Distributing
•
bit6: Defaulted
•
bit7: Expired
Note
In the above list, bit7 is the MSB and bit0 is the LSB.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-307
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show lacp
This is an example of output from the show lacp neighbor command:
Switch> show lacp neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow LACPDUs F - Device is sending Fast LACPDUs
A - Device is in Active mode
P - Device is in Passive mode
Channel group 3 neighbors
Partner’s information:
Port
Gi0/1
Partner
System ID
32768,0007.eb49.5e80
LACP Partner
Port Priority
32768
Partner
Port Number
0xC
Partner
Oper Key
0x3
Age
19s
Partner
Flags
SP
Partner
Port State
0x3C
Partner’s information:
Port
Gi0/2
Partner
System ID
32768,0007.eb49.5e80
LACP Partner
Port Priority
32768
Partner
Port Number
0xD
Partner
Oper Key
0x3
Age
15s
Partner
Flags
SP
Partner
Port State
0x3C
This is an example of output from the show lacp sys-id command:
Switch> show lacp sys-id
32765,0002.4b29.3a00
The system identification is made up of the system priority and the system MAC address. The first two
bytes are the system priority, and the last six bytes are the globally administered individual MAC address
associated to the system.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear lacp
Clears the LACP channel-group information.
lacp port-priority
Configures the LACP port priority.
lacp system-priority
Configures the LACP system priority.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-308
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
show mac access-group
Use the show mac access-group user EXEC command to display the MAC access control lists (ACLs)
configured for an interface or a switch.
show mac access-group [interface interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display the MAC ACLs configured on a specific interface. Valid
interfaces are physical ports and port channels; the port-channel range is 1
to 48 (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac-access group user EXEC command. In this display,
Fast Ethernet interface 0/2 has the MAC access list macl_e1 applied to inbound traffic; no MAC ACLs
are applied to other interfaces.
Switch> show mac access-group
Interface FastEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Outbound access-list is not set
Interface FastEthernet0/2:
Inbound access-list is not set
Outbound access-list is not set
Interface FastEthernet0/3:
Inbound access-list is not set
Outbound access-list is not set
Interface FastEthernet0/4:
Inbound access-list is not set
Outbound access-list is not set
Interface FastEthernetv0/5:
Inbound access-list is not set
Outbound access-list is not set
<output truncated>
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-309
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac access-group
This is an example of output from the show mac access-group interface fastethernet0/1 command:
Switch# show mac access-group interface fastethernet0/1
Interface FastEthernet0/1:
Inbound access-list is macl_e1
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac access-group
Applies a MAC access group to an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-310
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table
show mac address-table
Use the show mac address-table user EXEC command to display a specific MAC address table static
and dynamic entry or the MAC address table static and dynamic entries on a specific interface or VLAN.
show mac address-table [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table command:
Switch> show mac address-table
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
--------------------All
0000.0000.0001
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0002
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0003
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0009
STATIC
CPU
All
0000.0000.0012
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000b
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000c
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000d
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000e
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.000f
STATIC
CPU
All
0180.c200.0010
STATIC
CPU
1
0030.9441.6327
DYNAMIC
Gi0/4
Total Mac Addresses for this criterion: 12
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-311
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table dynamic
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-312
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table address
show mac address-table address
Use the show mac address-table address user EXEC command to display MAC address table
information for the specified MAC address.
show mac address-table address mac-address [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
mac-address
Specify the 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H.
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display information for a specific interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for the specific VLAN only. The range is 1 to
4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table address command:
Switch# show mac address-table address 0002.4b28.c482
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------All
0002.4b28.c482
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
this criterion: 1
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-313
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table address
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table notification Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-314
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table aging-time
Use the show mac address-table aging-time user EXEC command to display the aging time of a
specific address table instance, all address table instances on a specified VLAN or, if a specific VLAN
is not specified, on all VLANs.
show mac address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display aging time information for a specific VLAN. The range
is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If no VLAN number is specified, the aging time for all VLANs appears.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time command:
Switch> show mac address-table aging-time
Vlan
Aging Time
------------1
300
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10 command:
Switch> show mac address-table aging-time vlan 10
Vlan
Aging Time
------------10
300
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-315
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table aging-time
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table aging-time
Sets the length of time that a dynamic entry remains in the MAC
address table after the entry is used or updated.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified MAC
address.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table
notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all interfaces
or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-316
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table count
show mac address-table count
Use the show mac address-table count user EXEC command to display the number of addresses present
in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display the number of addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to
4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If no VLAN number is specified, the address count for all VLANs appears.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table count command:
Switch# show mac address-table count
Mac Entries for Vlan
: 1
--------------------------Dynamic Address Count : 2
Static Address Count : 0
Total Mac Addresses
: 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-317
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table count
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table
notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-318
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table dynamic
show mac address-table dynamic
Use the show mac address-table dynamic user EXEC command to display only dynamic MAC address
table entries.
show mac address-table dynamic [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table dynamic command:
Switch> show mac address-table dynamic
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0030.b635.7862
1
00b0.6496.2741
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------DYNAMIC Gi0/2
DYNAMIC Gi0/2
this criterion: 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-319
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table dynamic
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table dynamic
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific dynamic
address, all dynamic addresses on a particular interface, or all
dynamic addresses on a particular VLAN.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-320
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table interface
show mac address-table interface
Use the show mac address-table interface user command to display the MAC address table information
for the specified interface in the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table interface interface-id [vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
Specify an interface type; valid interfaces include physical ports and port
channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display entries for a specific VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table interface command:
Switch> show mac address-table interface gigabitethernet0/2
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0030.b635.7862
1
00b0.6496.2741
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------DYNAMIC Gi0/2
DYNAMIC Gi0/2
this criterion: 2
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-321
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table interface
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-322
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table notification
show mac address-table notification
Use the show mac address-table notification user EXEC command to display the MAC address
notification settings for all interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table notification [interface [interface-id]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface
(Optional) Display information for all interfaces. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and port channels.
interface-id
(Optional) Display information for the specified interface. Valid interfaces
include physical ports and port channels.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the show mac address-table notification command without any keywords to display whether the
feature is enabled or disabled, the MAC notification interval, the maximum number of entries allowed
in the history table, and the history table contents.
Use the interface keyword to display the flags for all interfaces. If the interface-id is included, only the
flags for that interface appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table notification command:
Switch> show mac address-table notification
MAC Notification Feature is Enabled on the switch
Interval between Notification Traps : 60 secs
Number of MAC Addresses Added : 4
Number of MAC Addresses Removed : 4
Number of Notifications sent to NMS : 3
Maximum Number of entries configured in History Table : 100
Current History Table Length : 3
MAC Notification Traps are Enabled
History Table contents
---------------------History Index 0, Entry Timestamp 1032254, Despatch Timestamp 1032254
MAC Changed Message :
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-323
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table notification
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0
Port: 1
History Index 1, Entry Timestamp 1038254, Despatch Timestamp 1038254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0
Port: 1
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0
Port: 1
Operation: Added
Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0
Port: 1
History Index 2, Entry Timestamp 1074254, Despatch Timestamp 1074254
MAC Changed Message :
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0000 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0001 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0002 Module: 0
Port:
Operation: Deleted Vlan: 2
MAC Addr: 0000.0000.0003 Module: 0
Port:
Related Commands
Command
1
1
1
1
Description
clear mac address-table notification Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or the
specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the specified
VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-324
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table static
show mac address-table static
Use the show mac address-table static user EXEC command to display only static MAC address table
entries.
show mac address-table static [address mac-address] [interface interface-id] [vlan vlan-id]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a 48-bit MAC address; the valid format is H.H.H
(available in privileged EXEC mode only).
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface to match; valid interfaces include physical
ports and port channels.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table static command:
Switch> show
mac address-table static
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------All
0100.0ccc.cccc
All
0180.c200.0000
All
0100.0ccc.cccd
All
0180.c200.0001
All
0180.c200.0004
All
0180.c200.0005
4
0001.0002.0004
6
0001.0002.0007
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC Drop
STATIC Drop
this criterion: 8
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-325
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table static
Related Commands
Command
Description
mac address-table static
Adds static addresses to the MAC address table.
mac address-table static drop
Enables unicast MAC address filtering and configures the
switch to drop traffic with a specific source or destination
MAC address.
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table vlan
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-326
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table vlan
show mac address-table vlan
Use the show mac address-table vlan user EXEC command to display the MAC address table
information for the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table vlan vlan-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
vlan-id
(Optional) Display addresses for a specific VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mac address-table vlan 1 command:
Switch> show mac address-table vlan 1
Mac Address Table
-----------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
-------------1
0100.0ccc.cccc
1
0180.c200.0000
1
0100.0ccc.cccd
1
0180.c200.0001
1
0180.c200.0002
1
0180.c200.0003
1
0180.c200.0005
1
0180.c200.0006
1
0180.c200.0007
Total Mac Addresses for
Type
Ports
-------STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
STATIC CPU
this criterion: 9
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-327
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mac address-table vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
show mac address-table address
Displays MAC address table information for the specified
MAC address.
show mac address-table aging-time
Displays the aging time in all VLANs or the specified
VLAN.
show mac address-table count
Displays the number of addresses present in all VLANs or
the specified VLAN.
show mac address-table dynamic
Displays dynamic MAC address table entries only.
show mac address-table interface
Displays the MAC address table information for the
specified interface.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or the specified interface.
show mac address-table static
Displays static MAC address table entries only.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-328
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
show monitor
Use the show monitor user EXEC command to display information about all Switched Port Analyzer
(SPAN) and Remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions on the switch. Use the command with keywords to show
a specific session, all sessions, all local sessions, or all remote sessions.
show monitor [session {session_number | all | local | range list | remote} [detail]] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
session
(Optional) Display information about specified SPAN sessions.
session_number
Specify the number of the SPAN or RSPAN session. The range is 1 to 66.
all
Display all SPAN sessions.
local
Display only local SPAN sessions.
range list
Display a range of SPAN sessions, where list is the range of valid sessions,
either a single session or a range of sessions described by two numbers, the
lower one first, separated by a hyphen. Do not enter any spaces between
comma-separated parameters or in hyphen-specified ranges.
remote
Display only remote SPAN sessions.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed information about the specified sessions.
| begin
Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Note
This keyword is available only in privileged EXEC mode.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
The output is the same for the show monitor command and the show monitor session all command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-329
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show monitor
Examples
This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command:
Switch# show monitor
Session 1
--------Type
:Local Session
Source Ports:
RX Only:
Fa0/24
TX Only:
None
Both:
Fa0/1-2,Fa0/1-5
Destination Ports:Fa0/18
Encapsulation:Replicate
Session 2
--------Type
:Remote Source Session
Source Ports:
Source VLANs:
TX Only:
10
Both:
1-9
Dest RSPAN VLAN: 105
This is an example of output for the show monitor user EXEC command for RSPAN source session 1:
Switch# show monitor session 1
Session 1
--------Type
:Local Session
Source Ports:
RX Only:
Fa0/24
TX Only:
None
Both:
Fa0/1-2,Fa0/1-5
Destination Ports:Fa0/18
Encapsulation:Replicate
This is an example of output for the show monitor session all user EXEC command when ingress traffic
forwarding is enabled:
Switch# show monitor session all
Session 1
--------Type
:Local Session
Source Ports
:
Both
:Fa0/2
Destination Ports :Fa0/3
Encapsulation :Replicate
Ingress:Enabled, default VLAN = 5
Ingress encapsulation:DOT1Q
Session 2
--------Type
:Local Session
Source Ports
:
Both
:Fa0/1
Destination Ports :Fa0/4
Encapsulation :Replicate
Ingress:Enabled
Ingress encapsulation:DOT1Q
Related Commands
Command
Description
monitor session
Starts or modifies a SPAN or RSPAN session.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-330
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
show mvr
Use the show mvr privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the current Multicast VLAN
Registration (MVR) global parameter values, including whether or not MVR is enabled, the MVR
multicast VLAN, the maximum query response time, the number of multicast groups, and the MVR
mode (dynamic or compatible).
show mvr [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr command:
Switch# show mvr
MVR Running: TRUE
MVR multicast VLAN: 1
MVR Max Multicast Groups: 256
MVR Current multicast groups: 0
MVR Global query response time: 5 (tenths of sec)
MVR Mode: compatible
In the preceding display, the maximum number of multicast groups is fixed at 256. The MVR mode is
either compatible (for interoperability with Catalyst 2900 XL and Catalyst 3500 XL switches) or
dynamic (where operation is consistent with IGMP snooping operation and dynamic MVR membership
on source ports is supported).
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-331
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the switch.
mvr (interface configuration) Configures MVR ports.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs when
the interface and members keywords are appended to the command.
show mvr members
Displays all ports that are members of an MVR multicast group or, if
there are no members, means the group is inactive.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-332
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
show mvr interface
Use the show mvr interface privileged EXEC command without keywords to display the Multicast
VLAN Registration (MVR) receiver and source ports. Use the command with keywords to display MVR
parameters for a specific receiver port.
show mvr interface [interface-id [members [vlan vlan-id]]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Display MVR type, status, and Immediate Leave setting for the
interface.
Valid interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and port
number.
members
(Optional) Display all MVR groups to which the specified interface belongs.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display all MVR group members on this VLAN. The range is 1
to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(35)SE
The Mode and VLAN fields were added to the output display.
Usage Guidelines
If the entered port identification is a non-MVR port or a source port, the command returns an error
message. For receiver ports, it displays the port type, per port status, and Immediate-Leave setting.
If you enter the show mvr interface interface-id command and the specified port is a non-MVR port,
the output displays NON MVR in the Type field. For active MVR ports, it displays the port type
(RECEIVER or SOURCE), mode (access or trunk), VLAN, status, and Immediate-Leave setting.
If you enter the members keyword, all MVR group members on the interface appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-333
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr interface
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface command:
Switch# show mvr interface
Port
Type
Mode
---------Fa0/1 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/1 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/2 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/2 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/3 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/3 Receiver
Trunk
Fa0/10 Source
Access
VLAN
---1
2000
2
3000
2
3000
10
Status
------ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/DOWN
ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/UP
ACTIVE/UP
Immediate Leave
--------------DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
In the preceding display, Status is defined as follows:
•
Active means the port is part of a VLAN.
•
Up/Down means that the port is forwarding/nonforwarding.
•
Inactive means that the port is not yet part of any VLAN.
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface fastethernet0/10 command:
switch#
Port
---Fa0/10
show mvr interface fa0/10
Type
Mode
------RECEIVER
Trunk
VLAN
---201
Status
------ACTIVE/DOWN
Immediate Leave
--------------DISABLED
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface fastethernet0/1 command. In this example,
the port is not an MVR member:
switch#
Port
---Fa0/1
show mvr interface fa0/1
Type
Mode
------NON MVR
Access
VLAN
---0
Status
------INACTIVE
Immediate Leave
--------------DISABLED
This is an example of output from the show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/1 members command:
Switch# show mvr interface gigabitethernet0/1 members
239.255.0.0
vlan 202
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.1
vlan 202
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.2
vlan 202
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.3
vlan 203
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.4
vlan 203
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
239.255.0.5
vlan 203
DYNAMIC ACTIVE
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr members
Displays all receiver ports that are members of an MVR
multicast group.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-334
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
show mvr members
Use the show mvr members privileged EXEC command to display all receiver and source ports that are
currently members of an IP multicast group.
show mvr members [ip-address] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
ip-address
(Optional) The IP multicast address. If the address is entered, all receiver and
source ports that are members of the multicast group appear. If no address is
entered, all members of all Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) groups are
listed. If a group has no members, the group is listed as Inactive.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(35)SE
The VLAN and Membership fields were added to the output display.
Usage Guidelines
The show mvr members command applies to receiver and source ports. For MVR-compatible mode, all
source ports are members of all multicast groups.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show mvr members command:
Switch# show mvr members
MVR Group
Status
Members
------------ -----------239.1.1.1
ACTIVE
Fa0/1
239.1.1.1
ACTIVE
Fa0/1
239.1.1.1
ACTIVE
Fa0/2
239.1.1.1
ACTIVE
Fa0/2
239.1.1.2
ACTIVE
Fa0/1
239.1.1.2
ACTIVE
Fa0/2
VLAN
---1
2000
2
3000
1
2
Membership
---------Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
Static
<output truncated>
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-335
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show mvr members
This is an example of output from the show mvr members 239.255.0.2 command. It shows how to view
the members of the IP multicast group 239.255.0.2:
Switch# show mvr members 239.255.0.2
239.255.0.2
ACTIVE
Gi0/1(d), Gi0/2(d), Gi0/3(d),
Gi0/4(d), Gi0/5(s)
Related Commands
Command
Description
mvr (global configuration)
Enables and configures multicast VLAN registration on the
switch.
mvr (interface configuration)
Configures MVR ports.
show mvr
Displays the global MVR configuration on the switch.
show mvr interface
Displays the configured MVR interfaces, status of the specified
interface, or all multicast groups to which the interface belongs
when the members keyword is appended to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-336
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
show pagp
Use the show pagp user EXEC command to display Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) channel-group
information.
show pagp [channel-group-number] {counters | internal | neighbor} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]]
Note
Syntax Description
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
channel-group-number
(Optional) Number of the channel group. The range is 1 to 48.
counters
Display traffic information.
internal
Display internal information.
neighbor
Display neighbor information.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can enter any show pagp command to display the active channel-group information. To display the
nonactive information, enter the show pagp command with a channel-group number.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output are appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 counters command:
Switch> show pagp 1 counters
Information
Flush
Port
Sent
Recv
Sent
Recv
-------------------------------------Channel group: 1
Gi0/1
45
42
0
0
Gi0/2
45
41
0
0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-337
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show pagp
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 internal command:
Switch> show pagp 1 internal
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Timers: H - Hello timer is running.
S - Switching timer is running.
C - Device is in Consistent state.
Q - Quit timer is running.
I - Interface timer is running.
Channel group 1
Port
Gi0/1
Gi0/2
Flags State
SC
U6/S7
SC
U6/S7
Timers
H
H
Hello
Interval
30s
30s
Partner PAgP
Count
Priority
1
128
1
128
Learning Group
Method Ifindex
Any
16
Any
16
This is an example of output from the show pagp 1 neighbor command:
Switch> show pagp 1 neighbor
Flags: S - Device is sending Slow hello.
A - Device is in Auto mode.
Channel group 1 neighbors
Partner
Port
Name
Gi0/1
switch-p2
Gi0/2
switch-p2
Related Commands
C - Device is in Consistent state.
P - Device learns on physical port.
Partner
Device ID
0002.4b29.4600
0002.4b29.4600
Partner
Port
Gi0/1
Gi0/2
Command
Description
clear pagp
Clears PAgP channel-group information.
Partner
Age Flags
9s SC
24s SC
Group
Cap.
10001
10001
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-338
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show parser macro
show parser macro
Use the show parser macro user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured macros
or for one macro on the switch.
show parser macro [{brief | description [interface interface-id] | name macro-name}] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
brief
(Optional) Display the name of each macro.
description [interface
interface-id]
(Optional) Display all macro descriptions or the description of a specific
interface.
name macro-name
(Optional) Display information about a single macro identified by the macro
name.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is a partial output example from the show parser macro command:
Switch# show parser macro
Total number of macros = 2
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : sample-macro1
Macro type : customizable
duplex full
speed auto
mdix auto
-------------------------------------------------------------Macro name : test1
Macro type : customizable
no shutdown
flowcontrol receive on
speed 100
--------------------------------------------------------------
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-339
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show parser macro
This is an example of output from the show parser macro name command:
Switch# show parser macro name sample-macro1
Macro name : sample-macro1
Macro type : customizable
duplex full
speed auto
mdix auto
This is an example of output from the show parser macro brief command:
Switch# show parser macro brief
customizable
: sample-macro1
customizable
: test1
Related Commands
Command
Description
macro apply
Applies a macro on an interface or applies and traces a macro on an interface.
macro description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to an interface.
macro global
Applies a macro on a switch or applies and traces a macro on a switch.
macro global
description
Adds a description about the macros that are applied to the switch.
macro name
Creates a macro.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command_
reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-340
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policer aggregate
show policer aggregate
Use the show policer aggregate user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) aggregate
policer information for all aggregate policers or a specific policer.
show policer aggregate [aggregate-policer-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
aggregate-policer- (Optional) The name of the aggregate policer.
name
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show policer aggregate command:
Switch> show policer aggregate my-policer
aggregate-policer: my-policer
police cir 12000000 bc 5000
conform-action transmit
exceed-action set-cos-transmit cos table 67577
In use by policymap: pin
Related Commands
Command
Description
police aggregate (policy-map class Applies an aggregate policer to multiple classes in the same
configuration)
policy map.
policer aggregate (global
configuration)
Creates an aggregate policer to police all traffic received on an
interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-341
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policer cpu uni-eni
show policer cpu uni-eni
Use the show policer cpu uni-eni user EXEC command to display control-plane policer information for
the user network interfaces (UNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on the switch, including
frames dropped or the configured threshold rate for the control-plane security feature on the switch.
show policer cpu uni-eni [drop [policer-number] | rate] [interface interface-id] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
drop
(Optional) Display control-plane frame-drop count for the specified policer
number or for all control-plane policers (0 to 26).
policer number
(Optional) Display drop statistics for a specific user network interface (UNI) or
enhanced network interface (ENI) policer number. The range is from 0 to 26.
rate
(Optional) Display the configured threshold rate for CPU policers.
interface
interface-id
Optional) Display the control-plane information for the specified physical
interface.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG1
Outputs for the show policer cup uni drop changed.
12.2(44)SE
The show policer cpu uni command was changed to the show policer cpu
uni-eni command.
Usage Guidelines
This command displays policer information that applies to UNIs and ENIs on the switch. Rate-limiting
and policers are the same on both port types, except on ENIs on which a Layer 2 control protocol (CDP,
STP, LLDP, LACP, or PAgP) has been enabled.
The show policer cpu uni-eni drop privileged EXEC command displays the number of accepted and
dropped frames for all policers on the switch or for the specified policer number.
The show policer cpu uni-eni rate command displays the CPU protection rate-limit threshold on the
switch that was configured by entering the policer cpu uni rate global configuration command or the
default rate of 16000 bits per second (bps).
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-342
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policer cpu uni-eni
Examples
This is an example of output from the show policer cpu uni-eni drop command. Note that CPU
protection only uses policers 0 to 26.
Switch# show policer cpu uni-eni drop
=========================================
Port
In
Dropped
Name
Frames
Frames
Fa0/1
300
0
Fa0/2
0
0
Fa0/3
0
0
Fa0/4
0
0
Fa0/5
200
0
Fa0/6
0
0
Fa0/7
0
0
Fa0/8
0
0
Fa0/9
508055
325086
Fa0/10
0
0
Fa0/11
0
0
Fa0/12
0
0
Fa0/13
0
0
Fa0/14
0
0
Fa0/15
0
0
Fa0/16
0
0
Fa0/17
0
0
Fa0/18
0
0
Fa0/19
0
0
Fa0/20
0
0
Fa0/21
0
0
Fa0/22
0
0
Fa0/23
0
0
Fa0/24
0
0
Gi0/1
0
0
Gi0/2
0
0
drop-all
0
1849645
This is an example of the new output format for the show policer cpu uni-eni drop interface command:
Switch# show policer cpu uni-eni drop interface gigabitethernet 0/1
============================
Policer assigned for Gi0/2
============================
Protocols using this policer:
"VTP" "CISCO_L2" "KEEPALIVE" "SWITCH_IGMP" "SWITCH_L2PT"
Policer rate: 160000 bps
In frames: 48014
Drop frames: 28630
This is an example of output from the show policer cpu uni-eni rate command when the default rate is
used.
Switch> show policer cpu uni-eni rate
CPU UNI/ENI port police rate = 160000 bps
Related Commands\
Command
Description
policer cpu uni
Configures a CPU policer threshold rate for the switch.
show platform policer cpu
Displays allocated policer indexes and the corresponding
features for all ports or the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-343
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) policy maps, which
define classification criteria for incoming and outgoing traffic and the actions to be performed on the
classified traffic.
show policy-map [policy-map-name | interface [interface-id] [input | output] [class class-name]]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
policy-map-name
(Optional) Display the specified policy-map name.
class class-map-name
(Optional) Display QoS policy actions for an individual class.
interface [interface-id]
[input | output]
(Optional) Display information and statistics about policy maps applied to
all ports or the specified port. If you specify a port, you can specify
additional keywords.The keywords have these meanings:
•
interface-id—Display information about policy maps on the specified
physical interface.
•
input—Display information about input policy maps on the switch or
applied to the specified port.
•
output—Display the information about output policy-maps on the
switch or applied to the specified port.
class class-name
(Optional) Display policy-map statistics for an individual class.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Examples
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
This is an example of output from the show policy-map command:
Switch> show policy-map
Policy Map videowizard_policy2
class videowizard_10-10-10-10
police 100000000 2000000 exceed-action drop
Policy Map mypolicy
class dscp5
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-344
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
This is an example of output from the show policy-map command for a specific policy map:
Switch> show policy-map top2
Policy Map top2
Class class-default
shape average 11111124
service-policy pout
This is an example of output from the show policy-map command for an output policy map:
Switch> show policy-map pout
Policy Map pout
Class ip1
priority
police cir percent 10
conform-action transmit
exceed-action drop
queue-limit 250
queue-limit precedence 1 100
Class ip2
Average Rate Traffic Shaping
cir 5%
Class ip3
bandwidth percent 10
queue-limit 200
queue-limit precedence 3 100
This is an example of output from the show policy-map command for an input policy map:
Switch> show policy-map pin-police
Policy Map pin-police
Class ip1
police cir 20000000 bc 625000
conform-action transmit
exceed-action drop
This is an example of output from the show policy-map interface command for an interface with a
two-level output policy map applied:
Switch> show policy-map interface fastethernet0/3
FastEthernet0/3
Service-policy output: top2
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
209871 packets
Match: any
56 packets
Traffic Shaping
Average Rate Traffic Shaping
CIR 11111124 (bps)
Output Queue:
Tail Packets Drop: 195421
Service-policy : pout
Class-map: ip1 (match-all)
9309 packets
Match: ip precedence 1
Priority
police cir 20000000 bc 625000
conform-action transmit
exceed-action drop
conform: 4916 (packets) exceed: 4393 (packets)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-345
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
Queue Limit
queue-limit 250 (packets)
queue-limit precedence 1 100 (packets)
Output Queue:
Max Tail Drop Threshold: 250
Tail Packets Drop: 4393
Class-map: ip2 (match-all)
0 packets
Match: ip precedence 2
Traffic Shaping
Average Rate Traffic Shaping
CIR 5%
555555 (bps)
Output Queue:
Max Tail Drop Threshold: 48
Tail Packets Drop: 0
Class-map: ip3 (match-all)
0 packets
Match: ip precedence 3
Bandwidth percent 10
1111110 (bps)
Queue Limit
queue-limit 200 (packets)
queue-limit precedence 3 100 (packets)
Output Queue:
Max Tail Drop Threshold: 200
Tail Packets Drop: 0
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
200562 packets
Match: any
56 packets
Output Queue:
Tail Packets Drop: 191028
This is an example of output from the show policy-map interface command for an interface with an
input policy applied:
Switch> show policy-map interface gigabitethernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1
Service-policy input: pin-police
Class-map: ip1 (match-all)
0 packets
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: ip precedence 1
police cir 20000000 bc 625000
conform-action transmit
exceed-action drop
conform: 27927 (packets) exceed: 272073 (packets)
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any
0 packets
5 minute rate 0 bps
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-346
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show policy-map
Table 2-15 describes the fields in the show policy-map interface display. The fields in the table are
grouped according to the relevant QoS feature.
Table 2-15
show policy-map interface Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Fields associated with classes or service policies
Service-policy
input/output
Name of the input or output service policy applied to the specified interface.
Class-map
Class of traffic shown. Output appears for each configured class in the
policy. The choice for implementing class matches (match-all or match-any)
might also appear next to the traffic class.
packets
Number of packets identified as belonging to the traffic class.
Match
Match criteria specified for the class of traffic. This includes criteria such
as class of service (CoS) value, IP precedence value, Differentiated Services
Code Point (DSCP) value, access groups, and QoS groups.
Fields associated with policing
police
Shown when the police command has been configured to enable traffic
policing. Displays the specified committed information rate (CIR) and
conform burst size (BC) used for policing packets.
conform-action
Displays the action to be taken on packets marked as conforming to a
specified rate.
conform
Displays the number of packets marked as conforming to the specified rate.
exceed-action
Displays the actions to be taken on packets marked as exceeding a specified
rate.
exceed
Displays the number of packets marked as exceeding the specified rate.
Fields associated with queuing
Queue Limit
Queue size configured for the class in number of packets.
Output Queue
The queue created for this class of traffic.
Tail packets dropped
The number of packets dropped when the mean queue depth is greater than
the maximum threshold value.
Fields associated with traffic scheduling
Related Commands
Traffic shaping
The rate used for shaping traffic.
Bandwidth
Bandwidth configured for this class in kbps or a percentage.
Priority
Indicates that this class is configured for priority queuing.
Command
Description
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple ports to
specify a service policy.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-347
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
show port-security
Use the show port-security privileged EXEC command to display port-security settings for an interface
or for the switch.
show port-security [interface interface-id] [address | vlan] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
(Optional) Display port security settings for the specified interface. Valid
interfaces include physical ports (including type, module, and port number).
address
(Optional) Display all secure MAC addresses on all ports or a specified port.
vlan
(Optional) Display port security settings for all VLANs on the specified
interface. This keyword is visible only on interfaces that have the switchport
mode set to trunk.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the administrative and operational
status of all secure ports on the switch.
If you enter an interface-id, the command displays port security settings for the interface.
If you enter the address keyword, the command displays the secure MAC addresses for all interfaces
and the aging information for each secure address.
If you enter an interface-id and the address keyword, the command displays all the MAC addresses for
the interface with aging information for each secure address. You can also use this command to display
all the MAC addresses for an interface even if you have not enabled port security on it.
If you enter the vlan keyword, the command displays the configured maximum and the current number
of secure MAC addresses for all VLANs on the interface. This option is visible only on interfaces that
have the switchport mode set to trunk.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-348
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
Examples
This is an example of the output from the show port-security command:
Switch# show port-security
Secure Port
MaxSecureAddr CurrentAddr SecurityViolation Security Action
(Count)
(Count)
(Count)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Gi0/1
1
0
0
Shutdown
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)
: 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id command:
Switch# show port-security
Port Security : Enabled
Port status : SecureUp
Violation mode : Shutdown
Maximum MAC Addresses : 1
Total MAC Addresses : 0
Configured MAC Addresses :
Aging time : 0 mins
Aging type : Absolute
SecureStatic address aging
Security Violation count :
interface gigabitethernet0/1
0
: Disabled
0
This is an example of output from the show port-security address command:
Switch# show
port-security address
Secure Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
Remaining Age
(mins)
--------------------------------1
0006.0700.0800
SecureConfigured
Gi0/2
1
------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses in System (excluding one mac per port)
: 1
Max Addresses limit in System (excluding one mac per port) : 6272
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 address
command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 address
Secure Mac Address Table
------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan
Mac Address
Type
Ports
Remaining Age
(mins)
--------------------------------1
0006.0700.0800
SecureConfigured
Gi0/2
1
------------------------------------------------------------------Total Addresses: 1
This is an example of output from the show port-security interface interface-id vlan command:
Switch# show port-security interface gigabitethernet0/2 vlan
Default maximum:not set, using 5120
VLAN Maximum
Current
5
default
1
10
default
54
11
default
101
12
default
101
13
default
201
14
default
501
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-349
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show port-security
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear port-security
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address
or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.
switchport port-security
Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC
addresses.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-350
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show port-type
show port-type
Use the show port-type privileged EXEC command to display interface type information for the
Cisco ME switch.
show port-type [eni | nni | uni] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
eni
Enhanced network interface.
nni
Network node interface.
uni
User network interface.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(44)SE
The eni keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
If you enter the command without keywords, the output includes the interface type information for all
ports on the switch. If you specify the port type (eni, nni, or uni), the output includes information for
the specified port type.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show port-type command with no keywords:
Switch# show port-type
Port
Name
--------- -----------------Fa0/1
Fa0/2
Fa0/3
Fa0/4
Fa0/5
Fa0/6
Fa0/7
Fa0/8
Fa0/9
Fa0/10
Fa0/11
Fa0/12
Fa0/13
Vlan
---------1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Port Type
---------------------------User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
User Network Interface (uni)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-351
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show port-type
Fa0/14
Fa0/15
Fa0/16
Fa0/17
Fa0/18
Fa0/19
Fa0/20
Fa0/21
Fa0/22
Fa0/23
Fa0/24
Gi0/1
Gi0/2
1
1
1
routed
1
1
1
1
1
10
10
1
1
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
User Network
Network Node
Network Node
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
Interface
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(uni)
(nni)
(nni)
This is an example of output from the show port-type command using keywords:
Switch# show port-type nni |
Port
Name
--------- -----------------Gi0/2
Related Commands
exclude Gigabitethernet0/1
Vlan
Port Type
---------- ---------------------------1
Network Node Interface (nni)
Command
Description
port-type
Changes the interface type for a specific port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-352
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show sdm prefer
show sdm prefer
Use the show sdm prefer privileged EXEC command to display the Switch Database Management
(SDM) template used to allocate system resources.
show sdm prefer [layer-2] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
layer-2
(Optional) Display resource allocations for the template that supports Layer 2
features and does not support routing.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The numbers displayedrepresent an approximate maximum number for each feature resource. The actual
number might vary, depending on the actual number of other features configured.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show sdm prefer command, displaying the template in use:
Switch# show sdm prefer
The current template is ''layer-2'' template.
The selected template optimizes the resources in
the switch to support this level of features for
8 routed interfaces and 1024 VLANs.
number
number
number
number
number
number
number
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
unicast mac addresses:
IPv4 IGMP groups:
IPv4 multicast routes:
unicast IPv4 routes:
IPv4 policy based routing aces:
IPv4/MAC qos aces:
IPv4/MAC security aces:
2K
1K
0
0
0
512
1K
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-353
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree user EXEC command to display spanning-tree state information.
show spanning-tree [bridge-group | active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | mst | pathcost method | root | summary [totals] |
vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree bridge-group [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [| {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [active [detail] | blockedports | bridge | detail [active] |
inconsistentports | interface interface-id | root | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} bridge [address | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | priority [system-id] | protocol] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree {vlan vlan-id | bridge-group} root [address | cost | detail | forward-time |
hello-time | id | max-age | port | priority [system-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
show spanning-tree interface interface-id [active [detail] | cost | detail [active] | inconsistency |
portfast | priority | rootcost | state] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
show spanning-tree mst [configuration [digest]] | [instance-id [detail | interface interface-id
[detail]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
bridge-group
(Optional) Specify the bridge group number. The range is 1 to 255.
active [detail]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information only on active interfaces
(available only in privileged EXEC mode).
blockedports
(Optional) Display blocked port information (available only in privileged
EXEC mode).
(Optional) Display status and configuration of this switch (optional
bridge [address | detail |
forward-time | hello-time | keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode).
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
detail [active]
(Optional) Display a detailed summary of interface information (active
keyword available only in privileged EXEC mode).
inconsistentports
(Optional) Display inconsistent port information (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-354
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
interface interface-id
[active [detail] | cost |
detail [active] |
inconsistency | portfast |
priority | rootcost | state]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface
(all options except portfast and state available only in privileged EXEC
mode). Enter each interface separated by a space. Ranges are not
supported. Valid interfaces include physical network node interfaces
(NNIs), enhanced network interfaces (ENIs), VLANs, and NNI or ENI
port channels. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is
1 to 48.
Note
mst [configuration
[digest]] [instance-id
[detail | interface
interface-id [detail]]
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user node
interfaces (UNIs). If you enter a UNI interface ID, no
spanning-tree information is displayed.
(Optional) Display the multiple spanning-tree (MST) region
configuration and status (available only in privileged EXEC mode).
The keywords have these meanings:
•
digest—(Optional) Display the MD5 digest included in the current
MST configuration identifier (MSTCI). Two separate digests, one for
standard and one for prestandard switches, appear (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
The terminology was updated for the implementation of the IEEE
standard, and the txholdcount field was added.
The new master role appears for boundary ports.
The word pre-standard or Pre-STD appears when an IEEE standard
bridge sends prestandard BPDUs on a port.
The word pre-standard (config) or Pre-STD-Cf appears when a port
has been configured to send prestandard BPDUs and no prestandard
BPDU has been received on that port.
The word pre-standard (rcvd) or Pre-STD-Rx appears when a
prestandard BPDU has been received on a port that has not been
configured to send prestandard BPDUs.
A dispute flag appears when a designated port receives inferior
designated information until the port returns to the forwarding state
or ceases to be designated.
pathcost method
•
instance-id—You can specify a single instance ID, a range of IDs
separated by a hyphen, or a series of IDs separated by a comma. The
range is 1 to 4094. The display shows the number of currently
configured instances.
•
interface interface-id—(Optional) Valid interfaces include VLANs,
physical NNIs and NNI port channels, and physical ENIs and ENI
port channels. STP is not supported on UNIs.
The VLAN range is 1 to 4094. The port-channel range is 1 to 48.
•
detail—(Optional) Display detailed information for the instance or
interface.
(Optional) Display the default path cost method (available only in
privileged EXEC mode).
root [address | cost | detail (Optional) Display root switch status and configuration (all keywords
| forward-time | hello-time available only in privileged EXEC mode).
| id | max-age | port |
priority [system-id]]
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-355
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
summary [totals]
(Optional) Display a summary of port states or the total lines of the
spanning-tree state section.
vlan vlan-id [active
[detail] | backbonefast |
blockedports | bridge
[address | detail |
forward-time | hello-time |
id | max-age | priority
[system-id] | protocol]
(Optional) Display spanning-tree information for the specified VLAN
(some keywords available only in privileged EXEC mode). You can
specify a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of
VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a
comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The digest keyword was added, and new digest and transmit hold count
fields appear.
Usage Guidelines
STP is not supported on UNIs. Valid spanning-tree information is available only for NNIs or ENIs.
If the vlan-id variable is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance for all VLANs.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree active command:
Switch# show spanning-tree active
VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID
Priority
32768
Address
0001.42e2.cdd0
Cost
3038
Port
24 (GigabitEthernet0/1)
Hello Time
2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
Priority
49153 (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)
Address
0003.fd63.9580
Hello Time
2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Interface
Role Sts Cost
Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- -------------------------------Gi0/1
Root FWD 3019
128.24
P2p
<output truncated>
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-356
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree detail command:
Switch# show spanning-tree detail
VLAN0001 is executing the ieee compatible Spanning Tree protocol
Bridge Identifier has priority 49152, sysid 1, address 0003.fd63.9580
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Current root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Root port is 24 (GigabitEthernet0/1), cost of root path is 3038
Topology change flag not set, detected flag not set
Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 1d16h ago
Times: hold 1, topology change 35, notification 2
hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Timers: hello 0, topology change 0, notification 0, aging 300
Uplinkfast enabled
Port 1 (GigabitEthernet0/1) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 3019, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.24.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.42e2.cdd0
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 00d0.bbf5.c680
Designated port id is 128.25, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 2, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is point-to-point by default
BPDU: sent 0, received 72364
<output truncated>
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree interface interface-id command:
Switch# show spanning-tree interface gigabitethernet0/1
Vlan
Role Sts Cost
Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- -------------------------------VLAN0001
Root FWD 3019
128.24
P2p
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree summary command:
Switch# show spanning-tree summary
Switch is in pvst mode
Root bridge for: none
EtherChannel misconfiguration guard
Extended system ID
is enabled
Portfast
is disabled by
PortFast BPDU Guard is disabled by
Portfast BPDU Filter is disabled by
Loopguard
is disabled by
Pathcost method used is short
is enabled
default
default
default
default
Name
Blocking Listening Learning Forwarding STP Active
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------VLAN0001
1
0
0
11
12
VLAN0002
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0004
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0006
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0031
3
0
0
1
4
VLAN0032
3
0
0
1
4
<output truncated>
---------------------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ---------37 vlans
109
0
0
47
156
Station update rate set to 150 packets/sec.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-357
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration
Name
[region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- -----------------0
1-9,21-4094
1
10-20
----------------------------
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst configuration digest command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst configuration
% Switch is not in mst mode
Name
[]
Revision 0
Instances configured 1
Digest
0xAC36177F50283CD4B83821D8AB26DE62
Pre-std Digest 0xBB3B6C15EF8D089BB55ED10D24DF44DE
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst interface gigabitethernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/1 of MST00 is root forwarding
Edge port: no
(default)
port guard : none
Link type: point-to-point (auto)
bpdu filter: disable
Boundary : boundary
(STP)
bpdu guard : disable
Bpdus sent 5, received 74
Instance role state cost
0
root FWD
200000
(default)
(default)
(default)
prio vlans mapped
128 1,12,14-4094
This is an example of output from the show spanning-tree mst 0 command:
Switch# show spanning-tree mst 0
###### MST00
vlans mapped: 1-9,21-4094
Bridge
address 0002.4b29.7a00 priority 32768
Root
address 0001.4297.e000 priority 32768
port
Gi0/1
path
IST master *this switch
Operational hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age
Configured hello time 2, forward delay 15, max age
Interface
-------------------GigabitEthernet0/1
GigabitEthernet0/2
Port-channel1
role
---root
desg
desg
state
----FWD
FWD
FWD
cost
--------200000
200000
200000
prio
---128
128
128
(32768 sysid 0)
(32768 sysid 0)
cost 200038
20, max hops 20
20, max hops 20
type
-------------------------------P2P bound(STP)
P2P bound(STP)
P2P bound(STP)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-358
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show spanning-tree
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear spanning-tree counters
Clears the spanning-tree counters.
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge
protocol data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it
receives a BPDU.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree extend system-id
Enables the extended system ID feature.
spanning-tree guard
Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the
VLANs associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting for rapid
spanning-tree transitions to the forwarding state.
spanning-tree loopguard default
Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming the
designated port because of a failure that leads to a
unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst configuration
Enters multiple spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode
through which the MST region configuration occurs.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in an MST region before the
BPDU is discarded and the information held for an
interface is aged.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority
Configures the switch priority for the specified
spanning-tree instance.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based
on the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard
feature on Port Fast-enabled interfaces or enables the Port
Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface and all its
associated VLANs.
spanning-tree vlan
Configures spanning tree on a per-VLAN basis.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-359
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control user EXEC command to display broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm
control settings on the switch or on the specified interface or to display storm-control history.
show storm-control [interface-id] [broadcast | multicast | unicast] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) Interface ID for the physical port (including type, module, and port
number).
broadcast
(Optional) Display broadcast storm threshold setting.
multicast
(Optional) Display multicast storm threshold setting.
unicast
(Optional) Display unicast storm threshold setting.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter an interface-id, the storm control thresholds appear for the specified interface.
If you do not enter an interface-id, settings appear for one traffic type for all ports on the switch.
If you do not enter a traffic type, settings appear for broadcast storm control.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of a partial output from the show storm-control command when no keywords are
entered. Because no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.
Switch> show storm-control
Interface
Filter State
--------------------Gi0/1
Forwarding
Gi0/2
Forwarding
<output truncated>
Upper
---------20 pps
50.00%
Lower
--------10 pps
40.00%
Current
--------5 pps
0.00%
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-360
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show storm-control
This is an example of output from the show storm-control command for a specified interface. Because
no traffic-type keyword was entered, the broadcast storm control settings appear.
Switch> show
Interface
--------Gi0/1
storm-control gigabitethernet 0/1
Filter State
Upper
Lower
------------- ---------- --------Forwarding
20 pps
10 pps
Current
--------5 pps
Table 2-16 describes the fields in the show storm-control display.
Table 2-16
Related Commands
show storm-control Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Interface
Displays the ID of the interface.
Filter State
Displays the status of the filter:
•
Blocking—Storm control is enabled, and a storm has occurred.
•
Forwarding—Storm control is enabled, and no storms have occurred.
•
Inactive—Storm control is disabled.
Upper
Displays the rising suppression level as a percentage of total available
bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Lower
Displays the falling suppression level as a percentage of total available
bandwidth in packets per second or in bits per second.
Current
Displays the bandwidth usage of broadcast traffic or the specified traffic type
(broadcast, multicast, or unicast) as a percentage of total available
bandwidth. This field is only valid when storm control is enabled.
Command
Description
storm-control
Sets the broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control levels for the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-361
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show system mtu
show system mtu
Use the show system mtu privileged EXEC command to display the global maximum transmission unit
(MTU) or maximum packet size set for the switch.
show system mtu [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you have used the system mtu or system mtu jumbo global configuration command to change the
MTU setting, the new setting does not take effect until you reset the switch.
The system MTU refers to ports operating at 10/100 Mbps; the system jumbo MTU refers to Gigabit
ports.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show system mtu command:
Switch# show system mtu
System MTU size is 1500 bytes
System Jumbo MTU size is 1500 bytes
Related Commands
Command
Description
system mtu
Sets the MTU size for the Fast Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-362
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show table-map
show table-map
Use the show table-map user EXEC command to display quality of service (QoS) table-map
information about all configured table maps or the specified table map.
show table-map [table-map-name] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
table-map-name
(Optional) The name of the table map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
are not displayed, but the lines that contain Output are displayed.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show table-map command:
Switch> show table-map
tandoori_1>show table-map
Table Map abc
default copy
Table Map cos2dscp
from 2 to 16
default copy
Table Map cos2cos
from 2 to 5
from 3 to 6
default 7
Table Map cos2cos10
default copy
Table Map cos=cos
default copy
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-363
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show table-map
This is an example of output from the show table-map command for a specific table map name:
Switch> show table-map tm
Table Map tm
from 1 to 62
from 2 to 63
default ignore
Related Commands
Command
Description
table-map
Creates quality of service (QoS) mapping tables, such as CoS to DSCP, and
so on.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-364
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
show udld
Use the show udld user EXEC command to display UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD)
administrative and operational status for all ports or the specified port.
show udld [interface-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface-id
(Optional) ID of the interface and port number. Valid interfaces include
physical ports and VLANs. The VLAN range is 1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not enter an interface-id, administrative and operational UDLD status for all interfaces appear.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show udld interface-id command. For this display, UDLD is
enabled on both ends of the link, and UDLD detects that the link is bidirectional. Table 2-17 describes
the fields in this display.
Switch> show udld gigabitethernet0/1
Interface gi0/1
--Port enable administrative configuration setting: Follows device default
Port enable operational state: Enabled
Current bidirectional state: Bidirectional
Current operational state: Advertisement - Single Neighbor detected
Message interval: 60
Time out interval: 5
Entry 1
Expiration time: 146
Device ID: 1
Current neighbor state: Bidirectional
Device name: Switch-A
Port ID: Gi0/1
Neighbor echo 1 device: Switch-B
Neighbor echo 1 port: Gi0/2
Message interval: 5
CDP Device name: Switch-A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-365
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show udld
Table 2-17
show udld Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Interface
The interface on the local device configured for UDLD.
Port enable administrative
configuration setting
How UDLD is configured on the port. If UDLD is enabled or disabled, the port
enable configuration setting is the same as the operational enable state. Otherwise,
the enable operational setting depends on the global enable setting.
Port enable operational state
Operational state that shows whether UDLD is actually running on this port.
Current bidirectional state
The bidirectional state of the link. An unknown state appears if the link is down or
if it is connected to an UDLD-incapable device. A bidirectional state appears if the
link is a normal two-way connection to a UDLD-capable device. All other values
mean miswiring.
Current operational state
The current phase of the UDLD state machine. For a normal bidirectional link, the
state machine is most often in the Advertisement phase.
Message interval
How often advertisement messages are sent from the local device. Measured in
seconds.
Time out interval
The time period, in seconds, that UDLD waits for echoes from a neighbor device
during the detection window.
Entry 1
Information from the first cache entry, which contains a copy of echo information
received from the neighbor.
Expiration time
The amount of time in seconds remaining before this cache entry is aged out.
Device ID
The neighbor device identification.
Current neighbor state
The neighbor’s current state. If both the local and neighbor devices are running
UDLD normally, the neighbor state and local state should be bidirectional. If the link
is down or the neighbor is not UDLD-capable, no cache entries appear.
Device name
The device name or the system serial number of the neighbor. The system serial
number appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).
Port ID
The neighbor port ID enabled for UDLD.
Neighbor echo 1 device
The device name of the neighbors’ neighbor from which the echo originated.
Neighbor echo 1 port
The port number ID of the neighbor from which the echo originated.
Message interval
The rate, in seconds, at which the neighbor is sending advertisement messages.
CDP device name
The CDP device name or the system serial number. The system serial number
appears if the device name is not set or is set to the default (Switch).
Related Commands
Command
Description
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the
configurable message timer time.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shutdown by UDLD and permits traffic to begin
passing through them again.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-366
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show version
show version
Use the show version user EXEC command to display version information for the hardware and
firmware.
show version [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show version command:
Note
Though visible in the show version output, the configuration register information is not
supported on the switch.
Switch> show version
Cisco IOS Software, MEAP Software (MEAP-IPSERVICES-M), Experimental Version 12.2
(20050712:084347) [teresang-meap-bug-fix 109]
Copyright (c) 1986-2005 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Sun 17-Jul-05 13:19 by teresang
ROM: Bootstrap program is C3750 boot loader
BOOTLDR: ME3400 Boot Loader (me3400-HBOOT-M), Version 12.2 [mbutts-meap2 103]
tandoori_1 uptime is 1 day, 2 hours, 49 minutes
System returned to ROM by power-on
System image file is "flash:image"
cisco ME-3440-24T-FA (PowerPC405) processor with 118784K/12280K bytes of memory.
Processor board ID FSJC0407862
Last reset from power-on
Target IOS Version 12.2(25)SE
3 Virtual Ethernet interfaces
24 FastEthernet interfaces
2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-367
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show version
The password-recovery mechanism is enabled.
512K bytes of flash-simulated non-volatile configuration memory.
Base ethernet MAC Address
: 00:0B:FC:FF:32:80
Power supply part number
: 341-0149-01
Motherboard serial number
: FHH0848001R
Power supply serial number
: DTH0450000T
System serial number
: FSJC0407862
Top Assembly Part Number
: 800-26552-01
Top Assembly Revision Number
: 05
Hardware Board Revision Number : 0x01
Switch
-----*
1
Ports
----26
Model
----ME-3440-24T-FA
SW Version
---------12.2(20050712:084347)
SW Image
---------MEAP-IPSERVICES-M
Configuration register is 0xF
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-368
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
show vlan
Use the show vlan user EXEC command to display the parameters for all configured VLANs or one
VLAN (if the VLAN ID or name is specified) on the switch.
show vlan [access-map | brief | filter | id vlan-id | mtu | name vlan-name | private-vlan [type] |
remote-span | summary | uni-vlan [type] ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
Note
access-map
See the show vlan access-map command.
brief
(Optional) Display one line for each VLAN with the VLAN name, status,
and its ports.
filter
See the show vlan filter command.
id vlan-id
(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID
number. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094.
mtu
(Optional) Display a list of VLANs and the minimum and maximum
transmission unit (MTU) sizes configured on ports in the VLAN.
name vlan-name
(Optional) Display information about a single VLAN identified by VLAN
name. The VLAN name is an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters.
private-vlan [type]
(Optional) Display information about configured private VLANs, including
primary and secondary VLAN IDs, type (community, isolated, or primary)
and ports belonging to the private VLAN. Enter type (optional) to see only
the VLAN ID and the type of private VLAN.
remote-span
(Optional) Display information about Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLANs.
summary
(Optional) Display VLAN summary information.
uni-vlan [type]
(Optional) Display user network interface-enhanced network interface
(UNI-ENI) VLAN information. Enter type (optional) to see only the VLAN
ID and type of UNI-ENI VLAN.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Though visible in the command-line help string, the ifindex and internal usage keywords are not
supported.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-369
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Usage Guidelines
In the show vlan mtu command output, the MTU_Mismatch column shows whether all the ports in the
VLAN have the same MTU. When yes appears in this column, it means that the VLAN has ports with
different MTUs. Packets that are switched from a port with a larger MTU to a port with a smaller MTU
might be dropped. If the VLAN does not have a switch virtual interface (SVI), the hyphen (-) symbol
appears in the SVI_MTU column. If the MTU-Mismatch column displays yes, the names of the port with
the MinMTU and the port with the MaxMTU appear.
If you try to associate a private VLAN secondary VLAN with a primary VLAN before you define the
secondary VLAN, the secondary VLAN is not included in the show vlan private-vlan command output.
In the show vlan private-vlan type command output, a normal type means a VLAN has a private VLAN
association but is not part of the private VLAN. For example, if you define and associate two VLANs as
primary and secondary VLANs and then delete the secondary VLAN configuration but do not remove
the association from the primary VLAN, the VLAN that was the secondary VLAN is shown as normal
in the display. In the show vlan private-vlan output, the primary and secondary VLAN pair is shown as
non-operational.
In the show vlan uni-vlan type command output, type is either community or isolated. User network
interfaces (UNIs) or enhanced network interfaced (ENIs) in a UNI-ENI community VLAN can
communicate with each other; UNIs or ENIs in a UNI-ENI isolated VLAN cannot communicate.
Network node interfaces (NNIs) can communicate with each other and with UNIs or ENIs in UNI-ENI
isolated and community VLANs.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan command. Table 2-18 describes the fields in the display.
Note
The switch supports only Ethernet VLANs. You can configure parameters for FDDI and Token Ring
VLANs and view the results in the vlan.dat file, but these parameters are not supported or used.
Switch> show vlan
Switch#show vlan
VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------1
default
active
Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/3, Fa0/4
Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/7, Fa0/8
Fa0/9, Fa0/10, Fa0/11, Fa0/12
Fa0/13, Fa0/14, Fa0/15, Fa0/16
Fa0/17, Fa0/18, Fa0/19, Fa0/20
Fa0/21, Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24
Gi0/1, Gi0/2
1002 fddi-default
act/unsup
1003 token-ring-default
act/unsup
1004 fddinet-default
act/unsup
1005 trnet-default
act/unsup
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-370
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
VLAN
---1
1002
1003
1004
1005
Type SAID
MTU
----- ---------- ----enet 100001
1500
fddi 101002
1500
tr
101003
1500
fdnet 101004
1500
trnet 101005
1500 -
Parent
------
RingNo
------
BridgeNo
-------ibm -
Stp
---ieee
0
BrdgMode
-------0VLAN
Trans1
-----0
0
0
0
Name
Trans2
-----0
0
0
0
Remote SPAN VLANs
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Primary Secondary Type
Ports
------- --------- ----------------- -----------------------------------------VLAN Type
Ports
--------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------
Table 2-18
show vlan Command Output Fields
Field
Description
VLAN
VLAN number.
Name
Name, if configured, of the VLAN.
Status
Status of the VLAN (active or suspend).
Ports
Ports that belong to the VLAN.
Type
Media type of the VLAN.
SAID
Security association ID value for the VLAN.
MTU
Maximum transmission unit size for the VLAN.
Parent
Parent VLAN, if one exists.
RingNo
Ring number for the VLAN, if applicable.
BrdgNo
Bridge number for the VLAN, if applicable.
Stp
Spanning Tree Protocol type used on the VLAN.
BrdgMode
Bridging mode for this VLAN—possible values are source-route bridging
(SRB) and source-route transparent (SRT); the default is SRB.
Trans1
Translation bridge 1.
Trans2
Translation bridge 2.
Remote SPAN VLANs
Identifies any RSPAN VLANs that have been configured.
Primary/Secondary/
Type/Ports
Includes any configured private VLANs, including the primary VLAN ID,
the secondary VLAN ID, the type of secondary VLAN (community or
isolated), and the ports that belong to it.
VLAN Type/Ports
Displays any configured UNI-ENI VLANs, the type (community or
isolated), and the ports that belong to it.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-371
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
This is an example of output from the show vlan private-vlan command:
Switch> show vlan
Primary Secondary
------- --------10
501
10
502
10
503
20
25
20
30
20
35
20
55
2000
2500
private-vlan
Type
----------------isolated
community
non-operational3
isolated
community
community
non-operational
isolated
Ports
-----------------------------------------Gi0/3
Fa0/11
Fa0/13, Fa0/20, Fa0/22, Gi0/1,
Fa0/13, Fa0/20, Fa0/21, Gi0/1,
Fa0/13, Fa0/20, Fa0/23, Fa0/33. Gi0/1,
Fa0/5, Fa0/10, Fa0/15
This is an example of output from the show vlan private-vlan type command:
Switch> show vlan private-vlan type
Vlan Type
---- ----------------10
primary
501 isolated
502 community
503 normal
This is an example of output from the show vlan uni-vlan type command:
Switch> show vlan uni-vlan type
Vlan Type
---- ----------------1
UNI isolated
20
UNI community
201 UNI isolated
This is an example of output from the show vlan summary command:
Switch> show vlan summary
Number of existing VLANs
: 45
Number of existing VTP VLANs
: 0
Number of existing extended VLANs : 0
This is an example of output from the show vlan id command.
Switch# show vlan id 2
VLAN Name
Status
Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- ------------------------------2
VLAN0200
active
Gi0/1, Gi0/2
VLAN Type SAID
MTU
Parent RingNo BridgeNo Stp BrdgMode Trans1 Trans2
---- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------ -------- ---- -------- ------ -----2
enet 100002
1500 0
0
Remote SPAN VLAN
---------------Disabled
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-372
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
private-vlan
Configures a VLAN as a community, isolated, or primary VLAN or
associates a primary VLAN with secondary VLANs.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
vlan
Enables VLAN configuration mode where you can configure VLANs 1 to
4094.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-373
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan access-map
show vlan access-map
Use the show vlan access-map privileged EXEC command to display information about a particular
VLAN access map or for all VLAN access maps.
show vlan access-map [mapname] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
mapname
(Optional) Name of a specific VLAN access map.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan access-map command:
Switch# show vlan access-map
Vlan access-map "SecWiz" 10
Match clauses:
ip address: SecWiz_Fa1_0_3_in_ip
Action:
forward
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan filter
Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN or
VLAN access map.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter
Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-374
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan filter
show vlan filter
Use the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command to display information about all VLAN filters or
about a particular VLAN or VLAN access map.
show vlan filter [access-map name | vlan vlan-id] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
access-map name
(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN access map.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Display filtering information for the specified VLAN. The range is
1 to 4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vlan filter command:
Switch# show vlan filter
VLAN Map map_1 is filtering VLANs:
20-22
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-375
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vlan filter
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or for all
VLAN access maps.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
vlan filter
Applies a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-376
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
show vmps
Use the show vmps user EXEC command without keywords to display the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
version, reconfirmation interval, retry count, VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) IP addresses,
and the current and primary servers, or use the statistics keyword to display client-side statistics.
show vmps [statistics] [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
statistics
(Optional) Display VQP client-side statistics and counters.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
User EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Examples
This is an example of output from the show vmps statistics command.
Switch> show vmps statistics
VMPS Client Statistics
---------------------VQP Queries:
0
VQP Responses:
0
VMPS Changes:
0
VQP Shutdowns:
0
VQP Denied:
0
VQP Wrong Domain:
0
VQP Wrong Version:
0
VQP Insufficient Resource: 0
Table 2-19 describes each field in the display.
Table 2-19
show vmps statistics Field Descriptions
Field
Description
VQP Queries
Number of queries sent by the client to the VMPS.
VQP Responses
Number of responses sent to the client from the VMPS.
VMPS Changes
Number of times that the VMPS changed from one server to another.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-377
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
show vmps
Table 2-19
show vmps statistics Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
VQP Shutdowns
Number of times the VMPS sent a response to shut down the port. The client disables the port and
removes all dynamic addresses on this port from the address table. You must administratively
re-enable the port to restore connectivity.
VQP Denied
Number of times the VMPS denied the client request for security reasons. When the VMPS response
denies an address, no frame is forwarded to or from the workstation with that address (broadcast or
multicast frames are delivered to the workstation if the port has been assigned to a VLAN). The client
keeps the denied address in the address table as a blocked address to prevent more queries from being
sent to the VMPS for each new packet received from this workstation. The client ages the address if
no new packets are received from this workstation on this port within the aging time period.
VQP Wrong Domain
Number of times the management domain in the request does not match the one for the VMPS. Any
previous VLAN assignments of the port are not changed. This response means that the server and the
client have not been configured with the same VQP management domain.
VQP Wrong Version
Number of times the version field in the query packet contains a value that is higher than the version
supported by the VMPS. The VLAN assignment of the port is not changed. The switches send only
VMPS Version 1 requests.
VQP Insufficient
Resource
Number of times the VMPS is unable to answer the request because of a resource availability problem.
If the retry limit has not yet been reached, the client repeats the request with the same server or with
the next alternate server, depending on whether the per-server retry count has been reached.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear vmps statistics
Clears the statistics maintained by the VQP client.
vmps reconfirm
(privileged EXEC)
Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the
VMPS.
vmps retry
Configures the per-server retry count for the VQP client.
vmps server
Configures the primary VMPS and up to three secondary servers.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-378
OL-9643-03
2]
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown
shutdown
Use the shutdown interface configuration command to disable an interface. Use the no form of this
command to restart a disabled interface.
shutdown
no shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The shutdown command causes a port to stop forwarding. The default state for a user network interface
(UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI) is shut down. Before you can configure a UNI or ENI, you
must enable it with the no shutdown command. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by default.
The no shutdown command has no effect if the port is a static-access port assigned to a VLAN that has
been deleted, suspended, or shut down. The port must first be a member of an active VLAN before it can
be re-enabled.
The shutdown command disables all functions on the specified interface.
This command also marks the interface as unavailable. To see if an interface is disabled, use the show
interfaces privileged EXEC command. An interface that has been shut down is shown as
administratively down in the display.
Examples
These examples show how to disable and re-enable a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# shutdown
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no shutdown
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-379
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
shutdown vlan
shutdown vlan
Use the shutdown vlan global configuration command to shut down (suspend) local traffic on the
specified VLAN. Use the no form of this command to restart local traffic on the VLAN.
shutdown vlan vlan-id
no shutdown vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
ID of the VLAN to be locally shut down. The range is 2 to 1001. VLANs defined as
default VLANs (1 and 1002 to 1005), as well as extended-range VLANs (greater
than 1005) cannot be shut down.
Usage Guidelines
Use the shutdown VLAN configuration command to shut down local traffic on any VLAN, including
extended-range VLANs (1006-4094).
Examples
This example shows how to shut down traffic on VLAN 2:
Switch(config)# shutdown vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
shutdown (VLAN
configuration)
Shuts down local traffic on the VLAN when in VLAN configuration mode
(accessed by the vlan vlan-id global configuration command).
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-380
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
small-frame violation rate
small-frame violation rate
Use the small-frame violation rate pps interface configuration command on the switch stack or on a
standalone switch to configure the rate (threshold) for an interface to be error disabled when it receives
VLAN-tagged packets that are small frames (67 bytes or less) at the specified rate. Use the no form of
this command to return to the default setting.
small-frame violation rate pps
no small-frame violation rate pps
Syntax Description
pps
Defaults
This feature is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the threshold at which an interface receiving small frames will be
error disabled. The range is 1 to 10,000 packets per second (pps).
This command enables the rate (threshold) for a port to be error disabled when it receives small frames.
Small frames are considered packets that are 67 frames or less.
Use the errdisable detect cause small-frame global configuration command to globally enable the
small-frames threshold for each port.
You can configure the port to be automatically re-enabled by using the errdisable recovery cause
small-frame global configuration command. You configure the recovery time by using the errdisable
recovery interval interval global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the small-frame arrival rate feature so that the port is error disabled
if incoming small frames arrived at 10,000 pps.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet2/0/1
Switch(config-if)# small-frame violation rate 10000
You can verify your setting by entering the privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-381
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
small-frame violation rate
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable detect cause small-frame
Allows any switch port to be put into the error-disabled state
if an incoming frame is smaller than the minimum size and
arrives at the specified rate (threshold).
errdisable recovery cause
small-frame
Enables the recovery timer.
show interfaces
Displays the interface settings on the switch, including input
and output flow control.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-382
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server enable traps
Use the snmp-server enable traps global configuration command to enable the switch to send Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications for various traps or inform requests to the network
management system (NMS). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
snmp-server enable traps [bridge [newroot] [topologychange] | config | copy-config | entity |
envmon [fan | shutdown | status | supply | temperature] | ethernet | flash | mac-notification
| port-security [trap-rate value] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart | linkdown | linkup
| warmstart] | storm-control trap-rate value | stpx [inconsistency] [root-inconsistency]
[loop-inconsistency] | syslog | tty | vlan-membership | vlancreate | vlandelete]
no snmp-server enable traps [bridge [newroot] [topologychange] | config | copy-config | entity
| envmon [fan | shutdown | status | supply | temperature] | ethernet | flash | mac-notification
| port-security [trap-rate value] | rtr | snmp [authentication | coldstart | linkdown | linkup
| warmstart] | storm-control trap-rate value | stpx [inconsistency] [root-inconsistency]
[loop-inconsistency] | syslog | tty | vlan-membership | vlancreate | vlandelete]
Syntax Description
bridge [newroot]
[topologychange]
(Optional) Generate Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) bridge MIB traps. The
keywords have these meanings:
•
newroot—(Optional) Enable SNMP STP bridge MIB new root traps.
•
topologychange—(Optional) Enable SNMP STP bridge MIB topology
change traps.
config
(Optional) Enable SNMP configuration traps.
copy-config
(Optional) Enable SNMP copy-configuration traps.
entity
(Optional) Enable SNMP entity traps.
envmon [fan |
shutdown | status |
supply | temperature]
Optional) Enable SNMP environmental traps. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
fan—(Optional) Enable fan traps.
•
shutdown—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor shutdown traps.
•
status—(Optional) Enable SNMP environmental status-change traps.
•
supply—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor power-supply traps.
•
temperature—(Optional) Enable environmental monitor temperature
traps.
ethernet
(Optional) Enable SNMP Ethernet traps.
flash
(Optional) Enable SNMP flash notifications.
mac-notification
(Optional) Enable MAC address notification traps.
port-security
[trap-rate value]
(Optional) Enable port security traps. Use the trap-rate keyword to set the
maximum number of port-security traps sent per second. The range is from
0 to 1000; the default is 0 (no limit imposed; a trap is sent at every
port-security occurrence).
rtr
(Optional) Enable SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-383
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
snmp [authentication | (Optional) Enable SNMP traps. The keywords have these meanings:
coldstart | linkdown |
• authentication—(Optional) Enable authentication trap.
linkup | warmstart]
• coldstart—(Optional) Enable cold-start trap.
Note
•
linkdown—(Optional) Enable linkdown trap.
•
linkup—(Optional) Enable linkup trap.
•
warmstart—(Optional) Enable warm-start trap.
storm-control
trap-rate value
(Optional) Enable storm-control traps. Use the trap-rate keyword to set the
maximum number of storm-control traps sent per second. The range is from
0 to 1000; the default is 0 (no limit is imposed; a trap is sent at every
storm-control occurrence).
stpx [inconsistency]
[root-inconsistency]
[loop-inconsistency]
(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB traps. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB inconsistency
update traps.
•
root-inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB root
inconsistency update traps.
•
loop-inconsistency—(Optional) Enable SNMP STPX MIB loop
inconsistency update traps.
syslog
(Optional) Enable SNMP syslog traps.
tty
(Optional) Send TCP connection traps. This is enabled by default.
vlan-membership
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN membership traps.
vlancreate
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-created traps.
vlandelete
(Optional) Enable SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the cpu [threshold], fru-ctrl insertion and removal,
and vtp keywords are not supported. The snmp-server enable informs global configuration command
is not supported. To enable the sending of SNMP inform notifications, use the snmp-server enable
traps global configuration command combined with the snmp-server host host-addr informs global
configuration command.
Defaults
The sending of SNMP traps is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the host (NMS) that receives the traps by using the snmp-server host global configuration
command. If no trap types are specified, all trap types are sent.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-384
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server enable traps
When supported, use the snmp-server enable traps command to enable sending of traps or informs.
Note
Informs are not supported in SNMPv1.
To enable more than one type of trap, you must enter a separate snmp-server enable traps command
for each trap type.
Examples
This example shows how to send port security traps to the NMS:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps port security
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this link to
the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_command
_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate to
the command.
snmp-server host
Specifies the host that receives SNMP traps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-385
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
snmp-server host
Use the snmp-server host global configuration command to specify the recipient (host) of a Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notification operation. Use the no form of this command to
remove the specified host.
snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth| priv}] [vrf
vrf-instance] {community-string [notification-type]}
no snmp-server host host-addr [informs | traps] [version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth | priv}] [vrf
vrf-instance] community-string
Syntax Description
host-addr
Name or Internet address of the host (the targeted recipient).
udp-port port
(Optional) Configure the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) port number of the
host to receive the traps. The range is from 0 to 65535.
informs | traps
(Optional) Send SNMP traps or informs to this host.
version 1 | 2c | 3
(Optional) Version of the SNMP used to send the traps.
These keywords are supported:
1—SNMPv1. This option is not available with informs.
2c—SNMPv2C.
3—SNMPv3. These optional keywords can follow the Version 3 keyword:
•
auth (Optional). Enables Message Digest 5 (MD5) and Secure Hash
Algorithm (SHA) packet authentication.
•
noauth (Default). The noAuthNoPriv security level. This is the default
if the [auth | noauth | priv] keyword choice is not specified.
•
priv (Optional). Enables Data Encryption Standard (DES) packet
encryption (also called privacy).
Note
The priv keyword is available only when the cryptographic
(encrypted) software image is installed.
vrf vrf-instance
(Optional) Virtual private network (VPN) routing instance and name for this
host.
community-string
Password-like community string sent with the notification operation. Though
you can set this string by using the snmp-server host command, we
recommend that you define this string by using the snmp-server community
global configuration command before using the snmp-server host
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-386
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
notification-type
Note
Defaults
(Optional) Type of notification to be sent to the host. If no type is specified,
all notifications are sent. The notification type can be one or more of the
these keywords:
•
bridge—Send SNMP Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) bridge MIB traps.
•
config—Send SNMP configuration traps.
•
copy-config—Send SNMP copy configuration traps.
•
entity— Send SNMP entity traps.
•
envmon—Send environmental monitor traps.
•
flash—Send SNMP FLASH notifications.
•
mac-notification—Send SNMP MAC notification traps.
•
port-security—Send SNMP port-security traps.
•
rtr—Send SNMP Response Time Reporter traps.
•
snmp—Send SNMP-type traps.
•
storm-control—Send SNMP storm-control traps.
•
stpx—Send SNMP STP extended MIB traps.
•
syslog—Send SNMP syslog traps.
•
tty—Send TCP connection traps.
•
vlan-membership— Send SNMP VLAN membership traps.
•
vlancreate—Send SNMP VLAN-created traps.
•
vlandelete—Send SNMP VLAN-deleted traps.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the cpu, fru-ctrl, and vtp keywords are not supported.
This command is disabled by default. No notifications are sent.
If you enter this command with no keywords, the default is to send all trap types to the host. No informs
are sent to this host.
If no version keyword is present, the default is Version 1.
If Version 3 is selected and no authentication keyword is entered, the default is the noauth
(noAuthNoPriv) security level.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-387
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Usage Guidelines
SNMP notifications can be sent as traps or inform requests. Traps are unreliable because the receiver
does not send acknowledgments when it receives traps. The sender cannot determine if the traps were
received. However, an SNMP entity that receives an inform request acknowledges the message with an
SNMP response PDU. If the sender never receives the response, the inform request can be sent again.
Thus, informs are more likely to reach their intended destinations.
However, informs consume more resources in the agent and in the network. Unlike a trap, which is
discarded as soon as it is sent, an inform request must be held in memory until a response is received or
the request times out. Traps are also sent only once, but an inform might be retried several times. The
retries increase traffic and contribute to a higher overhead on the network.
If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. To configure the switch to
send SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the
command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. To enable multiple hosts, you must
enter a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types
in the command for each host.
If a local user is not associated with a remote host, the switch does not send informs for the auth
(authNoPriv) and the priv (authPriv) authentication levels.
When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and kind of notification (trap
or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server
host command is in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host
and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command
replaces the first.
The snmp-server host command is used with the snmp-server enable traps global configuration
command. Use the snmp-server enable traps command to specify which SNMP notifications are sent
globally. For a host to receive most notifications, at least one snmp-server enable traps command and
the snmp-server host command for that host must be enabled. Some notification types cannot be
controlled with the snmp-server enable traps command. For example, some notification types are
always enabled. Other notification types are enabled by a different command.
The no snmp-server host command with no keywords disables traps, but not informs, to the host. To
disable informs, use the no snmp-server host informs command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a unique SNMP community string named comaccess for traps and
prevent SNMP polling access with this string through access-list 10:
Switch(config)# snmp-server community comaccess ro 10
Switch(config)# snmp-server host 172.20.2.160 comaccess
Switch(config)# access-list 10 deny any
This example shows how to send the SNMP traps to the host specified by the name myhost.cisco.com.
The community string is defined as comaccess:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com comaccess snmp
This example shows how to enable the switch to send all traps to the host myhost.cisco.com by using the
community string public:
Switch(config)# snmp-server enable traps
Switch(config)# snmp-server host myhost.cisco.com public
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-388
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp-server host
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_comma
nd_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate
to the command.
snmp-server enable traps Enables SNMP notification for various trap types or inform requests.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-389
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
snmp trap mac-notification
Use the snmp trap mac-notification interface configuration command to enable the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) MAC address notification trap on a specific Layer 2 interface. Use the
no form of this command to return to the default setting.
snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
no snmp trap mac-notification {added | removed}
Syntax Description
added
Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is added on this
interface.
removed
Enable the MAC notification trap whenever a MAC address is removed from this
interface.
Defaults
By default, the traps for both address addition and address removal are disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Even though you enable the notification trap for a specific interface by using the snmp trap
mac-notification command, the trap is generated only when you enable the snmp-server enable traps
mac-notification and the mac address-table notification global configuration commands.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the MAC notification trap when a MAC address is added to a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# snmp trap mac-notification added
You can verify your settings by entering the show mac address-table notification interface privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-390
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
snmp trap mac-notification
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear mac address-table notification
Clears the MAC address notification global counters.
mac address-table notification
Enables the MAC address notification feature.
show mac address-table notification
Displays the MAC address notification settings for all
interfaces or on the specified interface when the interface
keyword is appended.
snmp-server enable traps
Sends the SNMP MAC notification traps when the
mac-notification keyword is appended.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-391
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree
spanning-tree
Use the spanning-tree interface configuration command with no keywords on an enhanced network
interface (ENI) to enable a spanning-tree instance on the interface. Use the no form of this command to
return to the default setting of disabled.
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) is disabled on ENIs.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(44)SE
This command (without keywords) was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
This command is supported only on ENIs and on EtherChannel port channels that contain ENIs.
STP is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs) and it is disabled by default on ENIs. Use this
command to enable SPT on an ENI. To set a port as an ENI, enter the port-type eni interface
configuration command. Once STP is enabled on an ENI, all other STP interface configuration
commands are available on the interface.
The switch supports only one spanning-tree instance on a VLAN. When NNIs and ENIs with spanning
tree enabled are in the same VLAN, they belong to the same spanning-tree instance.
STP is enabled by default on NNIs. UNIs are typically customer-facing ports and do not participate in
the spanning tree of the service provider. However, if you configure a customer-facing port as an ENI
and enable spanning tree, the ENI could become the spanning tree root port unless you configure root
guard on the port by using the spanning-tree guard root interface configuration command. A
customer-facing ENI with STP enabled participates in the same spanning tree as the service-provider
facing NNI.
Note
Examples
Exercise caution when enabling STP on a customer-facing ENI.
This example shows how to enable STP on a port:
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# port-type eni
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree interface privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-392
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Display spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-393
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI)
or enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to prevent the interface from sending or receiving
bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree bpdufilter {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
Syntax Description
disable
Disable BPDU filtering on the specified STP port.
enable
Enable BPDU filtering on the specified STP port.
Defaults
BPDU filtering is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
BPDU filtering only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an NNI or
ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter
the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
You can enable the BPDU filtering feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Caution
Enabling BPDU filtering on an STP port is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
You can globally enable BPDU filtering on all Port Fast-enabled STP ports by using the spanning-tree
portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpdufilter interface configuration command on an STP port to override
the setting of the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the BPDU filtering feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpdufilter enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-394
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information,
use this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference
listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod
_command_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
on Port Fast-enabled STP ports or enables the Port Fast feature
on all nontrunking STP ports.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an STP port and all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-395
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree bpduguard
Use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI)
or enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to put the interface in the error-disabled state
when it receives a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU). Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
spanning-tree bpduguard {disable | enable}
no spanning-tree bpduguard
Syntax Description
disable
Disable BPDU guard on the specified STP port.
enable
Enable BPDU guard on the specified STP port.
Defaults
BPDU guard is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
BPDU guard only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI,
enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response to invalid configurations because you must
manually put the STP port back in service. Use the BPDU guard feature in a service-provider network
to prevent an interface from being included in the spanning-tree topology.
You can enable the BPDU guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), the rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
You can globally enable BPDU guard on all Port Fast-enabled STP ports by using the spanning-tree
portfast bpduguard default global configuration command.
You can use the spanning-tree bpduguard interface configuration command on an STP port to override
the setting of the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the BPDU guard feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree bpduguard enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-396
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree bpduguard
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference
listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod
_command_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature
on Port Fast-enabled STP ports or enables the Port Fast feature on
all nontrunking STP ports.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an STP port and all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-397
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI) or
enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to set the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
If a loop occurs, spanning tree considers the path cost when selecting an interface to place in the
forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost cost
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] cost
Syntax Description
Defaults
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify
a single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
cost
Path cost. The range is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
The default path cost is computed from the STP port bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
•
1000 Mbps—4
•
100 Mbps—19
•
10 Mbps—100
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
spanning-tree cost only on NNIs or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
If you configure an STP port with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command and the
spanning-tree cost cost command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id cost cost command takes effect.
Examples
This example shows how to set the path cost to 250 on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree cost 250
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-398
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree cost
This example shows how to set a path cost to 300 for VLANs 10, 12 to 15, and 20:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 10,12-15,20 cost 300
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an STP port priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-399
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Use the spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig global configuration command to display an
error message when the switch detects an EtherChannel misconfiguration. Use the no form of this
command to disable the feature.
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
no spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
EtherChannel guard is enabled on the switch.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). This command affects
only network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
When the switch detects an EtherChannel misconfiguration, this error message appears:
PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: Channel-misconfig error detected on [chars], putting [chars] in
err-disable state.
To show switch ports that are in the misconfigured EtherChannel, use the show interfaces status
err-disabled privileged EXEC command. To verify the EtherChannel configuration on a remote device,
use the show etherchannel summary privileged EXEC command on the remote device.
When a port is in the error-disabled state because of an EtherChannel misconfiguration, you can bring
it out of this state by entering the errdisable recovery cause channel-misconfig global configuration
command, or you can manually re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface
configuration commands.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the EtherChannel guard misconfiguration feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree summary privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-400
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree etherchannel guard misconfig
Related Commands
Command
Description
errdisable recovery cause
channel-misconfig
Enables the timer to recover from the EtherChannel
misconfiguration error-disable state.
show etherchannel summary
Displays EtherChannel information for a channel as a one-line
summary per channel-group.
show interfaces status
err-disabled
Displays the interfaces in the error-disabled state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-401
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
spanning-tree extend system-id
Use the spanning-tree extend system-id global configuration command to enable the extended system
ID feature.
spanning-tree extend system-id
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the no version of this command is not supported. You
cannot disable the extended system ID feature.
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The extended system ID is enabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). This command affects
only network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
The switch supports the IEEE 802.1t spanning-tree extensions. Some of the bits previously used for the
switch priority are now used for the extended system ID (VLAN identifier for the per-VLAN
spanning-tree plus [PVST+] and rapid PVST+ or as an instance identifier for the multiple spanning tree
[MST]).
The spanning tree uses the extended system ID, the switch priority, and the allocated spanning-tree MAC
address to make the bridge ID unique for each VLAN or multiple spanning-tree instance.
Support for the extended system ID affects how you manually configure the root switch, the secondary
root switch, and the switch priority of a VLAN. For more information, see the “spanning-tree mst root”
and the “spanning-tree vlan” sections.
If your network consists of switches that do not support the extended system ID and switches that do
support it, it is unlikely that the switch with the extended system ID support will become the root switch.
The extended system ID increases the switch priority value every time the VLAN number is greater than
the priority of the connected switches.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-402
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree extend system-id
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree summary Displays a summary of spanning-tree interface states.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on the
network diameter.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-403
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
spanning-tree guard
Use the spanning-tree guard interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI) or
enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to enable root guard or loop guard on all the VLANs
associated with the selected NNI. Root guard restricts which interface is allowed to be the spanning-tree
root port or the path-to-the root for the switch. Loop guard prevents alternate or root ports from
becoming designated ports when a failure creates a unidirectional link. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree guard {loop | none | root}
no spanning-tree guard
Syntax Description
Defaults
loop
Enable loop guard.
none
Disable root guard or loop guard.
root
Enable root guard.
Root guard is disabled.
Loop guard is configured according to the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration
command (globally disabled).
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
spanning-tree guard only on NNIs or on enhanced network interfaces ENIs on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
You can enable root guard or loop guard when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree
plus (PVST+), the rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
When root guard is enabled, if spanning-tree calculations cause an interface to be selected as the root
port, the interface transitions to the root-inconsistent (blocked) state to prevent the customer’s switch
from becoming the root switch or being in the path to the root. The root port provides the best path from
the switch to the root switch.
When the no spanning-tree guard or the no spanning-tree guard none command is entered, root guard
is disabled for all VLANs on the selected NNI. If this interface is in the root-inconsistent (blocked) state,
it automatically transitions to the listening state.
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-404
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree guard
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary interfaces if the
interface is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary interface, loop guard blocks the
interface in all MST instances.
To disable root guard or loop guard, use the spanning-tree guard none interface configuration
command on an STP interface. You cannot enable both root guard and loop guard at the same time.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command on an STP interface.
Examples
This example shows how to enable root guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard root
This example shows how to enable loop guard on all the VLANs associated with the specified port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree guard loop
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information,
use this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command
Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/pr
od_command_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2
to navigate to the command.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree loopguard default
Prevents alternate or root ports from becoming designated
ports because of a failure that leads to a unidirectional link.
spanning-tree mst cost
Configures the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an STP MST port priority.
spanning-tree mst root
Configures the MST root switch priority and timers based on
the network diameter.
spanning-tree port-priority
Configures an STP port priority.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-405
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
spanning-tree link-type
Use the spanning-tree link-type interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI)
or enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to override the default link-type setting, which
is determined by the duplex mode of the STP port, and to enable rapid spanning-tree transitions to the
forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree link-type {point-to-point | shared}
no spanning-tree link-type
Syntax Description
point-to-point
Specify that the link type of an STP port is point-to-point.
shared
Specify that the link type of an STP port is shared.
Defaults
The switch derives the link type of an interface from the duplex mode. A full-duplex interface is
considered a point-to-point link, and a half-duplex interface is considered a shared link.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
spanning-tree link type only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an
NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI,
enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
You can override the default setting of the link type by using the spanning-tree link-type command. For
example, a half-duplex link can be physically connected point-to-point to a single interface on a remote
switch running the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) or the rapid per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(rapid-PVST+) protocol and be enabled for rapid transitions.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the link type as shared (regardless of the duplex setting) and to
prevent rapid transitions to the forwarding state:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree link-type shared
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id or the show
spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-406
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree link-type
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process (force the
renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces
or on the specified interface.
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree state information for the specified
interface.
show spanning-tree mst interface
interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-407
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree loopguard default
Use the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command to enable loopguard by default
on all network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interface (ENIs) with STP enabled. Enabling
loopguard prevents alternate or root ports from becoming designated ports because of a failure that leads
to a unidirectional link. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree loopguard default
no spanning-tree loopguard default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Loop guard is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is supported only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled.
To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To
enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
This command has no effect on user network interfaces (UNIs).
You can enable the loop guard feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Loop guard is most effective when it is configured on the entire switched network. When the switch is
operating in PVST+ or rapid-PVST+ mode, loop guard prevents alternate and root ports from becoming
designated ports, and spanning tree does not send bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) on root or alternate
ports. When the switch is operating in MST mode, BPDUs are not sent on nonboundary interfaces if the
interface is blocked by loop guard in all MST instances. On a boundary interface, loop guard blocks the
interface in all MST instances.
Loop guard operates only on STP ports that the spanning tree identifies as point-to-point.
You can override the setting of the spanning-tree loopguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree guard loop interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable loop guard:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree loopguard default
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-408
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree loopguard default
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
spanning-tree guard loop
Enables the loop guard feature on all the VLANs associated with the
specified STP port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-409
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode global configuration command to enable per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), rapid PVST+, or multiple spanning tree (MST) on your switch. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mode {mst | pvst | rapid-pvst}
no spanning-tree mode
Syntax Description
mst
Enable MST and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (based on IEEE 802.1s and
IEEE 802.1w).
pvst
Enable PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1D).
rapid-pvst
Enable rapid PVST+ (based on IEEE 802.1w).
Defaults
The default mode is rapid PVST+.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is supported on the switch only on network node interfaces (NNIs) or on
enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI,
enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
STP is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs).
The switch supports PVST+, rapid PVST+, and MSTP, but only one version can be active at any time:
All VLANs run PVST+, all VLANs run rapid PVST+, or all VLANs run MSTP.
When you enable the MST mode, RSTP is automatically enabled.
Caution
Examples
Changing spanning-tree modes can disrupt traffic because all spanning-tree instances are stopped for the
previous mode and restarted in the new mode.
This example shows to enable MST and RSTP on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode mst
This example shows to enable PVST+ on the switch:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mode pvst
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-410
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mode
You can verify your setting by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_comm
and_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to navigate
to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-411
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration global configuration command to enter multiple
spanning-tree (MST) configuration mode through which you configure the MST region. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The default mapping is that all VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning-tree (CIST)
instance (instance 0).
The default name is an empty string.
The revision number is 0.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The instance-id range changed to 0 to 4094.
Usage Guidelines
On the Cisco ME switch, spanning-tree MST configuration is supported only on network node interfaces
(NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an
NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI,
enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
User network interfaces (UNIs) do not participate in Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
The spanning-tree mst configuration command enables the MST configuration mode. These
configuration commands are available:
•
abort: exits the MST region configuration mode without applying configuration changes.
•
exit: exits the MST region configuration mode and applies all configuration changes.
•
instance instance-id vlan vlan-range: maps VLANs to an MST instance. The range for the
instance-id is 0 to 4094. The range for vlan-range is 1 to 4094. You can specify a single VLAN
identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs
separated by a comma.
•
name name: sets the configuration name. The name string has a maximum length of 32 characters
and is case sensitive.
•
no: negates the instance, name, and revision commands or sets them to their defaults.
•
private-vlan: Though visible in the command-line help strings, this command is not supported.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-412
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst configuration
•
revision version: sets the configuration revision number. The range is 0 to 65535.
•
show [current | pending]: displays the current or pending MST region configuration.
In MST mode, the switch supports up to 16 MST instances. The number of VLANs that can be mapped
to a particular MST instance is unlimited.
When you map VLANs to an MST instance, the mapping is incremental, and VLANs specified in the
command are added to or removed from the VLANs that were previously mapped. To specify a range,
use a hyphen; for example, instance 1 vlan 1-63 maps VLANs 1 to 63 to MST instance 1. To specify a
series, use a comma; for example, instance 1 vlan 10, 20, 30 maps VLANs 10, 20, and 30 to MST
instance 1.
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common and internal
spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the CIST by using the no form
of the command.
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN mapping, the
same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Examples
This example shows how to enter MST configuration mode, map VLANs 10 to 20 to MST instance 1,
name the region region1, set the configuration revision to 1, display the pending configuration, apply the
changes, and return to global configuration mode:
Switch# spanning-tree mst configuration
Switch(config-mst)# instance 1 vlan 10-20
Switch(config-mst)# name region1
Switch(config-mst)# revision 1
Switch(config-mst)# show pending
Pending MST configuration
Name
[region1]
Revision 1
Instance Vlans Mapped
-------- --------------------0
1-9,21-4094
1
10-20
------------------------------Switch(config-mst)# exit
Switch(config)#
This example shows how to add VLANs 1 to 100 to the ones already mapped (if any) to instance 2, to
move VLANs 40 to 60 that were previously mapped to instance 2 to the CIST instance, to add VLAN
10 to instance 10, and to remove all the VLANs mapped to instance 2 and map them to the CIST instance:
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
Switch(config-mst)#
instance 2 vlan 1-100
no instance 2 vlan 40-60
instance 10 vlan 10
no instance 2
You can verify your settings by entering the show pending MST configuration command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst configuration
Displays the MST region configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-413
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI) or
an enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to set the path cost for multiple spanning-tree
(MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, spanning tree considers the path cost when selecting an interface
to put in the forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
Syntax Description
Defaults
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
cost
Path cost is 1 to 200000000, with higher values meaning higher costs.
The default path cost is computed from the interface bandwidth setting. These are the IEEE default path
cost values:
•
1000 Mbps—20000
•
100 Mbps—200000
•
10 Mbps—2000000
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The instance-id range changed to 0 to 4094.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
path cost only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter
the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
When you configure the cost, higher values represent higher costs.
Examples
This example shows how to set a path cost of 250 on a port associated with instances 2 and 4:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 2,4 cost 250
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-414
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst cost
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
interface interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst
port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
spanning-tree mst priority
Configures the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-415
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst forward-time
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Use the spanning-tree mst forward-time global configuration command to set the forward-delay time
for all multiple spanning-tree (MST) instances. The forwarding time specifies how long each of the
listening and learning states last before the interface begins forwarding. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst forward-time
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 15 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Length of the listening and learning states. The range is 4 to 30 seconds.
On the Cisco ME switch, spanning-tree MST configuration is supported only on network node interfaces
(NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
User network interfaces (UNIs) do not participate in STP.
Changing the spanning-tree mst forward-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for all MST instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst forward-time 18
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello bridge protocol data units (BPDUs)
sent by root switch configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-416
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst hello-time
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Use the spanning-tree mst hello-time global configuration command to set the interval between hello
bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) sent by root switch configuration messages. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst hello-time seconds
no spanning-tree mst hello-time
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 2 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch configuration messages. The
range is 1 to 10 seconds.
On the Cisco ME switch, spanning-tree MST configuration is supported only on network node interfaces
(NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
User network interfaces (UNIs) do not participate in STP.
After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst hello-time command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello time to 3 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst hello-time 3
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-417
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst
forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree receives
from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-418
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-age
spanning-tree mst max-age
Use the spanning-tree mst max-age global configuration command to set the interval between
messages that the spanning tree receives from the root switch. If a switch does not receive a bridge
protocol data unit (BPDU) message from the root switch within this interval, it recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-age seconds
no spanning-tree mst max-age
Syntax Description
seconds
Defaults
The default is 20 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25(EX)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Interval between messages the spanning tree receives from the root switch. The range is
6 to 40 seconds.
On the Cisco ME switch, spanning-tree MST configuration is supported only on network node interfaces
(NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
User network interfaces (UNIs) do not participate in STP.
After you set the spanning-tree mst max-age seconds global configuration command, if a switch does
not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the specified interval, the switch recomputes the
spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than the hello-time setting.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-age command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for all multiple spanning-tree
(MST) instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-age 30
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-419
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-age
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-420
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Use the spanning-tree mst max-hops global configuration command to set the number of hops in a
region before the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) is discarded and the information held for an interface
is aged. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
Syntax Description
hop-count
Defaults
The default is 20 hops.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The hop-count range changed to 1 to 255.
Usage Guidelines
Number of hops in a region before the BPDU is discarded. The range is 1 to 255 hops.
On the Cisco ME switch, spanning-tree MST configuration is supported only on network node interfaces
(NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) has been
enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
User network interfaces (UNIs) do not participate in STP.
The root switch of the instance always sends a BPDU (or M-record) with a cost of 0 and the hop count
set to the maximum value. When a switch receives this BPDU, it decrements the received remaining hop
count by one and propagates the decremented count as the remaining hop count in the generated
M-records. A switch discards the BPDU and ages the information held for the interface when the count
reaches 0.
Changing the spanning-tree mst max-hops command affects all spanning-tree instances.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree max-hops to 10 for all multiple spanning-tree (MST)
instances:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-421
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst
Displays MST information.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-422
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority interface configuration command on a network node interface
(NNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI) with STP enabled to configure an interface priority. If a loop
occurs, the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) can find the interface to put in the forwarding state.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority
Syntax Description
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
priority
The range is 0 to 240 in increments of 16. Valid priority values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64,
80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The instance-id range changed to 0 to 4094.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure
spanning-tree MST port priority only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port
as an ENI or NNI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on
an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
You can assign higher priority values (lower numerical values) to STP port that you want selected first
and lower priority values (higher numerical values) that you want selected last. If all STP ports have the
same priority value, the multiple spanning tree (MST) puts the interface with the lowest interface number
in the forwarding state and blocks other interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to increase the likelihood that the interface associated with spanning-tree
instances 20 and 22 is placed into the forwarding state if a loop occurs:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst 20,22 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-423
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst interface
interface-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree
instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-424
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
Use the spanning-tree mst pre-standard interface configuration command to configure a port to send
only prestandard bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree mst pre-standard
no spanning-tree mst pre-standard
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The default state is automatic detection of prestandard neighbors.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)SEG
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
The port can accept both prestandard and standard BPDUs. If the neighbor types are mismatched, only
the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) runs on this interface.
If a switch port is connected to a switch running prestandard Cisco IOS software, you must use the
spanning-tree mst pre-standard interface configuration command on the port. If you do not configure
the port to send only prestandard BPDUs, the Multiple STP (MSTP) performance might diminish.
When the port is configured to automatically detect prestandard neighbors, the prestandard flag always
appears in the show spanning-tree mst commands.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port to send only prestandard BPDUs:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree mst pre-standard
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays multiple spanning-tree (MST) information,
including the prestandard flag, for the specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-425
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst priority
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority global configuration command to set the switch priority for the
specified spanning-tree instance. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
Syntax Description
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range of
instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a comma. The
range is 0 to 4094.
priority
Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. This setting affects
the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases
the probability that the switch is selected as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are 0, 4096,
8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152,
53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Defaults
The default is 32768.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The instance-id range changed to 0 to 4094.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs); it is only supported
on network node interfaces (NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an ENI or NNI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for multiple spanning-tree instances
(MST) 20 to 21:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 20-21 priority 8192
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-426
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst priority
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays MST information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree mst cost
Sets the path cost for MST calculations.
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Configures an interface priority.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-427
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
spanning-tree mst root
Use the spanning-tree mst root global configuration command to configure the multiple spanning-tree
(MST) root switch priority and timers based on the network diameter. Use the no form of this command
to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree mst instance-id root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]
no spanning-tree mst instance-id root
Syntax Description
Defaults
instance-id
Range of spanning-tree instances. You can specify a single instance, a range
of instances separated by a hyphen, or a series of instances separated by a
comma. The range is 0 to 4094.
root primary
Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary
Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root switch fail.
diameter net-diameter
(Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7. This keyword is available only for MST
instance 0.
hello-time seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds. This keyword is available only for MST instance 0.
The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The instance-id range changed to 0 to 4094.
Usage Guidelines
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs); it is only supported
on network node interfaces (NNIs) or on enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) on which STP has been
enabled. To set a port as an ENI or NNI, enter the port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration
command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the spanning-tree interface configuration command.
Use the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root command, the software tries to set a high
enough priority to make this switch the root of the spanning-tree instance. Because of the extended
system ID support, the switch sets the switch priority for the instance to 24576 if this value will cause
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-428
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree mst root
this switch to become the root for the specified instance. If any root switch for the specified instance has
a switch priority lower than 24576, the switch sets its own priority to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
When you enter the spanning-tree mst instance-id root secondary command, because of support for
the extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to
28672. If the root switch fails, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768 and are therefore unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples
This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for instance 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for instance 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree mst 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree mst instance-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree mst instance-id
Displays MST information for the specified instance.
spanning-tree mst forward-time
Sets the forward-delay time for all MST instances.
spanning-tree mst hello-time
Sets the interval between hello BPDUs sent by root switch
configuration messages.
spanning-tree mst max-age
Sets the interval between messages that the spanning tree
receives from the root switch.
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Sets the number of hops in a region before the BPDU is
discarded.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-429
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority interface configuration command on a network node interface
(NNI) or an enhanced network interface (ENI) on which Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) has been enabled
to configure an interface priority. If a loop occurs, spanning tree can find the interface to put in the
forwarding state. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority priority
no spanning-tree [vlan vlan-id] port-priority
Syntax Description
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated by a
hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to 4094.
priority
Number from 0 to 240, in increments of 16. Valid values are 0, 16, 32, 48, 64, 80,
96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 176, 192, 208, 224, and 240. All other values are rejected.
The lower the number, the higher the priority.
Defaults
The default is 128.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
STP is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can configure spanning-tree port priority
only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an ENI or NNI, enter the
port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
If the variable vlan-id is omitted, the command applies to the spanning-tree instance associated with
VLAN 1.
You can set the priority on a VLAN that has no interfaces assigned to it. The setting takes effect when
you assign the STP port to the VLAN.
If you configure an STP port with both the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority priority command
and the spanning-tree port-priority priority command, the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id port-priority
priority command takes effect.
Examples
This example shows how to increase the likelihood that a port will be put in the forwarding state if a loop
occurs:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20 port-priority 0
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-430
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree port-priority
This example shows how to set the port-priority value on VLANs 20 to 25:
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree vlan 20-25 port-priority 0
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree interface interface-id privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree interface
interface-id
Displays spanning-tree information for the specified interface.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree vlan priority
Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-431
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast global configuration command to globally enable bridge protocol data
unit (BPDU) filtering on Port Fast-enabled network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network
interfaces (ENIs) on which Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) has been enabled, to enable the BPDU guard
feature on Port Fast-enabled STP ports, or the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking STP ports. The BPDU
filtering feature prevents the switch STP port from sending or receiving BPDUs. The BPDU guard
feature puts Port Fast-enabled STP ports that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default settings.
spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
no spanning-tree portfast {bpdufilter default | bpduguard default | default}
Syntax Description
bpdufilter default
Globally enable BPDU filtering on Port Fast-enabled STP ports, and prevent
the switch STP port connected to end stations from sending or receiving
BPDUs.
bpduguard default
Globally enable the BPDU guard feature on Port Fast-enabled STP ports, and
place the STP ports that receive BPDUs in an error-disabled state.
default
Globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking STP ports. When the
Port Fast feature is enabled, the STP port changes directly from a blocking
state to a forwarding state without making the intermediate spanning-tree
state changes.
Defaults
The BPDU filtering, the BPDU guard, and the Port Fast features are disabled on all NNIs or ENIs unless
they are individually configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
STP is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs) on the switch. Spanning-tree configuration
affects only NNIs or ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an ENI or NNI, enter the
port-type {eni | nni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
UNIs are typically customer-facing ports and do not participate in the spanning tree of the service
provider. However, if you configure a customer-facing port as an ENI and enable spanning tree, the ENI
could become the spanning tree root port unless you configure root guard on the port by using the
spanning-tree guard root interface configuration command. A customer-facing ENI with STP enabled
participates in the same spanning tree as the service-provider facing NNI.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-432
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
Note
Exercise caution when enabling STP on a customer-facing ENI.
You can enable these features when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus
(PVST+), the rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU filtering on STP ports that are Port Fast-enabled. The STP ports still send a few BPDUs at link-up
before the switch begins to filter outbound BPDUs. You should globally enable BPDU filtering on a
switch so that hosts connected to switch STP ports do not receive BPDUs. If a BPDU is received on a
Port Fast-enabled STP port, the interface loses its Port Fast-operational status and BPDU filtering is
disabled.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default global configuration command on an
STP port by using the spanning-tree bdpufilter interface configuration command.
Caution
Enabling BPDU filtering on an STP port is the same as disabling spanning tree on it and can result in
spanning-tree loops.
Use the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command to globally enable
BPDU guard on STP ports that are in a Port Fast-operational state. In a valid configuration, Port
Fast-enabled STP ports do not receive BPDUs. Receiving a BPDU on a Port Fast-enabled STP port
signals an invalid configuration, such as the connection of an unauthorized device, and the BPDU guard
feature puts the STP port in the error-disabled state. The BPDU guard feature provides a secure response
to invalid configurations because you must manually put the STP port back in service. Use the BPDU
guard feature in a service-provider network to prevent an access port from participating in the spanning
tree.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command by
using the spanning-tree bdpuguard interface configuration command on an STP port.
Use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the Port Fast
feature on all nontrunking STP ports. Configure Port Fast only on STP ports that connect to end stations;
otherwise, an accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network
operation. A Port Fast-enabled STP port moves directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state when
linkup occurs without waiting for the standard forward-delay time.
You can override the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command by using the
spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command on an STP port. You can use the no
spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to disable Port Fast on all STP ports
unless they are individually configured with the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration
command.
Examples
This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU filtering feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
This example shows how to globally enable the BPDU guard feature:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
This example shows how to globally enable the Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree portfast default
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-433
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (global configuration)
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference
listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod
_command_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving BPDUs.
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an STP port in the error-disabled state when it receives a
BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (interface
configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an STP port in all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-434
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
Use the spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command on a network node interface (NNI) or
an enhanced network interface (ENI) on which Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) has been enabled to enable
the Port Fast feature on an STP port in all its associated VLANs. When the Port Fast feature is enabled,
the STP port changes directly from a blocking state to a forwarding state without making the
intermediate spanning-tree state changes. Use the no form of this command to return to the default
setting.
spanning-tree portfast [disable | trunk]
no spanning-tree portfast
Syntax Description
disable
(Optional) Disable the Port Fast feature on the specified interface.
trunk
(Optional) Enable the Port Fast feature on a trunking interface.
Defaults
The Port Fast feature is disabled on all ports.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
STP is not supported on user network interfaces (UNIs). You can enable the spanning-tree Port Fast
feature only on NNIs or on ENIs on which STP has been enabled. To set a port as an NNI or ENI, enter
the port-type {nni | eni} interface configuration command. To enable STP on an ENI, enter the
spanning-tree interface configuration command.
Use this feature only on STP ports that connect to end stations; otherwise, an accidental topology loop
could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network operation.
To enable Port Fast on trunk ports, you must use the spanning-tree portfast trunk interface
configuration command. The spanning-tree portfast command is not supported on trunk ports.
You can enable this feature when the switch is operating in the per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+),
the rapid-PVST+, or the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
This feature affects all VLANs on the STP port.
An NNI with the Port Fast feature enabled is moved directly to the spanning-tree forwarding state
without the standard forward-time delay.
You can use the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command to globally enable the
Port Fast feature on all nontrunking interfaces. However, the spanning-tree portfast interface
configuration command can override the global setting.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-435
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree portfast (interface configuration)
If you configure the spanning-tree portfast default global configuration command, you can disable
Port Fast on an STP port that is not a trunk interface by using the spanning-tree portfast disable
interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the Port Fast feature on a port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# spanning-tree portfast
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use
this link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing
page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_c
ommand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Prevents an interface from sending or receiving bridge protocol data
units (BPDUs).
spanning-tree bpduguard
Puts an interface in the error-disabled state when it receives a
BPDU.
spanning-tree portfast (global
configuration)
Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
Port Fast-enabled STP ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking STP ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-436
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
spanning-tree vlan
Use the spanning-tree vlan global configuration command to configure spanning tree on a per-VLAN
basis. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time seconds | hello-time seconds | max-age seconds |
priority priority | root {primary | secondary} [diameter net-diameter
[hello-time seconds]]]
no spanning-tree vlan vlan-id [forward-time | hello-time | max-age | priority | root]
Syntax Description
vlan-id
VLAN range associated with a spanning-tree instance. You can specify a
single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number, a range of VLANs separated
by a hyphen, or a series of VLANs separated by a comma. The range is 1 to
4094.
forward-time seconds
(Optional) Set the forward-delay time for the specified spanning-tree
instance. The forwarding time specifies how long each of the listening and
learning states last before the interface begins forwarding. The range is 4 to
30 seconds.
hello-time seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between hello bridge protocol data units
(BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. The range is 1 to 10
seconds.
max-age seconds
(Optional) Set the interval between messages the spanning tree receives
from the root switch. If a switch does not receive a BPDU message from the
root switch within this interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology.
The range is 6 to 40 seconds.
priority priority
(Optional) Set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
This setting affects the likelihood that this switch is selected as the root
switch. A lower value increases the probability that the switch is selected
as the root switch.
The range is 0 to 61440 in increments of 4096. Valid priority values are
4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960,
45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
Defaults
root primary
(Optional) Force this switch to be the root switch.
root secondary
(Optional) Set this switch to be the root switch should the primary root
switch fail.
diameter net-diameter
(Optional) Set the maximum number of switches between any two end
stations. The range is 2 to 7.
Spanning tree is enabled on all VLANs.
The forward-delay time is 15 seconds.
The hello time is 2 seconds.
The max-age is 20 seconds.
The primary root switch priority is 24576.
The secondary root switch priority is 28672.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-437
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.25(EX)
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switch does not support Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) on user network interfaces (UNIs). Only the
switch network node interfaces (NNIs) or STP-enabled enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) in a VLAN
participate in STP.
Disabling the STP causes the VLAN to stop participating in the spanning-tree topology. STP ports that
are administratively down remain down. Received BPDUs are forwarded like other multicast frames.
The VLAN does not detect and prevent loops when STP is disabled.
You can disable the STP on a VLAN that is not currently active and verify the change by using the show
running-config or the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC command. The setting takes
effect when the VLAN is activated.
When disabling or re-enabling the STP, you can specify a range of VLANs that you want to disable or
enable.
When a VLAN is disabled and then enabled, all assigned VLANs continue to be its members. However,
all spanning-tree bridge parameters are returned to their previous settings (the last setting before the
VLAN was disabled).
You can enable spanning-tree options on a VLAN that has no STP ports assigned to it. The setting takes
effect when you assign interfaces to it.
When setting the max-age seconds, if a switch does not receive BPDUs from the root switch within the
specified interval, it recomputes the spanning-tree topology. The max-age setting must be greater than
the hello-time setting.
The spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command should be used only on backbone switches.
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root command, the software checks the switch priority
of the current root switch for each VLAN. Because of the extended system ID support, the switch sets
the switch priority for the specified VLAN to 24576 if this value will cause this switch to become the
root for the specified VLAN. If any root switch for the specified VLAN has a switch priority lower than
24576, the switch sets its own priority for the specified VLAN to 4096 less than the lowest switch
priority. (4096 is the value of the least-significant bit of a 4-bit switch priority value.)
When you enter the spanning-tree vlan vlan-id root secondary command, because of support for the
extended system ID, the software changes the switch priority from the default value (32768) to 28672.
If the root switch should fail, this switch becomes the next root switch (if the other switches in the
network use the default switch priority of 32768, and therefore, are unlikely to become the root switch).
Examples
This example shows how to disable the STP on VLAN 5:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 5
You can verify your setting by entering the show spanning-tree privileged EXEC command. In this
instance, VLAN 5 does not appear in the list.
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree forwarding time to 18 seconds for VLANs 20 and 25:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20,25 forward-time 18
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-438
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
spanning-tree vlan
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree hello-delay time to 3 seconds for VLANs 20 to 24:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20-24 hello-time 3
This example shows how to set spanning-tree max-age to 30 seconds for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 max-age 30
This example shows how to reset the max-age parameter to the default value for spanning-tree instance
100 and 105 to 108:
Switch(config)# no spanning-tree vlan 100, 105-108 max-age
This example shows how to set the spanning-tree priority to 8192 for VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 20 priority 8192
This example shows how to configure the switch as the root switch for VLAN 10 with a network
diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root primary diameter 4
This example shows how to configure the switch as the secondary root switch for VLAN 10 with a
network diameter of 4:
Switch(config)# spanning-tree vlan 10 root secondary diameter 4
You can verify your settings by entering the show spanning-tree vlan vlan-id privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show spanning-tree vlan
Displays spanning-tree information.
spanning-tree cost
Sets the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
spanning-tree guard
Enables the root guard or the loop guard feature for all the VLANs
associated with the selected interface.
spanning-tree port-priority
Sets an interface priority.
spanning-tree portfast (global Globally enables the BPDU filtering or the BPDU guard feature on
configuration)
Port Fast-enabled STP ports or enables the Port Fast feature on all
nontrunking STP ports.
spanning-tree portfast
(interface configuration)
Enables the Port Fast feature on an STP port in all its associated
VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-439
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
speed
speed
Use the speed interface configuration command to specify the speed of a 10/100 Mbps or
10/100/1000 Mbps port. Use the no or default form of this command to return the port to its default
value.
speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto [10 | 100 | 1000] | nonegotiate}
no speed
Note
For speed configurations restrictions on small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module ports, see the “Usage
Guidelines” section.
Note
You cannot configure the speed on small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module ports, but you can
configure the speed to not negotiate (nonegotiate) if they are connected to a device that does not support
autonegotiation. See “Usage Guidelines” for exceptions when a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP
module slot.
Syntax Description
10
Port runs at 10 Mbps.
100
Port runs at 100 Mbps.
1000
Port runs at 1000 Mbps. This option is valid and visible only on 10/100/1000
Mbps-ports.
auto
Port automatically detects the speed it should run at based on the port at the other
end of the link. If you use the 10, 100, or 1000 keywords with the auto keyword, the
port only autonegotiates at the specified speeds.
nonegotiate
Autonegotiation is disabled, and the port runs at 1000 Mbps. (The 1000BASE-T SFP
does not support the nonegotiate keyword.)
Defaults
The default is auto.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-440
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
speed
Usage Guidelines
You can configure the Fast Ethernet port speed as either 10 or 100 Mbps.
You can configure the Gigabit Ethernet port speed as 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps.
When a 1000BASE-T SFP module is in the SFP module slot, you can configure the speed as 10, 100,
1000, or auto but not to nonegotiate.
Except for the 1000BASE-T SFP modules, if an SFP module port is connected to a device that does not
support autonegotiation, you can configure the speed to not negotiate (nonegotiate).
If the speed is set to auto, the switch negotiates with the device at the other end of the link for the speed
setting and then forces the speed setting to the negotiated value. The duplex setting remains as
configured on each end of the link, which could result in a duplex setting mismatch.
If both ends of the line support autonegotiation, we highly recommend the default autonegotiation
settings. If one interface supports autonegotiation and the other end does not, do use the auto setting on
the supported side, but set the duplex and speed on the other side.
Caution
Note
Examples
Changing the interface speed and duplex mode configuration might shut down and re-enable the
interface during the reconfiguration.
For guidelines on setting the switch speed and duplex parameters, see the software configuration guide
for this release.
This example shows how to set speed on a port to 100 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed 100
This example shows how to set a port to autonegotiate at only 10 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed auto 10
This example shows how to set a port to autonegotiate at only 10 or 100 Mbps:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# speed auto 10 100
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
duplex
Specifies the duplex mode of operation.
show interfaces
Displays the statistical information specific to all interfaces or to a specific
interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-441
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
storm-control
Use the storm-control interface configuration command to enable broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm
control and to set threshold levels on an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default setting.
storm-control {{broadcast | multicast | unicast} level {level [level-low] | bps bps [bps-low] | pps
pps [pps-low]}} | {action {shutdown | trap}}
no storm-control {{broadcast | multicast | unicast} level} | {action {shutdown | trap}}
Syntax Description
broadcast
Enable broadcast storm control on the interface.
multicast
Enable multicast storm control on the interface.
unicast
Enable unicast storm control on the interface.
level level
[level-low]
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a percentage of total bandwidth
of the port.
level bps bps
[bps-low]
•
level—Rising suppression level, up to two decimal places. The range is 0.00 to
100.00. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified for level
is reached.
•
level-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to two decimal places. The
range is 0.00 to 100.00. This value must be less than or equal to the rising
suppression value. If you do not configure a falling suppression level, it is set to
the rising suppression level.
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a rate in bits per second at which
traffic is received on the port.
•
bps—Rising suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range is 0.0 to
10000000000.0. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified
for bps is reached.
•
bps-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range
is 0.0 to 10000000000.0. This value must be equal to or less than the rising
suppression value.
You can use metric suffixes such as k, m, and g for large number thresholds.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-442
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
level pps pps
[pps-low]
Specify the rising and falling suppression levels as a rate in packets per second at
which traffic is received on the port.
•
pps—Rising suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range is 0.0 to
10000000000.0. Block the flooding of storm packets when the value specified
for pps is reached.
•
pps-low—(Optional) Falling suppression level, up to 1 decimal place. The range
is 0.0 to 10000000000.0. This value must be equal to or less than the rising
suppression value.
You can use metric suffixes such as k, m, and g for large number thresholds.
action
{shutdown |
trap}
Defaults
Action taken when a storm occurs on a port. The default action is to filter traffic and
to not send an Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap.
The keywords have these meanings:
•
shutdown—Disables the port during a storm.
•
trap—Sends an SNMP trap when a storm occurs.
Broadcast, multicast, and unicast storm control are disabled.
The default action is to filter traffic and to not send an SNMP trap.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Storm control is supported only on physical interfaces. You can also configure storm control on an
EtherChannel. When storm control is configured on an EtherChannel, the storm control settings
propagate to the EtherChannel physical interfaces. If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or
enhanced network interfaces (ENI), you must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to
enable it before using the storm-control command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network
node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by default.
The storm-control suppression level can be entered as a percentage of total bandwidth of the port, as a
rate in packets per second at which traffic is received, or as a rate in bits per second at which traffic is
received.
When specified as a percentage of total bandwidth, a suppression value of 100 percent means that no
limit is placed on the specified traffic type. A value of level 0 0 means that all broadcast, multicast, or
unicast traffic on that port is blocked. Storm control is enabled only when the rising suppression level is
less than 100 percent. If no other storm-control configuration is specified, the default action is to filter
the traffic causing the storm and to send no SNMP traps.
Note
When the storm control threshold for multicast traffic is reached, all multicast traffic except control
traffic, such as bridge protocol data unit (BDPU) and Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) frames, are
blocked.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-443
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
storm-control
The trap and shutdown options are independent of each other.
If you configure the action to be taken as shutdown (the port is error-disabled during a storm) when a
packet storm is detected, you must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to bring the
interface out of this state. If you do not specify the shutdown action, specify the action as trap (the
switch generates a trap when a storm is detected).
When a storm occurs and the action is to filter traffic, if the falling suppression level is not specified, the
switch blocks all traffic until the traffic rate drops below the rising suppression level. If the falling
suppression level is specified, the switch blocks traffic until the traffic rate drops below this level.
When a broadcast storm occurs and the action is to filter traffic, the switch blocks only broadcast traffic.
For more information, see the software configuration guide for this release.
Examples
This example shows how to enable broadcast storm control with a 75.5-percent rising suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control broadcast level 75.5
This example shows how to enable unicast storm control on a port with a 87-percent rising suppression
level and a 65-percent falling suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control unicast level 87 65
This example shows how to enable multicast storm control on a port with a 2000-packets-per-second
rising suppression level and a 1000-packets-per-second falling suppression level:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control multicast level pps 2k 1k
This example shows how to enable the shutdown action on a port:
Switch(config-if)# storm-control action shutdown
You can verify your settings by entering the show storm-control privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show storm-control
Displays broadcast, multicast, or unicast storm control settings on all
interfaces or on a specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-444
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport
switchport
Use the switchport interface configuration command with no keywords to put an interface that was
processing traffic through the CPU into normal switching mode. Use the no form of this command to
put an interface in Layer 3 mode.
switchport
no switchport
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
By default, all interfaces are in Layer 2 (switching) mode.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Use the no switchport command (without parameters) to set the interface so that traffic on the interface
is processed by the CPU. You must enter the no switchport command and then assign an IP address to
the port.
If an interface is configured to process traffic through the CPU, you must first enter the switchport
command with no keywords before configuring switching characteristics on the port. Then you can enter
additional switchport commands with keywords, as shown on the pages that follow.
Entering the no switchport command shuts the port down and then re-enables it, which might generate
messages on the device to which the port is connected.
When you enter the switchport (or no switchport) command without keywords on an interface, the
configuration information for the affected interface might be lost, and the interface returned to its default
configuration.
Examples
This example shows how to cause an interface to stop operating as a switching port and process traffic
on the port through the CPU.
Switch(config-if)# no switchport
This example shows how to return the port to switching mode:
Switch(config-if)# switchport
You can verify the switchport status of an interface by entering the show running-config privileged
EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-445
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
(nonrouting) port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-446
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access vlan
switchport access vlan
Use the switchport access vlan interface configuration command to configure a port as a static-access
or dynamic-access port. If the switchport mode is set to access (by using the switchport mode interface
configuration command), use this command to set the port to operate as a member of the specified VLAN
or to specify that the port uses VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) protocol where VLAN
assignment based on the incoming packets it receives. Use the no form of this command to reset the
access VLAN mode to the default VLAN for the switch.
switchport access vlan {vlan-id | dynamic}
no switchport access vlan
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Configure the interface as a static access port with the VLAN ID of the
access mode VLAN; the range is 1 to 4094.
dynamic
Specify that the access mode VLAN is dependent on the VMPS protocol.
The port is assigned to a VLAN based on the source MAC address of a host
(or hosts) connected to the port. The switch sends every new MAC address
received to the VMPS server to obtain the VLAN name to which the
dynamic-access port should be assigned. If the port already has a VLAN
assigned and the source has already been approved by the VMPS, the switch
forwards the packet to the VLAN.
Note
Defaults
This keyword is visible only on user network interfaces (UNIs) or
enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
The default access VLAN and trunk interface native VLAN is a VLAN corresponding to the platform or
interface hardware.
A dynamic-access port is initially a member of no VLAN and receives its assignment based on the packet
it receives.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The no switchport access vlan command resets the access mode VLAN to the appropriate default
VLAN for the device.
The port must be in access mode before the switchport access vlan command can take effect.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
The VMPS server (such as a Catalyst 6500 series switch) must be configured before a port is configured
as dynamic.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-447
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport access vlan
If the specified VLAN is configured as a UNI-ENI community VLAN, the interface is configured as
UNI-ENI community port. Otherwise the port is configured as a UNI-ENI isolated port.
This command is supported on IEEE802.1Q tunnel ports.
These restrictions apply to dynamic-access ports:
•
The dynamic keyword is not visible on network node interfaces (NNIs).
•
The software implements the VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client, which can query a VMPS such
as a Catalyst 6500 series switch. The switch cannot be a VMPS servers. The VMPS server must be
configured before a port is configured as dynamic.
•
Use dynamic-access ports only to connect end stations. Connecting them to switches or routers (that
use bridging protocols) can cause a loss of connectivity.
•
Dynamic-access ports can only be in one VLAN and do not use VLAN tagging.
•
Dynamic-access ports cannot be configured as:
– Members of an EtherChannel port group (dynamic-access ports cannot be grouped with any
other port, including other dynamic ports).
– Source or destination ports in a static address entry.
– Monitor ports.
Examples
This example shows how to change a Layer 2 interface in access mode to operate in VLAN 2 instead of
the default VLAN.
Switch(config-if)# switchport access vlan 2
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-448
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport block
switchport block
Use the switchport block interface configuration command to prevent unknown multicast or unicast
packets from being forwarded. Use the no form of this command to allow forwarding unknown multicast
or unicast packets.
switchport block {multicast | unicast}
no switchport block {multicast | unicast}
Syntax Description
multicast
Specify that unknown multicast traffic should be blocked.
unicast
Specify that unknown unicast traffic should be blocked.
Defaults
Unknown multicast and unicast traffic is not blocked.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
By default, all traffic with unknown MAC addresses is sent to all ports. You can block unknown multicast
or unicast traffic on protected or nonprotected ports. If unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not
blocked on a protected port, there could be security issues.
If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you must use the no
shutdown interface configuration command to enable it before using the switchport block command.
UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by default.
Blocking unknown multicast or unicast traffic is not automatically enabled on protected ports; you must
explicitly configure it.
Note
Examples
For more information about blocking packets, see the software configuration guide for this release.
This example shows how to block unknown multicast traffic on an interface:
Switch(config-if)# switchport block multicast
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-449
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport block
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-450
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport host
switchport host
Use the switchport host interface configuration command to optimize a port for a host connection. The
no form of this command has no affect on the system.
switchport host
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The default is for the port to not be optimized for a host connection.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To optimize the port for a host connection, the switchport host command sets switch port mode to
access, enables spanning tree Port Fast, and disables channel grouping. Only an end station can accept
this configuration.
Because spanning tree Port Fast is enabled, you should enter the switchport host command only on ports
that are connected to a single host. Connecting other switches, hubs, concentrators, or bridges to a
fast-start port can cause temporary spanning-tree loops.
Enable the switchport host command to decrease the time that it takes to start up packet forwarding.
Examples
This example shows how to optimize the port configuration for a host connection:
Switch(config-if)# switchport host
switchport mode will be set to access
spanning-tree portfast will be enabled
channel group will be disabled
Switch(config-if)#
You can verify your setting by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including switchport mode.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-451
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode interface configuration command to configure the VLAN membership mode
of a port. Use the no form of this command to reset the mode to the default.
switchport mode {access | private-vlan | trunk}
no switchport mode
Syntax Description
access
Set the port to access mode (either static-access or dynamic-access depending
on the setting of the switchport access vlan interface configuration command).
The port is set to access unconditionally and operates as a nontrunking, single
VLAN interface that sends and receives unencapsulated (nontagged) frames.
An access port can be assigned to only one VLAN.
private-vlan
See the switchport mode private-vlan command.
trunk
Set the port to trunk unconditionally. The port is a trunking VLAN Layer 2
interface. The port sends and receives encapsulated (tagged) frames that
identify the VLAN of origination. A trunk is a point-to-point link between two
switches or between a switch and a router.
Defaults
The default mode is access.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A configuration that uses the access or trunk keywords takes effect only when you configure the port in
the appropriate mode by using the switchport mode command. The static-access and trunk
configuration are saved, but only one configuration is active at a time.
When you enter access mode, the interface changes to permanent nontrunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a nontrunk link even if the neighboring interface does not agree to the change.
When you enter trunk mode, the interface changes to permanent trunking mode and negotiates to
convert the link into a trunk link even if the interface connecting to it does not agree to the change. If
you do not intend to trunk across those links, use the switchport mode access interface configuration
command to disable trunking.
Access ports and trunk ports are mutually exclusive.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-452
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode
The IEEE 802.1x feature interacts with switchport modes in these ways:
•
If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a trunk port, an error message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not
enabled. If you try to change the mode of an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port to trunk, the port mode is
not changed.
•
If you try to enable IEEE 802.1x on a dynamic-access (VLAN Query Protocol [VQP]) port, an error
message appears, and IEEE 802.1x is not enabled. If you try to change an IEEE 802.1x-enabled port
to dynamic VLAN assignment, an error message appears, and the VLAN configuration is not
changed.
Note
Examples
Only user network interfaces (UNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs) can be
dynamic-access ports.
This example shows how to configure a port for access mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
This example shows how to configure a port for trunk mode:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command and examining information in the Administrative Mode and Operational Mode rows.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
port, including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport access vlan
Configures a port as a static-access or dynamic-access port.
switchport trunk
Configures the trunk characteristics when an interface is in trunking
mode.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-453
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode private-vlan
switchport mode private-vlan
Use the switchport mode private-vlan interface configuration command to configure a port as a
promiscuous or host private VLAN port. Use the no switchport mode command to reset the mode to the
default access mode.
switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous}
no switchport mode private-vlan
Note
Syntax Description
Defaults
The promiscuous keyword is visible only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
host
Configure the interface as a private-VLAN host port. Host ports belong to
private-VLAN secondary VLANs and are either community ports or isolated
ports, depending on the VLAN that they belong to.
promiscuous
Configure the interface as a private-VLAN promiscuous port. Promiscuous
ports are members of private-VLAN primary VLANs. This keyword is only
available on NNIs. User network interfaces (UNIs) or enhanced network
interfaces (ENIs) cannot be configured as private VLAN promiscuous ports.
The default private-VLAN mode is neither host nor promiscuous.
The default switchport mode is access.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A private-VLAN promiscuous port must be an NNI. To configure a UNI or an ENI as an NNI, enter the
port-type nni interface configuration command.
A private-VLAN host or promiscuous port cannot be a Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) destination port.
If you configure a SPAN destination port as a private-VLAN host or promiscuous port, the port becomes
inactive.
Do not configure private VLAN on ports with these other features:
•
dynamic-access port VLAN membership
•
Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) for only NNIs or ENIs
•
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) only for NNIs or ENIs
•
Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR)
A private-VLAN port cannot be a SPAN destination port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-454
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode private-vlan
While a port is part of the private-VLAN configuration, any EtherChannel configuration for it is inactive.
A private-VLAN port cannot be a secure port and should not be configured as a protected port.
Note
For more information about private-VLAN interaction with other features, see the software
configuration guide for this release.
If the port has STP enabled, we strongly recommend that you enable spanning tree Port Fast and
bridge-protocol-data-unit (BPDU) guard on isolated and community host ports to prevent STP loops due
to misconfigurations and to speed up STP convergence.
If you configure a port as a private-VLAN host port and you do not configure a valid private-VLAN
association by using the switchport private-vlan host-association interface configuration command,
the interface becomes inactive.
If you configure an NNI as a private-VLAN promiscuous port and you do not configure a valid private
VLAN mapping by using the switchport private-vlan mapping interface configuration command, the
interface becomes inactive.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an interface as a private-VLAN host port and associate it to
primary VLAN 20. The interface is a member of secondary isolated VLAN 501 and primary VLAN 20.
Note
When you configure an NNI as a private VLAN host port, you should also enable BPDU guard and Port
Fast by using the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default global configuration command and the
spanning-tree portfast interface configuration command.
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan host
Switch(config-if)# switchport private-vlan host-association 20 501
Switch(config-if)# end
This example shows how to configure an NNI as a private VLAN promiscuous port and map it to a
private VLAN. The interface is a member of primary VLAN 20 and secondary VLANs 501 to 503 are
mapped to it.
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous
Switch(config-if)# switchport private-vlan mapping 20 501-503
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify private VLAN switchport mode by using the show interfaces interface-id switchport
privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-455
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport mode private-vlan
Related Commands
Command
Description
private-vlan
Configures a VLAN as a community, isolated, or primary VLAN or
associates a primary VLAN with secondary VLANs.
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching
port, including private VLAN configuration.
switchport private-vlan
Configures private VLAN associations and mappings between
primary and secondary VLANs on an interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-456
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
switchport port-security
Use the switchport port-security interface configuration command without keywords to enable port
security on the interface. Use the keywords to configure secure MAC addresses, sticky MAC address
learning, a maximum number of secure MAC addresses, or the violation mode. Use the no form of this
command to disable port security or to set the parameters to their default states.
switchport port-security [mac-address mac-address [vlan access] | mac-address sticky
[mac-address | vlan access]] [maximum value [vlan access]]
no switchport port-security [mac-address mac-address [vlan access] | mac-address sticky
[mac-address | vlan access]] [maximum value [vlan access]]
switchport port-security [aging] [violation {protect | restrict | shutdown}]
no switchport port-security [aging] [violation {protect | restrict | shutdown}]
Syntax Description
aging
(Optional) See the switchport port-security aging command.
mac-address mac-address
(Optional) Specify a secure MAC address for the interface by entering
a 48-bit MAC address. You can add additional secure MAC addresses
up to the maximum value configured.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) On a trunk port only, specify the VLAN ID and the MAC
address. If no VLAN ID is specified, the native VLAN is used.
vlan access
(Optional) On an access port only, specify the VLAN as an access
VLAN.
mac-address sticky
[mac-address]
(Optional) Enable the interface for sticky learning by entering only the
mac-address sticky keywords. When sticky learning is enabled, the
interface adds all secure MAC addresses that are dynamically learned to
the running configuration and converts these addresses to sticky secure
MAC addresses.
(Optional) Enter a mac-address to specify a sticky secure MAC address.
maximum value
(Optional) Set the maximum number of secure MAC addresses for the
interface.The maximum number of secure MAC addresses that you can
configure on a switch is set by the maximum number of available MAC
addresses allowed in the system, approximately 2000. This number
represents the total of available MAC addresses, including those used
for other Layer 2 functions and any other secure MAC addresses
configured on interfaces.
The default setting is 1.
vlan [vlan-list]
(Optional) For trunk ports, you can set the maximum number of secure
MAC addresses on a VLAN. If the vlan keyword is not entered, the
default value is used.
•
vlan—set a per-VLAN maximum value.
•
vlan vlan-list—set a per-VLAN maximum value on a range of
VLANs separated by a hyphen or a series of VLANs separated by
commas. For nonspecified VLANs, the per-VLAN maximum value
is used.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-457
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
violation
(Optional) Set the security violation mode or the action to be taken if
port security is violated. The default is shutdown.
protect
Set the security violation protect mode. In this mode, when the number
of port secure MAC addresses reaches the maximum limit allowed on
the port, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until you
remove a sufficient number of secure MAC addresses to drop below the
maximum value or increase the number of maximum allowable
addresses. You are not notified that a security violation has occurred.
Note
Defaults
We do not recommend configuring the protect mode on a trunk
port. The protect mode disables learning when any VLAN
reaches its maximum limit, even if the port has not reached its
maximum limit.
restrict
Set the security violation restrict mode. In this mode, when the number
of secure MAC addresses reaches the limit allowed on the port, packets
with unknown source addresses are dropped until you remove a
sufficient number of secure MAC addresses or increase the number of
maximum allowable addresses. An SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message
is logged, and the violation counter increments.
shutdown
Set the security violation shutdown mode. In this mode, the interface is
error-disabled when a violation occurs and the port LED turns off. An
SNMP trap is sent, a syslog message is logged, and the violation counter
increments. When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can
bring it out of this state by entering the errdisable recovery cause
psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface
configuration commands.
The default is to disable port security.
When port security is enabled and no keywords are entered, the default maximum number of secure
MAC addresses is 1.
The default violation mode is shutdown.
Sticky learning is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-458
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
Usage Guidelines
If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you must use the no
shutdown interface configuration command to enable it before using the switchport port-security
command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by
default.
A secure port has the following limitations:
•
A secure port can be an access port or a trunk port; it cannot be a dynamic access port.
•
A secure port cannot be a protected port.
•
A secure port cannot be a destination port for Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN).
•
A secure port cannot belong to a Fast EtherChannel or Gigabit EtherChannel port group.
•
When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, if the new value is greater than
the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured value. If the new value is less
than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on the interface exceeds the
new value, the command is rejected.
•
The switch does not support port security aging of sticky secure MAC addresses.
A security violation occurs when the maximum number of secure MAC addresses are in the address table
and a station whose MAC address is not in the address table attempts to access the interface or when a
station whose MAC address is configured as a secure MAC address on another secure port attempts to
access the interface.
When a secure port is in the error-disabled state, you can bring it out of this state by entering the
errdisable recovery cause psecure-violation global configuration command, or you can manually
re-enable it by entering the shutdown and no shut down interface configuration commands.
Setting a maximum number of addresses to one and configuring the MAC address of an attached device
ensures that the device has the full bandwidth of the port.
When you enter a maximum secure address value for an interface, this occurs:
•
If the new value is greater than the previous value, the new value overrides the previously configured
value.
•
If the new value is less than the previous value and the number of configured secure addresses on
the interface exceeds the new value, the command is rejected.
Sticky secure MAC addresses have these characteristics:
•
When you enable sticky learning on an interface by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky interface configuration command, the interface converts all the dynamic secure
MAC addresses, including those that were dynamically learned before sticky learning was enabled,
to sticky secure MAC addresses and adds all sticky secure MAC addresses to the running
configuration.
•
If you disable sticky learning by using the no switchport port-security mac-address sticky
interface configuration command or the running configuration is removed, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain part of the running configuration but are removed from the address table. The
addresses that were removed can be dynamically reconfigured and added to the address table as
dynamic addresses.
•
When you configure sticky secure MAC addresses by using the switchport port-security
mac-address sticky mac-address interface configuration command, these addresses are added to the
address table and the running configuration. If port security is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses remain in the running configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-459
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security
Examples
•
If you save the sticky secure MAC addresses in the configuration file, when the switch restarts or
the interface shuts down, the interface does not need to relearn these addresses. If you do not save
the sticky secure addresses, they are lost. If sticky learning is disabled, the sticky secure MAC
addresses are converted to dynamic secure addresses and are removed from the running
configuration.
•
If you disable sticky learning and enter the switchport port-security mac-address sticky
mac-address interface configuration command, an error message appears, and the sticky secure
MAC address is not added to the running configuration.
This example shows how to enable port security on a port and to set the maximum number of secure
addresses to 5. The violation mode is the default, and no secure MAC addresses are configured.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode access
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security maximum 5
This example shows how to configure a secure MAC address and a VLAN ID on a port.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode trunk
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address 1000.2000.3000 vlan 3
This example shows how to enable sticky learning and to enter two sticky secure MAC addresses on a
port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.4141
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security mac-address sticky 0000.0000.000f
You can verify your settings by using the show port-security privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
clear port-security
Deletes from the MAC address table a specific type of secure address
or all the secure addresses on the switch or an interface.
show port-security address
Displays all the secure addresses configured on the switch.
show port-security
interface interface-id
Displays port security configuration for the switch or for the
specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-460
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
switchport port-security aging
Use the switchport port-security aging interface configuration command to set the aging time and type
for secure address entries or to change the aging behavior for secure addresses on a particular port. Use
the no form of this command to disable port security aging or to set the parameters to their default states.
switchport port-security aging {static | time time | type {absolute | inactivity}}
no switchport port-security aging {static | time | type}
Syntax Description
Defaults
static
Enable aging for statically configured secure addresses on this port.
time time
Specify the aging time for this port. The range is 0 to 1440 minutes. If the time
is 0, aging is disabled for this port.
type
Set the aging type.
absolute
Set absolute aging type. All the secure addresses on this port age out exactly after
the time (minutes) specified and are removed from the secure address list.
inactivity
Set the inactivity aging type. The secure addresses on this port age out only if there
is no data traffic from the secure source address for the specified time period.
The port security aging feature is disabled. The default time is 0 minutes.
The default aging type is absolute.
The default static aging behavior is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To enable secure address aging for a particular port, set the aging time to a value other than 0 for that
port. If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you must use the
no shutdown interface configuration command to enable it before using the switchport port-security
aging command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled
by default.
To allow limited time access to particular secure addresses, set the aging type as absolute. When the
aging time lapses, the secure addresses are deleted.
To allow continuous access to a limited number of secure addresses, set the aging type as inactivity. This
removes the secure address when it become inactive, and other addresses can become secure.
To allow unlimited access to a secure address, configure it as a secure address, and disable aging for the
statically configured secure address by using the no switchport port-security aging static interface
configuration command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-461
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport port-security aging
Examples
This example sets the aging time as 2 hours for absolute aging for all the secure addresses on the port.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 120
This example sets the aging time as 2 minutes for inactivity aging type with aging enabled for configured
secure addresses on the port.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging time 2
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging type inactivity
Switch(config-if)# switchport port-security aging static
This example shows how to disable aging for configured secure addresses.
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# no switchport port-security aging static
Related Commands
Command
Description
show port-security
Displays the port security settings defined for the port.
switchport port-security
Enables port security on a port, restricts the use of the port to a
user-defined group of stations, and configures secure MAC addresses.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-462
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport private-vlan
switchport private-vlan
Use the switchport private-vlan interface configuration command to define a private-VLAN
association for an isolated or community port or a mapping for a promiscuous port. Use the no form of
this command to remove the private-VLAN association or mapping from the port.
switchport private-vlan {association {host primary-vlan-id secondary-vlan-id | mapping
primary-vlan-id {add | remove} secondary-vlan-list} | host-association primary-vlan-id
secondary-vlan-id | mapping primary-vlan-id {add | remove} secondary-vlan-list}
no switchport private-vlan {association {host | mapping} | host-association | mapping
Note
Syntax Description
The mapping commands are supported only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
association
Define a private-VLAN association for a port.
host
Define a private-VLAN association for a community or isolated host port.
primary-vlan-id
The VLAN ID of the private-VLAN primary VLAN. The range is from 2 to
1001 and 1006 to 4094.
secondary-vlan-id
The VLAN ID of the private-VLAN secondary (isolated or community) VLAN.
The range is from 2 to 1001 and 1006 to 4094.
mapping
Define private-VLAN mapping for a promiscuous port. Only NNIs can be
configured as promiscuous ports. This keyword is not supported on user
network interfaces (UNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
add
Associate secondary VLANs to the primary VLAN.
remove
Clear the association between secondary VLANs and the primary VLAN.
secondary-vlan-list
One or more secondary (isolated or community) VLANs to be mapped to the
primary VLAN.
host-association
Define a private-VLAN association for a community or isolated host port.
Defaults
The default is to have no private-VLAN association or mapping configured.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-463
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport private-vlan
Usage Guidelines
Private-VLAN association or mapping has no effect on the port unless the port has been configured as a
private-VLAN host or promiscuous port by using the switchport mode private-vlan {host |
promiscuous} interface configuration command.
A promiscuous port must be an NNI; UNIs or ENIs cannot be configured as promiscuous ports. To
configure a port as a UNI, enter the port-type uni interface configuration command.
If the port is in private-VLAN host or promiscuous mode but the VLANs do not exist, the command is
allowed, but the port is made inactive.
The secondary_vlan_list parameter cannot contain spaces. It can contain multiple comma-separated
items. Each item can be a single private-VLAN ID or a hyphenated range of private-VLAN IDs. The list
can contain one isolated VLAN and multiple community VLANs.
You can map a promiscuous port to only one primary VLAN. If you enter the switchport private-vlan
mapping command on a promiscuous port that is already mapped to a primary and secondary VLAN,
the primary VLAN mapping is overwritten.
You can add or remove secondary VLANs from promiscuous port private-VLAN mappings by using the
add and remove keywords.
Entering the switchport private-vlan association host command has the same effect as entering the
switchport private-vlan host-association interface configuration command.
Entering the switchport private-vlan association mapping command has the same effect as entering
the switchport private-vlan mapping interface configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an interface as a private VLAN host port and associate it with
primary VLAN 20 and secondary VLAN 501:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface fastethernet 0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan host
Switch(config-if)# switchport private-vlan host-association 20 501
Switch(config-if)# end
This example shows how to configure an NNI as a private-VLAN promiscuous port and map it to a
private VLAN. The interface is a member of primary VLAN 20 and secondary VLANs 501 to 503 are
mapped to it.
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous
Switch(config-if)# switchport private-vlan mapping 20 add 501-503
Switch(config-if)# end
You can verify private-VLAN mapping by using the show interfaces private-vlan mapping privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces private-vlan
mapping
Displays private VLAN mapping information for VLAN SVIs.?
show vlan private-vlan
Displays all private VLAN relationships or types configured on the
switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-464
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport protected
switchport protected
Use the switchport protected interface configuration command to isolate unicast, multicast, and
broadcast traffic at Layer 2 from other protected ports on the same switch. Use the no form of this
command to disable protection on the port.
switchport protected
no switchport protected
Note
Protected ports are supported only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No protected port is defined. All ports are nonprotected.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The switchport protection feature is local to the switch; communication between protected ports on the
same switch is possible only through a Layer 3 device. To prevent communication between protected
ports on different switches, you must configure the protected ports for unique VLANs on each switch
and configure a trunk link between the switches. A protected port is different from a secure port.
A protected port does not forward any traffic (unicast, multicast, or broadcast) to any other port that is
also a protected port. Data traffic cannot be forwarded between protected ports at Layer 2; only control
traffic, such as PIM packets, is forwarded because these packets are processed by the CPU and forwarded
in software. All data traffic passing between protected ports must be forwarded through a Layer 3 device.
Port monitoring does not work if both the monitor and monitored ports are protected ports.
Examples
This example shows how to enable a protected port on an interface:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport protected
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-465
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport protected
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces
switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port, including
port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport block
Prevents unknown multicast or unicast traffic on the interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-466
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
switchport trunk
Use the switchport trunk interface configuration command to set the trunk characteristics when the
interface is in trunking mode. Use the no form of this command to reset a trunking characteristic to the
default.
switchport trunk {allowed vlan vlan-list | native vlan vlan-id}
no switchport trunk {allowed vlan | native vlan}
Syntax Description
allowed vlan vlan-list
Set the list of allowed VLANs that can receive and send traffic on this
interface in tagged format when in trunking mode. See the following vlan-list
format. The none keyword is not valid. The default is all.
native vlan vlan-id
Set the native VLAN for sending and receiving untagged traffic when the
interface is in 802.1Q trunking mode. The range is 1 to 4094.
The vlan-list format is all | none | [add | remove | except] vlan-atom [,vlan-atom...] where:
•
all specifies all VLANs from 1 to 4094. This keyword is not allowed on commands that do not
permit all VLANs in the list to be set at the same time.
•
none means an empty list. This keyword is not allowed on commands that require certain VLANs
to be set or at least one VLAN to be set.
•
add adds the defined list of VLANs to those currently set instead of replacing the list. Valid IDs are
from 1 to 4094. You can add extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs greater than 1005) to the allowed
VLAN list.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
remove removes the defined list of VLANs from those currently set instead of replacing the list.
Valid IDs are from 1 to 4094; extended-range VLAN IDs are valid.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Defaults
•
except lists the VLANs that should be calculated by inverting the defined list of VLANs. (VLANs
are added except the ones specified.) Valid IDs are from 1 to 1005. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN
IDs with a comma; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
vlan-atom is either a single VLAN number from 1 to 4094 or a continuous range of VLANs
described by two VLAN numbers, the lesser one first, separated by a hyphen.
VLAN 1 is the default native VLAN ID on the port.
The default for all VLAN lists is to include all VLANs.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-467
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
switchport trunk
Usage Guidelines
Native VLANs:
•
All untagged traffic received on an IEEE 802.1Q trunk port is forwarded with the native VLAN
configured for the port.
•
If a packet has a VLAN ID that is the same as the sending-port native VLAN ID, the packet is sent
without a tag; otherwise, the switch sends the packet with a tag.
•
The no form of the native vlan command resets the native mode VLAN to the appropriate default
VLAN for the device.
Allowed VLAN:
Examples
•
To reduce the risk of spanning-tree loops or storms, you can disable VLAN 1 on any individual
VLAN trunk port by removing VLAN 1 from the allowed list. When you remove VLAN 1 from a
trunk port, the interface continues to send and receive management traffic, for example, Cisco
Discovery Protocol (CDP), Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP), Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), and VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) in VLAN 1.
•
The no form of the allowed vlan command resets the list to the default list, which allows all VLANs.
This example shows how to configure VLAN 3 as the default for the port to send all untagged traffic:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk native vlan 3
This example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, 5, and 6 to the allowed list:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/2
Switch(config-if)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 1,2,5,6
You can verify your settings by entering the show interfaces interface-id switchport privileged EXEC
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces switchport
Displays the administrative and operational status of a switching port,
including port blocking and port protection settings.
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-468
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
system mtu
Use the system mtu global configuration command to set the maximum packet size or maximum
transmission unit (MTU) size for Gigabit Ethernet ports or for Fast Ethernet (10/100) ports. Use the no
form of this command to restore the global MTU value to its default value.
system mtu {bytes | jumbo bytes | routing bytes}
no system mtu
Note
Syntax Description
Though visible in the command line help, the routing keyword is not supported.
bytes
Set the system MTU for ports that are set to 10 or 100 Mbps. The range is
1500 to 1998 bytes. This is the maximum MTU received at 10/100-Mbps
Ethernet switch ports.
jumbo bytes
Set the system jumbo frame size (MTU) for Gigabit Ethernet ports. The
range is 1500 to 9000 bytes. This is the maximum MTU received at the
physical port for Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Defaults
The default MTU size for all ports is 1500 bytes.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(25)SEG
The system mtu bytes range was changed to 1500 to 1998.
Usage Guidelines
Note
When you use this command to change the system MTU or jumbo MTU size, you must reset the switch
before the new configuration takes effect.The system MTU setting is saved in the switch environmental
variable in NVRAM and becomes effective when the switch reloads. The MTU settings you enter with
the system mtu and system mtu jumbo commands are not saved in the switch IOS configuration file,
even if you enter the copy running-config startup-config privileged EXEC command. Therefore, if you
use TFTP to configure a new switch by using a backup configuration file and want the system MTU to
be other than the default, you must explicitly configure the system mtu and system mtu jumbo settings
on the new switch and then reload the switch.
Gigabit Ethernet ports operating at 1000 Mbps are not affected by the system mtu command, and
10/100-Mbps ports are not affected by the system mtu jumbo command.
If you enter a value that is outside the range for the specific type of switch, the value is not accepted.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-469
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
system mtu
Note
The switch does not support setting the MTU on a per-interface basis.
The size of frames that can be received by the switch CPU is limited to 1998 bytes, regardless of the
value entered with the system mtu command. Although forwarded or routed frames are usually not
received by the CPU, some packets (for example, control traffic, SNMP, Telnet, and routing protocols)
are sent to the CPU.
Because the switch does not fragment packets, it drops switched packets larger than the packet size
supported on the egress interface.
For example, if the system mtu value is 1998 bytes and the system mtu jumbo value is 5000 bytes,
packets up to 5000 bytes can be received on interfaces operating at 1000 Mbps. However, although a
packet larger than 1998 bytes can be received on an interface operating at 1000 Mbps, if its destination
interface is operating at 10 or 100 Mbps, the packet is dropped.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum packet size for Gigabit Ethernet ports to 1800 bytes:
Switch(config)# system mtu jumbo 1800
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# reload
You can verify your setting by entering the show system mtu privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show system mtu
Displays the packet size set for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-470
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
table-map
table-map
Use the table-map global configuration command to create a quality of service (QoS) mapping and to
enter table-map configuration mode. Table maps can be specified in policy-map class set commands or
as mark down mappings for policers and are used to create and configure a mapping table for converting
one packet-marking value to another. Use the no form of this command to delete the mapping table.
table-map table-map-name
no table-map table-map-name
Syntax Description
class-map-name
Defaults
No table maps are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Name of the table map.
Use this command to specify the name of the table map that you want to create or to modify and to enter
table-map configuration mode.
You use the table-map command to create a mapping table, which is a type of conversion chart used for
establishing a to-from relationship between packet-marking types or categories. For example, you can
use a mapping table to establish a to-from relationship among these categories:
•
class of service (CoS)
•
precedence
•
Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP)
The switch supports a maximum of 256 unique table maps.
The maximum number of map statements within a table map is 64.
After you are in table-map configuration mode, these configuration commands are available:
•
default: the default behavior for setting a value not found in the table map. The default can be
specified as one of these:
– default value—uses the table map default value. The range is from 0 to 63.
– copy—sets the default behavior for a value not found in the table map to copy.
– ignore—sets the default behavior for a value not found in the table map to ignore.
•
exit: exits from QoS table-map configuration mode.
•
map: the table map from from_value and to to_value. Both value ranges are from 0 to 63.
•
no: deletes the table map or sets the default values.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-471
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
table-map
You can specify table maps in set commands and use them as mark-down mapping for the policers in
input policy maps.
You cannot use table maps in output policy maps.
Examples
This example shows how to create a table map to map DSCP to CoS values, setting those DSCP values
that are not mapped to a CoS value of 4:
Switch(config)# table-map dscp-to-cos
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 1 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 2 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 3 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 4 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 5 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# map from 6 to
Switch(config-tablemap)# default 4
Switch(config-tablemap)# exit
1
1
1
2
2
3
You can verify your settings by entering the show table map privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
class
Defines a traffic classification match criteria for the specified
class-map name.
policy-map
Creates or modifies a policy map that can be attached to multiple
ports to specify a service policy.
set cos
Classifies IP traffic by setting a CoS, DSCP, IP-precedence, or QoS
group value in the packet.
show table-map
Displays QoS table maps.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-472
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
test cable-diagnostics tdr
test cable-diagnostics tdr
Use the test cable-diagnostics tdr privileged EXEC command to run the Time Domain Reflector (TDR)
feature on an interface.
test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id
Note
TDR is supported only on the copper Ethernet 10/100 or 10/100/100 ports on the Cisco ME switch.
Syntax Description
interface-id
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Specify the interface on which to run TDR.
You can use the TDR feature to diagnose and resolve cabling problems. TDR is supported only on copper
Ethernet 10/100 or 10/100/1000 ports. It is not supported on small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module
ports. For more information about TDR, see the software configuration guide for this release.
After you run TDR by using the test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command, use the
show cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id privileged EXEC command to display the results.
Examples
This example shows how to run TDR on an interface:
Switch# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/2
TDR test started on interface Gi0/2
A TDR test can take a few seconds to run on an interface
Use 'show cable-diagnostics tdr' to read the TDR results.
If you enter the test cable-diagnostics tdr interface interface-id command on an interface that has a
link status of up and a speed of 10 or 100 Mbps, these messages appear:
Switch# test cable-diagnostics tdr interface gigabitethernet0/3
TDR test on Gi0/9 will affect link state and traffic
TDR test started on interface Gi0/3
A TDR test can take a few seconds to run on an interface
Use 'show cable-diagnostics tdr' to read the TDR results.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show cable-diagnostics tdr
Displays the TDR results.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-473
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
traceroute mac
Use the traceroute mac privileged EXEC command to display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets
from the specified source MAC address to the specified destination MAC address.
traceroute mac [interface interface-id] {source-mac-address} [interface interface-id]
{destination-mac-address} [vlan vlan-id] [detail]
Note
Syntax Description
Layer 2 traceroute is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
interface interface-id
(Optional) Specify an interface on the source or destination switch.
source-mac-address
Specify the MAC address of the source switch in hexadecimal format.
destination-mac-address
Specify the MAC address of the destination switch in hexadecimal format.
vlan vlan-id
(Optional) Specify the VLAN on which to trace the Layer 2 path that the
packets take from the source switch to the destination switch. Valid VLAN
IDs are 1 to 4094.
detail
(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
Layer 2 traceroute is available only on NNIs.
When the switch detects a device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
Layer 2 traceroute supports only unicast traffic. If you specify a multicast source or destination MAC
address, the physical path is not identified, and an error message appears.
The traceroute mac command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and destination
addresses belong to the same VLAN. If you specify source and destination addresses that belong to
different VLANs, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-474
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
If the source or destination MAC address belongs to multiple VLANs, you must specify the VLAN to
which both the source and destination MAC addresses belong. If the VLAN is not specified, the path is
not identified, and an error message appears.
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Examples
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination MAC
addresses:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[ME-3400-24TS] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/1 => Gi0/3
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
Gi0/3 => Gi0/1
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Gi0/2 => Gi0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[ME-3400-24TS] (2.2.6.6)
ME-3400-24TS / 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Gi0/3 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the interfaces on the source and
destination switches:
Switch# traceroute mac interface fastethernet0/1 0000.0201.0601 interface fastethernet0/3
0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[ME-3400-24TS] (2.2.6.6)
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/1 => Gi0/3
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
Gi0/3 => Gi0/1
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Gi0/2 => Gi0/1
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-475
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch is not connected to the source switch:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0501 0000.0201.0201 detail
Source not directly connected, tracing source .....
Source 0000.0201.0501 found on con5[ME-3400-24TS] (2.2.5.5)
con5 / ME-3400-24TS/ 2.2.5.5 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/3 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the switch cannot find the destination port for the source
MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0011.1111 0000.0201.0201
Error:Source Mac address not found.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the source and destination devices are in different VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0301.0201
Error:Source and destination macs are on different vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
This example shows the Layer 2 path when the destination MAC address is a multicast address:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0100.0201.0201
Invalid destination mac address
This example shows the Layer 2 path when source and destination switches belong to multiple VLANs:
Switch# traceroute mac 0000.0201.0601 0000.0201.0201
Error:Mac found on multiple vlans.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Related Commands
Command
Description
traceroute mac ip
Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source IP
address or hostname to the specified destination IP address or hostname.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-476
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
traceroute mac ip
Use the traceroute mac ip privileged EXEC command to display the Layer 2 path taken by the packets
from the specified source IP address or hostname to the specified destination IP address or hostname.
traceroute mac ip {source-ip-address | source-hostname} {destination-ip-address |
destination-hostname} [detail]
Note
Syntax Description
Layer 2 traceroute is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
source-ip-address
Specify the IP address of the source switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
destination-ip-address
Specify the IP address of the destination switch as a 32-bit quantity in
dotted-decimal format.
source-hostname
Specify the IP hostname of the source switch.
destination-hostname
Specify the IP hostname of the destination switch.
detail
(Optional) Specify that detailed information appears.
Defaults
There is no default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
For Layer 2 traceroute to function properly, Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) must be enabled on all the
switches in the network. Do not disable CDP.
Layer 2 traceroute is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs).
When the switch detects an device in the Layer 2 path that does not support Layer 2 traceroute, the switch
continues to send Layer 2 trace queries and lets them time out.
The maximum number of hops identified in the path is ten.
The traceroute mac ip command output shows the Layer 2 path when the specified source and
destination IP addresses are in the same subnet. When you specify the IP addresses, the switch uses
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to associate the IP addresses with the corresponding MAC addresses
and the VLAN IDs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-477
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
traceroute mac ip
•
If an ARP entry exists for the specified IP address, the switch uses the associated MAC address and
identifies the physical path.
•
If an ARP entry does not exist, the switch sends an ARP query and tries to resolve the IP address.
The IP addresses must be in the same subnet. If the IP address is not resolved, the path is not
identified, and an error message appears.
The Layer 2 traceroute feature is not supported when multiple devices are attached to one port through
hubs (for example, multiple CDP neighbors are detected on a port). When more than one CDP neighbor
is detected on a port, the Layer 2 path is not identified, and an error message appears.
This feature is not supported in Token Ring VLANs.
Examples
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination IP
addresses and by using the detail keyword:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.22.22 detail
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6[WS-C2950G-24-EI] (2.2.6.6)
con6 / ME-3400-24TS-/ 2.2.6.6 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/3 [auto, auto]
con5 / WS-C2950G-24-EI / 2.2.5.5 :
Fa0/3 [auto, auto] => Gi0/1 [auto, auto]
con1 / WS-C3550-12G / 2.2.1.1 :
Gi0/1 [auto, auto] => Gi0/2 [auto, auto]
con2 / WS-C3550-24 / 2.2.2.2 :
Gi0/2 [auto, auto] => Fa0/1 [auto, auto]
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2[WS-C3550-24] (2.2.2.2)
Layer 2 trace completed.
This example shows how to display the Layer 2 path by specifying the source and destination hostnames:
Switch# traceroute mac ip con6 con2
Translating IP to mac .....
2.2.66.66 => 0000.0201.0601
2.2.22.22 => 0000.0201.0201
Source 0000.0201.0601 found on con6
con6 (2.2.6.6) :Gi0/1 => Gi0/3
con5
(2.2.5.5
) :
con1
(2.2.1.1
) :
con2
(2.2.2.2
) :
Destination 0000.0201.0201 found on con2
Layer 2 trace completed
Gi0/3 => Gi0/1
Gi0/1 => Gi0/2
Gi0/2 => Fa0/1
This example shows the Layer 2 path when ARP cannot associate the source IP address with the
corresponding MAC address:
Switch# traceroute mac ip 2.2.66.66 2.2.77.77
Arp failed for destination 2.2.77.77.
Layer2 trace aborted.
Related Commands
Command
Description
traceroute mac
Displays the Layer 2 path taken by the packets from the specified source MAC
address to the specified destination MAC address.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-478
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
udld
udld
Use the udld global configuration command to enable aggressive or normal mode in the UniDirectional
Link Detection (UDLD) and to set the configurable message timer time. Use the no form of the command
to disable aggressive or normal mode UDLD on all fiber-optic ports.
udld {aggressive | enable | message time message-timer-interval}
no udld {aggressive | enable | message}
Syntax Description
Defaults
aggressive
Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
enable
Enable UDLD in normal mode on all fiber-optic interfaces.
message time
message-timer-interval
Configure the period of time between UDLD probe messages on ports that
are in the advertisement phase and are determined to be bidirectional. The
range is 7 to 90 seconds.
UDLD is disabled on all interfaces.
The message timer is set at 60 seconds.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
UDLD supports two modes of operation: normal (the default) and aggressive. In normal mode, UDLD
detects unidirectional links due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic connections. In aggressive
mode, UDLD also detects unidirectional links due to one-way traffic on fiber-optic and twisted-pair links
and due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic links. For information about normal and aggressive
modes, see the “Understanding UDLD” section in the software configuration guide for this release.
If you change the message time between probe packets, you are making a trade-off between the detection
speed and the CPU load. By decreasing the time, you can make the detection-response faster but increase
the load on the CPU.
This command affects fiber-optic interfaces only. Use the udld interface configuration command to
enable UDLD on other interface types.
You can use these commands to reset an interface shut down by UDLD:
•
The udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces shut down by UDLD
•
The shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands
•
The no udld enable global configuration command followed by the udld {aggressive | enable}
global configuration command to re-enable UDLD globally
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-479
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
udld
Examples
•
The no udld port interface configuration command followed by the udld port or udld port
aggressive interface configuration command to re-enable UDLD on the specified interface
•
The errdisable recovery cause udld and errdisable recovery interval interval global
configuration commands to automatically recover from the UDLD error-disabled state
This example shows how to enable UDLD on all fiber-optic interfaces:
Switch(config)# udld enable
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports
or the specified port.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to
again pass through.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-480
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
udld port
udld port
Use the udld port interface configuration command to enable the UniDirectional Link Detection
(UDLD) on an individual interface or prevent a fiber-optic interface from being enabled by the udld
global configuration command. Use the no form of this command to return to the udld global
configuration command setting or to disable UDLD if entered for a nonfiber-optic port.
udld port [aggressive]
no udld port [aggressive]
Syntax Description
aggressive
Defaults
On fiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is not enabled, not in aggressive mode, and not disabled. For this
reason, fiber-optic interfaces enable UDLD according to the state of the udld enable or udld aggressive
global configuration command.
Enable UDLD in aggressive mode on the specified interface.
On nonfiber-optic interfaces, UDLD is disabled.
Command Modes
Interface configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
A UDLD-capable port cannot detect a unidirectional link if it is connected to a UDLD-incapable port of
another switch. If the port is a user network interface (UNI) or enhanced network interface (ENI), you
must use the no shutdown interface configuration command to enable it before using the udld port
command. UNIs and ENIs are disabled by default. Network node interfaces (NNIs) are enabled by
default.
UDLD supports two modes of operation: normal (the default) and aggressive. In normal mode, UDLD
detects unidirectional links due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic connections. In aggressive
mode, UDLD also detects unidirectional links due to one-way traffic on fiber-optic and twisted-pair links
and due to misconnected interfaces on fiber-optic links. For information about normal and aggressive
modes, see the “Configuring UDLD” chapter in the software configuration guide for this release.
To enable UDLD in normal mode, use the udld port interface configuration command. To enable UDLD
in aggressive mode, use the udld port aggressive interface configuration command.
Use the no udld port command on fiber-optic ports to return control of UDLD to the udld enable global
configuration command or to disable UDLD on nonfiber-optic ports.
Use the udld port aggressive command on fiber-optic ports to override the setting of the udld enable
or udld aggressive global configuration command. Use the no form on fiber-optic ports to remove this
setting and to return control of UDLD enabling to the udld global configuration command or to disable
UDLD on nonfiber-optic ports.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-481
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
udld port
If the switch software detects a small form-factor pluggable (SFP) module change and the port changes
from fiber optic to nonfiber optic or the reverse, all configurations are maintained.
You can use these commands to reset an interface shut down by UDLD:
Examples
•
The udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces shut down by UDLD
•
The shutdown and no shutdown interface configuration commands
•
The no udld enable global configuration command followed by the udld {aggressive | enable}
global configuration command to re-enable UDLD globally
•
The no udld port interface configuration command followed by the udld port or udld port
aggressive interface configuration command to re-enable UDLD on the specified interface
•
The errdisable recovery cause udld and errdisable recovery interval interval global
configuration commands to automatically recover from the UDLD error-disabled state
This example shows how to enable UDLD on an port:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# udld port
This example shows how to disable UDLD on a fiber-optic interface despite the setting of the udld
global configuration command:
Switch(config)# interface gigabitethernet0/1
Switch(config-if)# no udld port
You can verify your settings by entering the show running-config or the show udld interface privileged
EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld reset
Resets all interfaces shut down by UDLD and permits traffic to again
pass through.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-482
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
udld reset
udld reset
Use the udld reset privileged EXEC command to reset all interfaces disabled by the UniDirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) and permit traffic to begin passing through them again (though other features, such
as spanning tree and Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) still have their normal effects, if enabled).
udld reset
Note
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If the interface configuration is still enabled for UDLD, these ports begin to run UDLD again and are
disabled for the same reason if the problem has not been corrected.
Examples
This example shows how to reset all interfaces disabled by UDLD:
Switch# udld reset
1 ports shutdown by UDLD were reset.
You can verify your setting by entering the show udld privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show running-config
Displays the operating configuration. For syntax information, use this
link to the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 Command Reference listing page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/prod_com
mand_reference_list.html
Select the Cisco IOS Commands Master List, Release 12.2 to
navigate to the command.
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or
the specified port.
udld
Enables aggressive or normal mode in UDLD or sets the configurable
message timer time.
udld port
Enables UDLD on an individual interface or prevents a fiber-optic
interface from being enabled by the udld global configuration
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-483
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
uni-vlan
uni-vlan
Use the uni-vlan VLAN configuration command to configure the VLAN as a user network
interface-enhanced network interface (UNI-ENI) community or isolated VLAN. UNIs and ENIs on a
switch that are assigned to a community VLAN can exchange packets with one another; UNIs and ENIs
in an isolated VLAN cannot exchange packets. Use the no form of this command to return the VLAN to
the default UNI-ENI isolated VLAN.
uni-vlan {community | isolated}
no uni-vlan
Syntax Description
community
Designate the UNI-ENI VLAN as a community VLAN.
isolated
Designate the UNI-ENI VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
Defaults
The default VLAN configuration is UNI-ENI isolated VLAN.
Command Modes
VLAN configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
In a UNI-ENI isolated VLAN, packets are not exchanged between UNIs or ENIs within the VLAN.
Packets can be exchanged between UNIs or ENIs and network node interfaces (NNIs) in the same UNI
isolated VLAN.
In a UNI-ENI community VLAN, packets can be exchanged between UNIs, between ENIs, or between
UNIs and NNIs in the same community VLAN. However, there can be no more than a combined total of
eight UNIs and ENIs in a UNI community VLAN.
Note
Local switching takes place between ENIs and UNIs in the same community VLAN. Because you can
enable spanning tree on ENIs, but not on UNIs, you should use caution when configuring ENIs and UNIs
in the same community VLAN. UNIs are always in the forwarding state.
VLAN 1 is always a UNI-ENI isolated VLAN; you cannot configure VLAN 1 as a UNI-ENI community
VLAN. The reserved VLANs, 1002 to 1005, are not Ethernet VLANs.
As with any other VLAN, you can statically assign ports to UNI-ENI VLANs by using the switchport
access vlan vlan-id interface configuration command. Ports are also dynamically assigned to UNI-ENI
VLANs.
The uni-vlan command does not take effect until you exit from VLAN configuration mode.
A UNI-ENI VLAN cannot be a Remote Switched Port Analyzer (RSPAN) VLAN.
A UNI-ENI VLAN cannot be a private VLAN.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-484
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
uni-vlan
To change a UNI-ENI isolated VLAN to an RSPAN VLAN or a private VLAN, enter the rspan-vlan or
private-vlan VLAN configuration command. This overwrites the default isolated VLAN configuration.
To change a UNI-ENI community VLAN to an RSPAN VLAN or a private VLAN, you must first enter
the no uni-vlan VLAN configuration command to return to the default UNI-ENI isolated VLAN
configuration before entering the rspan-vlan or private-vlan VLAN configuration command.
Note
Examples
For more information about UNI-ENI VLANs and interaction with other features, see the software
configuration guide for this release.
This example show s how to change VLAN 20 from the default UNI-ENI isolated VLAN to a UNI-ENI
community VLAN:
Switch# configure terminal
Switch(config)# vlan 20
Switch(config-vlan)# uni-vlan community
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan uni-vlan or show vlan vlan-id uni-vlan [type]
privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show interfaces status
Displays the status of interfaces, including the VLANs to which they
belong.
show vlan uni-vlan
Displays the UNI-ENI VLANs on the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-485
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan
vlan
Use the vlan global configuration command with a VLAN ID to add a VLAN and to enter VLAN
configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the VLAN. Configuration information
for normal-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1 to 1005) is always saved in the VLAN database as well as in the
switch running configuration file. Configuration information for extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs
greater than 1005), are saved only in the switch running configuration file. You can save configurations
in the switch startup configuration file by entering the copy running-config startup-config privileged
EXEC command.
vlan vlan-id
no vlan vlan-id
Syntax Description
vlan-id
Defaults
This command has no default settings.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
ID of the VLAN to be added and configured. For vlan-id, the range is 1 to 4094. You
can enter a single VLAN ID, a series of VLAN IDs separated by commas, or a range
of VLAN IDs separated by hyphens.
Extended-range VLANs (VLAN IDs 1006 to 4094) are not added to the VLAN database, but all VLAN
configurations are saved in the running configuration, and you can save them in the switch startup
configuration file.
Entering the vlan command with a VLAN ID enables VLAN configuration mode. If you enter an invalid
VLAN ID, you receive an error message and do not enter VLAN configuration mode.
When you enter the VLAN ID of an existing VLAN, you do not create a new VLAN, but you can modify
VLAN parameters for that VLAN. The specified VLANs are added or modified when you exit VLAN
configuration mode. Only the shutdown command (for VLANs 1 to 1005) takes effect immediately.
These configuration commands are available in VLAN configuration mode. The no form of each
command returns the characteristic to its default state.
Note
Although all commands are visible, the only VLAN configuration commands that are supported on
extended-range VLANs are mtu mtu-size, private-vlan, remote-span and uni-vlan. For extended-range
VLANs, all other characteristics must remain at the default state.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-486
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan
Note
The switch supports only Ethernet VLANs. You can configure parameters for FDDI and Token Ring
VLANs and view the results in the vlan.dat file, but these parameters are not used.
•
are are-number: defines the maximum number of all-routes explorer (ARE) hops for TrCRF
VLANs. The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7.
•
backupcrf {enable | disable}: specifies the backup CRF mode for TrCRF VLANs.
•
bridge {bridge-number| type}: specifies the logical distributed source-routing bridge, the bridge
that interconnects all logical rings having this VLAN as a parent VLAN in FDDI-NET, Token
Ring-NET, and TrBRF VLANs. The range is 0 to 15. The default bridge number is 0.
•
exit: applies changes, increments the VLAN database revision number (VLANs 1 to 1005 only), and
exits VLAN configuration mode.
•
media: defines the VLAN media type.
– ethernet is Ethernet media type (the default).
– fddi is FDDI media type.
– fd-net is FDDI network entity title (NET) media type.
– tokenring is Token Ring media type or TrCRF.
– tr-net is Token Ring network entity title (NET) media type or TrBRF media type.
•
mtu mtu-size: specifies the maximum transmission unit (MTU) (packet size in bytes). The range is
1500 to 18190. The default is 1500 bytes.
•
name vlan-name: names the VLAN with an ASCII string from 1 to 32 characters that must be unique
within the administrative domain. The default is VLANxxxx where xxxx represents four numeric
digits (including leading zeros) equal to the VLAN ID number.
•
no: negates a command or returns it to the default setting.
•
parent parent-vlan-id: specifies the parent VLAN of an existing FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF
VLAN. The range is 0 to 1005. The default parent VLAN ID is 0 (no parent VLAN).
•
private-vlan: configure the VLAN as a private VLAN community, isolated, or primary VLAN or
configure the association between private-VLAN primary and secondary VLANs. See the
private-vlan command for more information.
•
remote-span: configure the VLAN as a Remote SPAN (RSPAN) VLAN. When the RSPAN feature
is added to an existing VLAN, the VLAN is first deleted and is then recreated with the RSPAN
feature. Any access ports are deactivated until the RSPAN feature is removed. Learning is disabled
on the VLAN. See the remote-span command for more information.
•
ring ring-number: defines the logical ring for an FDDI, Token Ring, or TrCRF VLAN. The range is
1 to 4095.
•
said said-value: specifies the security association identifier (SAID) as documented in IEEE 802.10.
The range is 1 to 4294967294, and the number must be unique within the administrative domain.
The default value is 100000 plus the VLAN ID number.
•
shutdown: shuts down VLAN switching on the VLAN. This command takes effect immediately.
Other commands take effect when you exit VLAN configuration mode.
•
state: specifies the VLAN state:
– active means the VLAN is operational (the default).
– suspend means the VLAN is suspended. Suspended VLANs do not pass packets.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-487
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan
•
ste ste-number: defines the maximum number of spanning-tree explorer (STE) hops for TrCRF
VLANs. The range is 0 to 13. The default is 7.
•
stp type: defines the spanning-tree type for FDDI-NET, Token Ring-NET, or TrBRF VLANs.
– ieee for IEEE Ethernet STP running source-route transparent (SRT) bridging.
– ibm for IBM STP running source-route bridging (SRB).
– auto for STP running a combination of source-route transparent bridging (IEEE) and
source-route bridging (IBM).
Examples
•
tb-vlan1 tb-vlan1-id and tb-vlan2 tb-vlan2-id: specifies the first and second VLAN to which this
VLAN is translationally bridged. Translational VLANs translate FDDI or Token Ring to Ethernet,
for example. The range is 0 to 1005. If no value is specified, 0 (no transitional bridging) is assumed.
•
uni-vlan {community | isolated}: configures the VLAN as a user network interface-enhanced
network interface (UNI-ENI) community or UNI-ENI isolated VLAN. UNIs on a switch that are
assigned to a community VLAN can communicate with each other. If the UNI-ENI VLAN is
isolated (the default), ports in the VLAN cannot communicate. See the uni-vlan command for more
information.
This example shows how to add an Ethernet VLAN with default media characteristics. The default
includes a vlan-name of VLANxxx, where xxxx represents four numeric digits (including leading zeros)
equal to the VLAN ID number. The default media option is ethernet; the state option is active. The
default said-value variable is 100000 plus the VLAN ID; the mtu-size variable is 1500; the stp-type
option is ieee. When you enter the exit VLAN configuration command, the VLAN is added if it did not
already exist; otherwise, this command does has no affect.
This example shows how to create a new VLAN with all default characteristics and enter config-vlan
mode:
Switch(config)# vlan 200
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
This example shows how to create a new extended-range VLAN, to enter VLAN configuration mode and
configure the VLAN as a UNI-ENI community VLAN, and to save the new VLAN in the switch startup
configuration file:
Switch(config)# vlan 2000
Switch(config-vlan)# uni-vlan community
Switch(config-vlan)# exit
Switch(config)# exit
Switch# copy running-config startup config
You can verify your setting by entering the show vlan privileged EXEC command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN ID or name is specified).
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-488
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
vlan access-map
Use the vlan access-map global configuration command to create or modify a VLAN map entry for
VLAN packet filtering. This entry changes the mode to the VLAN access-map configuration. Use the no
form of this command to delete a VLAN map entry. Use the vlan filter interface configuration command
to apply a VLAN map to one or more VLANs.
vlan access-map name [number]
no vlan access-map name [number]
Syntax Description
name
Name of the VLAN map.
number
(Optional) The sequence number of the map entry that you want to create or modify (0
to 65535). If you are creating a VLAN map and the sequence number is not specified,
it is automatically assigned in increments of 10, starting from 10. This number is the
sequence to insert to, or delete from, a VLAN access-map entry.
Defaults
There are no VLAN map entries and no VLAN maps applied to a VLAN.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
In global configuration mode, use this command to create or modify a VLAN map. This entry changes
the mode to VLAN access-map configuration, where you can use the match access-map configuration
command to specify the access lists for IP or non-IP traffic to match and use the action command to set
whether a match causes the packet to be forwarded or dropped.
In VLAN access-map configuration mode, these commands are available:
•
action: sets the action to be taken (forward or drop).
•
default: sets a command to its defaults
•
exit: exits from VLAN access-map configuration mode
•
match: sets the values to match (IP address or MAC address).
•
no: negates a command or set its defaults
When you do not specify an entry number (sequence number), it is added to the end of the map.
There can be only one VLAN map per VLAN and it is applied as packets are received by a VLAN.
You can use the no vlan access-map name [number] command with a sequence number to delete a single
entry.
In global configuration mode, use the vlan filter interface configuration command to apply the map to
one or more VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-489
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan access-map
Note
Examples
For more information about VLAN map entries, see the software configuration guide for this release.
This example shows how to create a VLAN map named vac1 and apply matching conditions and actions
to it. If no other entries already exist in the map, this will be entry 10.
Switch(config)# vlan access-map vac1
Switch(config-access-map)# match ip address acl1
Switch(config-access-map)# action forward
This example shows how to delete VLAN map vac1:
Switch(config)# no vlan access-map vac1
Related Commands
Command
Description
action
Sets the action for the VLAN access map entry.
match (access-map configuration) Sets the VLAN map to match packets against one or more access
lists.
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all
VLAN access maps.
vlan filter
Applies the VLAN access map to one or more VLANs.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-490
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
vlan filter
Use the vlan filter global configuration command to apply a VLAN map to one or more VLANs. Use
the no form of this command to remove the map.
vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
no vlan filter mapname vlan-list {list | all}
Syntax Description
mapname
Name of the VLAN map entry.
list
The list of one or more VLANs in the form tt, uu-vv, xx, yy-zz, where spaces
around commas and dashes are optional. The range is 1 to 4094.
all
Remove the filter from all VLANs.
Defaults
There are no VLAN filters.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Note
Examples
To avoid accidentally dropping too many packets and disabling connectivity in the middle of the
configuration process, we recommend that you completely define the VLAN access map before applying
it to a VLAN.
For more information about VLAN map entries, see the software configuration guide for this release.
This example applies VLAN map entry map1 to VLANs 20 and 30:
Switch(config)# vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20, 30
This example shows how to delete VLAN map entry mac1 from VLAN 20:
Switch(config)# no vlan filter map1 vlan-list 20
You can verify your settings by entering the show vlan filter privileged EXEC command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-491
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vlan filter
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vlan access-map
Displays information about a particular VLAN access map or all VLAN
access maps.
show vlan filter
Displays information about all VLAN filters or about a particular VLAN
or VLAN access map.
vlan access-map
Creates a VLAN map entry for VLAN packet filtering.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-492
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC)
Use the vmps reconfirm privileged EXEC command to immediately send VLAN Query Protocol (VQP)
queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN assignments with the VLAN Membership Policy Server
(VMPS).
vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
No default is defined.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to immediately send VQP queries to the VMPS:
Switch# vmps reconfirm
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining the
VMPS Action row of the Reconfirmation Status section. The show vmps command shows the result of
the last time the assignments were reconfirmed either because the reconfirmation timer expired or
because the vmps reconfirm command was entered.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (global
configuration)
Changes the reconfirmation interval for the VQP client.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-493
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
vmps reconfirm (global configuration)
Use the vmps reconfirm global configuration command to change the reconfirmation interval for the
VLAN Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
vmps reconfirm interval
no vmps reconfirm
Syntax Description
interval
Defaults
The default reconfirmation interval is 60 minutes.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
Reconfirmation interval for VQP client queries to the VLAN Membership Policy
Server (VMPS) to reconfirm dynamic VLAN assignments. The range is 1 to 120
minutes.
This example shows how to set the VQP client to reconfirm dynamic VLAN entries every 20 minutes:
Switch(config)# vmps reconfirm 20
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Reconfirm Interval row.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
vmps reconfirm (privileged EXEC) Sends VQP queries to reconfirm all dynamic VLAN
assignments with the VMPS.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-494
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps retry
vmps retry
Use the vmps retry global configuration command to configure the per-server retry count for the VLAN
Query Protocol (VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to return to the default setting.
vmps retry count
no vmps retry
Syntax Description
count
Defaults
The default retry count is 3.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
Number of attempts to contact the VLAN Membership Policy Server (VMPS) by the
client before querying the next server in the list. The range is 1 to 10.
This example shows how to set the retry count to 7:
Switch(config)# vmps retry 7
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the Server Retry Count row.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-495
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
vmps server
Use the vmps server global configuration command to configure the primary VLAN Membership Policy
Server (VMPS) and up to three secondary servers. Use the no form of this command to remove a VMPS
server.
vmps server ipaddress [primary]
no vmps server [ipaddress]
Syntax Description
ipaddress
IP address or hostname of the primary or secondary VMPS servers. If you specify a
hostname, the Domain Name System (DNS) server must be configured.
primary
(Optional) Decides whether primary or secondary VMPS servers are being
configured.
Defaults
No primary or secondary VMPS servers are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The first server entered is automatically selected as the primary server whether or not primary is
entered. The first server address can be overridden by using primary in a subsequent command.
When using the no form without specifying the ipaddress, all configured servers are deleted. If you
delete all servers when dynamic-access ports are present, the switch cannot forward packets from new
sources on these ports because it cannot query the VMPS.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the server that has IP address 191.10.49.20 as the primary VMPS
server. The servers with IP addresses 191.10.49.21 and 191.10.49.22 are configured as secondary
servers:
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.20 primary
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.21
Switch(config)# vmps server 191.10.49.22
This example shows how to delete the server with IP address 191.10.49.21:
Switch(config)# no vmps server 191.10.49.21
You can verify your setting by entering the show vmps privileged EXEC command and examining
information in the VMPS Domain Server row.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-496
OL-9643-03
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
Related Commands
Command
Description
show vmps
Displays VQP and VMPS information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
2-497
Chapter 2 Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Cisco IOS Commands
vmps server
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
2-498
OL-9643-03
A P P E N D I X
A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Boot Loader Commands
This appendix describes the boot loader commands on the Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access switch
During normal boot loader operation, you are not presented with the boot loader command-line prompt.
You gain access to the boot loader command line if the switch is set to manually boot, if an error occurs
during power-on self-test (POST) DRAM testing, or if an error occurs while loading the operating
system (a corrupted Cisco IOS image). You can also access the boot loader if you have lost or forgotten
the switch password.
Note
The default switch configuration allows an end user with physical access to the switch to recover from
a lost password by interrupting the boot process while the switch is powering up and then entering a new
password. The password recovery disable feature allows the system administrator to protect access to
the switch password by disabling part of this functionality and allowing the user to interrupt the boot
process only by agreeing to set the system back to the default configuration. With password recovery
disabled, the user can still interrupt the boot process and change the password, but the configuration file
(config.text) and the VLAN database file (vlan.dat) are deleted. For more information, see the software
configuration guide for this release.
You can access the boot loader through a switch console connection at 9600 bps. Disconnect and then
reconnect the switch power cord. After the switch performs POST, the switch begins the autoboot
process. The boot loader prompts the user for a break key character during the boot-up sequence, as
shown in this example:
***** The system will autoboot in 15 seconds *****
Send a break key to prevent autobooting.
The break key character is different for each operating system.
•
On a SUN work station running UNIX, Ctrl-C is the break key.
•
On a PC running Windows 2000, Ctrl-Break is the break key.
Cisco TAC has tabulated break keys for most common operating systems and has provided an alternative
break key sequence for terminal emulators that do not support the break keys. To view this table, see:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/701/61.html#how-to
When you enter the break key, the boot loader switch: prompt appears.
The boot loader performs low-level CPU initialization, performs POST, and loads a default operating
system image into memory.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-1
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
boot
boot
Use the boot boot loader command to load and boot an executable image and to enter the command-line
interface.
boot [-post | -n | -p | flag] filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
-post
(Optional) Run the loaded image with an extended or comprehensive power-on
self-test (POST). Using this keyword causes POST to take longer to complete.
-n
(Optional) Pause for the Cisco IOS debugger immediately after launching.
-p
(Optional) Pause for the JTAG debugger right after loading the image.
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
(Optional) Path (directory) and name of a bootable image. Separate image names
with a semicolon.
Defaults
The switch attempts to automatically boot the system by using information in the BOOT environment
variable. If this variable is not set, the switch attempts to load and execute the first executable image it
can by performing a recursive, depth-first search throughout the flash file system. In a depth-first search
of a directory, each encountered subdirectory is completely searched before continuing the search in the
original directory.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
When you enter the boot command without any arguments, the switch attempts to automatically boot
the system by using the information in the BOOT environment variable, if any. If you supply an image
name for the file-url variable, the boot command attempts to boot the specified image.
When you set boot loader boot command options, they are executed immediately and apply only to the
current boot loader session. These settings are not saved for the next boot operation.
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to boot the switch using the new-image.bin image:
switch: boot flash:/new-images/new-image.bin
After entering this command, you are prompted to start the setup program.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-2
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
boot
Related Commands
Command
Description
set
Sets the BOOT environment variable to boot a specific image when the
BOOT keyword is appended to the command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-3
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
cat
cat
Use the cat boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
cat filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file appears sequentially.
Examples
This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: cat flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: metrobase-122-25.EX
version_directory: me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX
image_name: me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 63984644
total_image_file_size: 8133632
image_feature: IP|LAYER_3|PLUS|MIN_DRAM_MEG=128
image_family: me340x
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands
Command
Description
more
Displays the contents of one or more files.
type
Displays the contents of one or more files.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-4
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
copy
copy
Use the copy boot loader command to copy a file from a source to a destination.
copy [-b block-size] filesystem:/source-file-url filesystem:/destination-file-url
Syntax Description
-b block-size
(Optional) This option is used only for internal development and testing.
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/source-file-url
Path (directory) and filename (source) to be copied.
/destination-file-url
Path (directory) and filename of the destination.
Defaults
The default block size is 4 KB.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Filenames are limited to 45 characters; the name cannot contain control characters, spaces, deletes,
slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
If you are copying a file to a new directory, the directory must already exist.
Examples
This example show how to copy a file at the root:
switch: copy flash:test1.text flash:test4.text
.
File "flash:test1.text" successfully copied to "flash:test4.text"
You can verify that the file was copied by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
delete
Deletes one or more files from the specified file system.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-5
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
delete
delete
Use the delete boot loader command to delete one or more files from the specified file system.
delete filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
Path (directory) and filename to delete. Separate each filename with a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
The switch prompts you for confirmation before deleting each file.
Examples
This example shows how to delete two files:
switch: delete flash:test2.text flash:test5.text
Are you sure you want to delete "flash:test2.text" (y/n)?y
File "flash:test2.text" deleted
Are you sure you want to delete "flash:test5.text" (y/n)?y
File "flash:test2.text" deleted
You can verify that the files were deleted by entering the dir flash: boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy
Copies a file from a source to a destination.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-6
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
dir
dir
Use the dir boot loader command to display a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
dir filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
(Optional) Path (directory) and directory name whose contents you want to
display. Separate each directory name with a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Directory names are case sensitive.
Examples
This example shows how to display the files in flash memory:
switch: dir flash:
Directory of flash:/
3
11
21
9
16
14
22
17
-rwx
-rwx
-rwx
drwx
-rwx
-rwx
-rwx
drwx
1839
1140
26
768
1037
1099
96
192
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
Mar
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
06
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
00:48:15
04:18:48
00:01:39
23:11:42
00:01:11
01:14:05
00:01:39
23:22:03
config.text
vlan.dat
env_vars
html
config.text
homepage.htm
system_env_vars
me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX
15998976 bytes total (6397440 bytes free)
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-7
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
dir
Table A-1 describes the fields in the display.
Table A-1
Related Commands
dir Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2
Index number of the file.
-rwx
File permission, which can be any or all of the following:
•
d—directory
•
r—readable
•
w—writable
•
x—executable
1644045
Size of the file.
<date>
Last modification date.
env_vars
Filename.
Command
Description
mkdir
Creates one or more directories.
rmdir
Removes one or more directories.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-8
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
flash_init
flash_init
Use the flash_init boot loader command to initialize the flash file system.
flash_init
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
The flash file system is automatically initialized during normal system operation.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
During the normal boot process, the flash file system is automatically initialized.
Use this command to manually initialize the flash file system. For example, you use this command
during the recovery procedure for a lost or forgotten password.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-9
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
format
format
Use the format boot loader command to format the specified file system and destroy all data in that file
system.
format filesystem:
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
Usage Guidelines
Caution
Use this command with care; it destroys all data on the file system and renders your system unusable.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-10
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
fsck
fsck
Use the fsck boot loader command to check the file system for consistency.
fsck [-test | -f] filesystem:
Syntax Description
-test
(Optional) Initialize the file system code and perform extra POST on flash memory.
An extensive, nondestructive memory test is performed on every byte that makes up
the file system.
-f
(Optional) Initialize the file system code and perform a fast file consistency check.
Cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) in the flashfs sectors are not checked.
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
Defaults
No file system check is performed.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
To stop an in-progress file system consistency check, disconnect the switch power and then reconnect
the power.
Examples
This example shows how to perform an extensive file system check on flash memory:
switch: fsck -test flash:
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-11
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
help
help
Use the help boot loader command to display the available commands.
help
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the question mark (?) to display a list of available boot loader commands.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-12
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
memory
memory
Use the memory boot loader command to display memory heap utilization information.
memory
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to display memory heap utilization information:
switch:
Text:
Rotext:
Data:
Bss:
Heap:
memory
0x00700000
0x00000000
0x0071cf24
0x0072529c
0x00756f98
-
0x0071cf24
0x00000000
0x00723a0c
0x00746f94
0x00800000
(0x0001cf24
(0x00000000
(0x00006ae8
(0x00021cf8
(0x000a9068
bytes)
bytes)
bytes)
bytes)
bytes)
Bottom heap utilization is 22 percent.
Top heap utilization is 0 percent.
Total heap utilization is 22 percent.
Total bytes: 0xa9068 (692328)
Bytes used: 0x26888 (157832)
Bytes available: 0x827e0 (534496)
Alternate heap utilization is 0 percent.
Total alternate heap bytes: 0x6fd000 (7327744)
Alternate heap bytes used: 0x0 (0)
Alternate heap bytes available: 0x6fd000 (7327744)
Table A-2 describes the fields in the display.
Table A-2
memory Field Descriptions
Field
Description
Text
Beginning and ending address of the text storage area.
Rotext
Beginning and ending address of the read-only text storage area. This part of the data
segment is grouped with the Text entry.
Data
Beginning and ending address of the data segment storage area.
Bss
Beginning and ending address of the block started by symbol (Bss) storage area. It
is initialized to zero.
Heap
Beginning and ending address of the area in memory that memory is dynamically
allocated to and freed from.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-13
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
mkdir
mkdir
Use the mkdir boot loader command to create one or more new directories on the specified file system.
mkdir filesystem:/directory-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/directory-url
Name of the directories to create. Separate each directory name with a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Examples
This example shows how to make a directory called Saved_Configs:
switch: mkdir flash:Saved_Configs
Directory "flash:Saved_Configs" created
This example shows how to make two directories:
switch: mkdir flash:Saved_Configs1 flash:Test
Directory "flash:Saved_Configs1" created
Directory "flash:Test" created
You can verify that the directory was created by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dir
Displays a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
rmdir
Removes one or more directories from the specified file system.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-14
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
more
more
Use the more boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
more filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with
a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file appears sequentially.
Examples
This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: more flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: metrobase-122-25.EX
version_directory: me240x-metrbase-mz.122-25.EX
image_name: me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 63984644
total_image_file_size: 8133632
image_feature: IP|LAYER_3|PLUS|MIN_DRAM_MEG=128
image_family: ME240x
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands
Command
Description
cat
Displays the contents of one or more files.
type
Displays the contents of one or more files.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-15
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
rename
rename
Use the rename boot loader command to rename a file.
rename filesystem:/source-file-url filesystem:/destination-file-url
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/source-file-url
Original path (directory) and filename.
/destination-file-url
New path (directory) and filename.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
Directory names are limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot contain control
characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Filenames are limited to 45 characters; the name cannot contain control characters, spaces, deletes,
slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Examples
This example shows a file named config.text being renamed to config1.text:
switch: rename flash:config.text flash:config1.text
You can verify that the file was renamed by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
copy
Copies a file from a source to a destination.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-16
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
reset
reset
Use the reset boot loader command to perform a hard reset on the system. A hard reset is similar to
power-cycling the switch, clearing the processor, registers, and memory.
reset
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to reset the system:
switch: reset
Are you sure you want to reset the system (y/n)?y
System resetting...
Related Commands
Command
Description
boot
Loads and boots an executable image and enters the command-line interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-17
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
rmdir
rmdir
Use the rmdir boot loader command to remove one or more empty directories from the specified file
system.
rmdir filesystem:/directory-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/directory-url
Path (directory) and name of the empty directories to remove. Separate each
directory name with a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Directory names are case sensitive and limited to 45 characters between the slashes (/); the name cannot
contain control characters, spaces, deletes, slashes, quotes, semicolons, or colons.
Before removing a directory, you must first delete all the files in the directory.
The switch prompts you for confirmation before deleting each directory.
Examples
This example shows how to remove a directory:
switch: rmdir flash:Test
You can verify that the directory was deleted by entering the dir filesystem: boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
dir
Displays a list of files and directories on the specified file system.
mkdir
Creates one or more new directories on the specified file system.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-18
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
set
set
Use the set boot loader command to set or display environment variables, which can be used to control
the boot loader or any other software running on the switch.
set variable value
Note
Syntax Description
Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to alter the setting of the environment variables.
variable value
Use one of these keywords for variable and value:
MANUAL_BOOT—Decides whether the switch automatically or manually boots.
Valid values are 1, yes, 0, and no. If it is set to no or 0, the boot loader attempts to
automatically boot the system. If it is set to anything else, you must manually boot
the switch from the boot loader mode.
BOOT filesystem:/file-url—A semicolon-separated list of executable files to try to
load and execute when automatically booting.
If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the system attempts to load and execute
the first executable image it can find by using a recursive, depth-first search through
the flash: file system. If the BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be
loaded, the system attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the flash
file system.
ENABLE_BREAK—Decides whether the automatic boot process can be
interrupted by using the Break key on the console.
Valid values are 1, yes, on, 0, no, and off. If it is set to 1, yes, or on, you can interrupt
the automatic boot process by pressing the Break key on the console after the flash
file system has initialized.
HELPER filesystem:/file-url—A semicolon-separated list of loadable files to
dynamically load during the boot loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch
the functionality of the boot loader.
PS1 prompt—A string that is used as the command-line prompt in boot loader mode.
CONFIG_FILE flash:/file-url—The filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write
a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
BAUD rate—The rate in bits per second (bps) used for the console. The Cisco IOS
software inherits the baud rate setting from the boot loader and continues to use this
value unless the configuration file specifies another setting. The range is from 0 to
4294967295 bps. Valid values are 50, 75, 110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000,
2400, 3600, 4800, 7200, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, 38400, 56000, 57600, 115200,
and 128000.
The most commonly used values are 300, 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200, 57600, and
115200.
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE filesystem:/file-url—The name of the configuration file
to be used by the Cisco IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the
CONFIG_FILE environment variable is used by all versions of Cisco IOS that are
loaded, including the helper image. This variable is used only for internal
development and testing.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-19
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
set
Defaults
The environment variables have these default values:
MANUAL_BOOT: No (0)
BOOT: Null string
ENABLE_BREAK: No (Off or 0) (the automatic boot process cannot be interrupted by pressing the
Break key on the console).
HELPER: No default value (helper files are not automatically loaded).
PS1: switch:
CONFIG_FILE: config.text
BAUD: 9600 bps
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE: No default value (no helper configuration file is specified).
SWITCH_NUMBER: 1
SWITCH_PRIORITY: 1
Note
Environment variables that have values are stored in the flash file system in various files. The format of
these files is that each line contains an environment variable name and an equal sign followed by the
value of the variable. A variable has no value if it is not listed in this file; it has a value if it is listed in
the file even if the value is a null string. A variable that is set to a null string (for example, “ ”) is a
variable with a value. Many environment variables are predefined and have default values.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Environment variables are case sensitive and must be entered as documented.
Environment variables that have values are stored in flash memory outside of the flash file system.
The MANUAL_BOOT environment variable can also be set by using the boot manual global
configuration command.
The BOOT environment variable can also be set by using the boot system filesystem:/file-url global
configuration command.
The ENABLE_BREAK environment variable can also be set by using the boot enable-break global
configuration command.
The HELPER environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper filesystem:/file-url global
configuration command.
The CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot config-file flash:/file-url
global configuration command.
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper-config-file
filesystem:/file-url global configuration command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-20
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
set
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be set by using the boot helper-config-file
filesystem:/file-url global configuration command.
The boot loader prompt string (PS1) can be up to 120 printable characters except the equal sign (=).
Examples
This example shows how to change the boot loader prompt:
switch: set PS1 loader:
loader:
You can verify your setting by using the set boot loader command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
unset
Resets one or more environment variables to its previous setting.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-21
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
type
type
Use the type boot loader command to display the contents of one or more files.
type filesystem:/file-url ...
Syntax Description
filesystem:
Alias for a flash file system. Use flash: for the system board flash device.
/file-url
Path (directory) and name of the files to display. Separate each filename with
a space.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
Filenames and directory names are case sensitive.
If you specify a list of files, the contents of each file appears sequentially.
Examples
This example shows how to display the contents of two files:
switch: type flash:/new-images/info flash:env_vars
version_suffix: metrobase-122-25.EX
version_directory: me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX
image_name: me240x-metrobase-mz.122-25.EX.bin
ios_image_file_size: 63984644
total_image_file_size: 8133632
image_feature: IP|LAYER_3|PLUS|MIN_DRAM_MEG=128
image_family: me240x
info_end:
BAUD=57600
MANUAL_BOOT=no
Related Commands
Command
Description
cat
Displays the contents of one or more files.
more
Displays the contents of one or more files.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-22
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
unset
unset
Use the unset boot loader command to reset one or more environment variables.
unset variable ...
Note
Syntax Description
Under normal circumstances, it is not necessary to alter the setting of the environment variables.
variable
Use one of these keywords for variable:
MANUAL_BOOT—Decides whether the switch automatically or manually
boots.
BOOT—Resets the list of executable files to try to load and execute when
automatically booting. If the BOOT environment variable is not set, the
system attempts to load and execute the first executable image it can find by
using a recursive, depth-first search through the flash file system. If the
BOOT variable is set but the specified images cannot be loaded, the system
attempts to boot the first bootable file that it can find in the flash file system.
ENABLE_BREAK—Decides whether the automatic boot process can be
interrupted by using the Break key on the console after the flash file system
has been initialized.
HELPER—A semicolon-separated list of loadable files to dynamically load
during the boot loader initialization. Helper files extend or patch the
functionality of the boot loader.
PS1—A string that is used as the command-line prompt in boot loader mode.
CONFIG_FILE—Resets the filename that Cisco IOS uses to read and write
a nonvolatile copy of the system configuration.
BAUD—Resets the rate in bits per second (bps) used for the console. The
Cisco IOS software inherits the baud rate setting from the boot loader and
continues to use this value unless the configuration file specifies another
setting.
HELPER_CONFIG_FILE—Resets the name of the configuration file to be
used by the Cisco IOS helper image. If this is not set, the file specified by the
CONFIG_FILE environment variable is used by all versions of Cisco IOS
that are loaded, including the helper image. This variable is used only for
internal development and testing.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-23
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
unset
Usage Guidelines
The MANUAL_BOOT environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot manual global
configuration command.
The BOOT environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot system global configuration
command.
The ENABLE_BREAK environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot enable-break
global configuration command.
The HELPER environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot helper global configuration
command.
The CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot config-file global
configuration command.
The HELPER_CONFIG_FILE environment variable can also be reset by using the no boot
helper-config-file global configuration command.
Examples
This example shows how to reset the prompt string to its previous setting:
switch: unset PS1
switch:
Related Commands
Command
Description
set
Sets or displays environment variables.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-24
OL-9643-03
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
version
version
Use the version boot loader command to display the boot loader version.
version
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Boot loader
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot loader version:
switch: version
ME3400 Boot Loader (ME340x-HBOOT-M) Version 12.2(25)EX
Compiled Wed 12-Sept-05 14:58 by devgoyal
switch:
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
A-25
Appendix A
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Boot Loader Commands
version
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
A-26
OL-9643-03
A P P E N D I X
B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Debug Commands
This appendix describes the debug privileged EXEC commands that have been created or changed for
use with the Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access switch. These commands are helpful in diagnosing and
resolving internetworking problems and should be enabled only under the guidance of Cisco technical
support staff.
Caution
Because debugging output is assigned high priority in the CPU process, it can render the system
unusable. For this reason, use the debug commands only to troubleshoot specific problems or during
troubleshooting sessions with Cisco technical support staff. It is best to use the debug commands during
periods of lower network traffic and fewer users. Debugging during these periods decreases the
likelihood that increased debug command processing overhead will affect system use.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-1
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug dot1x
debug dot1x
Use the debug dot1x privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the IEEE 802.1x feature. Use
the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug dot1x {all | errors | events | packets | registry | state-machine}
no debug dot1x {all | errors | events | packets | registry | state-machine}
Syntax Description
all
Display all IEEE 802.1x debug messages.
errors
Display IEEE 802.1x error debug messages.
events
Display IEEE 802.1x event debug messages.
packets
Display IEEE 802.1x packet debug messages.
registry
Display IEEE 802.1x registry invocation debug messages.
state-machine
Display state-machine related-events debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug dot1x command is the same as the no debug dot1x command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show dot1x
Displays IEEE 802.1x statistics, administrative status, and operational status
for the switch or for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-2
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug etherchannel
debug etherchannel
Use the debug etherchannel privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
EtherChannel/PAgP shim. This shim is the software module that is the interface between the Port
Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) software module and the port manager software module. Use the no form
of this command to disable debugging.
debug etherchannel [all | detail | error | event | idb]
no debug etherchannel [all | detail | error | event | idb]
Note
Syntax Description
Note
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) or enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
all
(Optional) Display all EtherChannel debug messages.
detail
(Optional) Display detailed EtherChannel debug messages.
error
(Optional) Display EtherChannel error debug messages.
event
(Optional) Debug major EtherChannel event messages.
idb
(Optional) Display PAgP interface descriptor block debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the linecard keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a keyword, all debug messages appear.
The undebug etherchannel command is the same as the no debug etherchannel command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for the channel.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-3
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug interface
debug interface
Use the debug interface privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of interface-related activities.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug interface {interface-id | null interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number |
vlan vlan-id}
no debug interface {interface-id | null interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number |
vlan vlan-id}
Syntax Description
interface-id
Display debug messages for the specified physical port, identified by type
switch number/module number/ port, for example gigabitethernet 0/2.
null interface-number
Display debug messages for null interfaces. The interface-number is always
0.
port-channel
port-channel-number
Display debug messages for the specified EtherChannel port-channel
interface. The port-channel-number range is 1 to 48.
vlan vlan-id
Display debug messages for the specified VLAN. The vlan-id range is 1 to
4094.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a keyword, all debug messages appear.
The undebug interface command is the same as the no debug interface command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show etherchannel
Displays EtherChannel information for the channel.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-4
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug ip igmp filter
debug ip igmp filter
Use the debug ip igmp filter privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) filter events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug ip igmp filter
no debug ip igmp filter
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug ip igmp filter command is the same as the no debug ip igmp filter command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-5
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug ip igmp max-groups
debug ip igmp max-groups
Use the debug ip igmp max-groups privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) maximum groups events. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug ip igmp max-groups
no debug ip igmp max-groups
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug ip igmp max-groups command is the same as the no debug ip igmp max-groups
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-6
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug ip igmp snooping
debug ip igmp snooping
Use the debug igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug ip igmp snooping [group | management | querier | router | timer]
no debug ip igmp snooping [group | management | querier | router | timer]
Syntax Description
group
(Optional) Display IGMP snooping group activity debug messages.
management
(Optional) Display IGMP snooping management activity debug messages.
querier
(Optional) Display IGMP snooping querier debug messages.
router
(Optional) Display IGMP snooping router activity debug messages.
timer
(Optional) Display IGMP snooping timer event debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug ip igmp snooping command is the same as the no debug ip igmp snooping command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
debug platform ip
igmp snooping
Displays information about platform-dependent IGMP snooping activity.
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-7
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug lacp
debug lacp
Use the debug lacp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug lacp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
no debug lacp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
Note
Syntax Description
LACP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
all
(Optional) Display all LACP debug messages.
event
(Optional) Display LACP event debug messages.
fsm
(Optional) Display LACP finite state-machine debug messages.
misc
(Optional) Display miscellaneous LACP debug messages.
packet
(Optional) Display LACP packet debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug lacp command is the same as the no debug lacp command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show lacp
Displays LACP channel-group information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-8
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug mac-notification
debug mac-notification
Use the debug mac-notification privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of MAC notification
events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug mac-notification
no debug mac-notification
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug mac-notification command is the same as the no debug mac-notification command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show mac
address-table
notification
Displays the MAC address notification information for all interfaces or the
specified interface.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-9
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug matm
debug matm
Use the debug matm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform-independent MAC
address management. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug matm
no debug matm
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug matm command is the same as the no debug matm command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
debug platform matm
Displays information about platform-dependent MAC address management.
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-10
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug monitor
debug monitor
Use the debug monitor privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the Switched Port Analyzer
(SPAN) feature. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug monitor {all | errors | idb-update | info | list | notifications | platform | requests | snmp}
no debug monitor {all | errors | idb-update | info | list | notifications | platform | requests | snmp}
Syntax Description
all
Display all SPAN debug messages.
errors
Display detailed SPAN error debug messages.
idb-update
Display SPAN interface description block (IDB) update-trace debug messages.
info
Display SPAN informational-tracing debug messages.
list
Display SPAN port and VLAN-list tracing debug messages.
notifications
Display SPAN notification debug messages.
platform
Display SPAN platform-tracing debug messages.
requests
Display SPAN request debug messages.
snmp
Display SPAN and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) tracing
debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug monitor command is the same as the no debug monitor command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show monitor
Displays information about all SPAN and remote SPAN (RSPAN) sessions
on the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-11
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug mvrdbg
debug mvrdbg
Use the debug mvrdbg privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Multicast VLAN
Registration (MVR). Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug mvrdbg {all | events | igmpsn | management | ports}
no debug mvrdbg {all | events | igmpsn | management | ports}
Syntax Description
all
Display all MVR activity debug messages.
events
Display MVR event-handling debug messages.
igmpsn
Display MVR Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping-activity
debug messages.
management
Display MVR management-activity debug messages.
ports
Display MVR port debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug mvrdbg command is the same as the no debug mvrdbg command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show mvr
Displays the current MVR configuration.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-12
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug nvram
debug nvram
Use the debug nvram privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of NVRAM activity. Use the no
form of this command to disable debugging.
debug nvram
no debug nvram
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug nvram command is the same as the no debug nvram command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-13
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug pagp
debug pagp
Use the debug pagp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of Port Aggregation Protocol
(PAgP) activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug pagp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
no debug pagp [all | event | fsm | misc | packet]
Note
Syntax Description
PAgP is available only on network node interfaces (NNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs).
all
(Optional) Display all PAgP debug messages.
event
(Optional) Display PAgP event debug messages.
fsm
(Optional) Display PAgP finite state-machine debug messages.
misc
(Optional) Display miscellaneous PAgP debug messages.
packet
(Optional) Display PAgP packet debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug pagp command is the same as the no debug pagp command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show pagp
Displays PAgP channel-group information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-14
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform acl
debug platform acl
Use the debug platform acl privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the access control list
(ACL) manager. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform acl {all | exit | label | main | vacl | vlmap | warn}
no debug platform acl {all | exit | label | main | vacl | vlmap | warn}
Syntax Description
Note
all
Display all ACL manager debug messages.
exit
Display ACL exit-related debug messages.
label
Display ACL label-related debug messages.
main
Display the main or important ACL debug messages.
vacl
Display VLAN ACL-related debug messages.
vlmap
Display ACL VLAN-map-related debug messages.
warn
Display ACL warning-related debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the racl and stack keywords are not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform acl command is the same as the no debug platform acl command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-15
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform cpu-queues
debug platform cpu-queues
Use the debug platform cpu-queues privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform
central processing unit (CPU) receive queues. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform cpu-queues {broadcast-q | cbt-to-spt-q | cpuhub-q | host-q | icmp-q |
igmp-snooping-q | layer2-protocol-q | logging-q | remote-console-q | software-fwd-q |
stp-q}
no debug platform cpu-queues {broadcast-q | cbt-to-spt-q | cpuhub-q | host-q | icmp-q |
igmp-snooping-q | layer2-protocol-q | logging-q | remote-console-q | software-fwd-q |
stp-q}
Syntax Description
Note
broadcast-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the broadcast queue.
cbt-to-spt-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the core-based tree to
shortest-path tree (cbt-to-spt) queue.
cpuhub-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the CPU heartbeat queue.
host-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the host queue.
icmp-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) queue.
igmp-snooping-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP)-snooping queue.
layer2-protocol-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the Layer 2 protocol queue.
logging-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the logging queue.
remote-console-q
Display debug messages about packets received by the remote console queue.
software-fwd-q
Debug packets received by the software forwarding queue.
stp-q
Debug packets received by the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) queue.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the routing-protocol-Q and rpffail-q keywords are
not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform cpu-queues command is the same as the no debug platform cpu-queues
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-16
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform cpu-queues
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-17
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform dot1x
debug platform dot1x
Use the debug platform dot1x privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of IEEE 802.1x events.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform dot1x {initialization | interface-configuration | rpc}
no debug platform dot1x {initialization | interface-configuration | rpc}
Syntax Description
initialization
Display IEEE 802.1x initialization sequence debug messages.
interface-configuration
Display IEEE 802.1x interface configuration-related debug messages.
rpc
Display IEEE 802.1x remote procedure call (RPC) request debug
messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform dot1x command is the same as the no debug platform dot1x command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-18
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform etherchannel
debug platform etherchannel
Use the debug platform etherchannel privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent EtherChannel events. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform etherchannel {init | link-up | rpc-detailed | rpc-generic | warnings}
no debug platform etherchannel {init | link-up | rpc-detailed | rpc-generic | warnings}
Syntax Description
init
Display EtherChannel module initialization debug messages.
link-up
Display EtherChannel link-up and link-down related debug messages.
rpc-detailed
Display detailed EtherChannel remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
rpc-generic
Display EtherChannel RPC generic debug messages.
warnings
Display EtherChannel warning debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform etherchannel command is the same as the no debug platform etherchannel
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-19
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform forw-tcam
debug platform forw-tcam
Use the debug platform forw-tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the forwarding
ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) manager. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug platform forw-tcam [adjustment | allocate | audit | error | move | read | write]
no debug platform forw-tcam [adjustment | allocate | audit | error | move | read | write]
Syntax Description
adjustment
(Optional) Display TCAM manager adjustment debug messages.
allocate
(Optional) Display TCAM manager allocation debug messages.
audit
(Optional) Display TCAM manager audit messages.
error
(Optional) Display TCAM manager error messages.
move
(Optional) Display TCAM manager move messages.
read
(Optional) Display TCAM manager read messages.
write
(Optional) Display TCAM manager write messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
If you do not specify a keyword, all forwarding TCAM manager debug messages appear.
The undebug platform forw-tcam command is the same as the no debug platform forw-tcam
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-20
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform ip dhcp
debug platform ip dhcp
Use the debug platform ip dhcp privileged EXEC command to debug DHCP events. Use the no form
of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform ip dhcp [all | error | event | packet | rpc]
no debug platform ip dhcp [all | error | event | packet | rpc]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Display all DHCP debug messages.
error
(Optional) Display DHCP error debug messages.
event
(Optional) Display DHCP event debug messages.
packet
(Optional) Display DHCP packet-related debug messages.
rpc
(Optional) Display DHCP remote procedure call (RPC) request debug
messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform ip dhcp command is the same as the no debug platform ip dhcp command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration.
show ip dhcp snooping
binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding information.
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-21
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform ip igmp snooping
debug platform ip igmp snooping
Use the debug platform ip igmp snooping privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Use the no form of this
command to disable debugging.
debug platform ip igmp snooping {all | di | error | event | group | mgmt | pak | retry | rpc | warn}
debug platform ip igmp snooping pak {ip-address | error | ipopt | leave| query | report | rx | svi
| tx}
debug platform ip igmp snooping rpc [cfg | misc | vlan]
no debug platform ip igmp snooping {all | di | error | event | group | mgmt | pak | retry | rpc |
warn}
Syntax Description
all
Display all IGMP snooping debug messages.
di
Display IGMP snooping destination index (di) coordination remote procedure
call (RPC) debug messages.
error
Display IGMP snooping error messages.
event
Display IGMP snooping event debug messages.
group
Display IGMP snooping group debug messages.
mgmt
Display IGMP snooping management debug messages.
pak {ip-address |
error | ipopt | leave |
query | report | rx |
svi | tx}
Display IGMP snooping packet event debug messages. The keywords have
these meanings:
•
ip-address—IP address of the IGMP group.
•
error—Display IGMP snooping packet error debug messages.
•
ipopt—Display IGMP snooping IP bridging options debug messages.
•
leave—Display IGMP snooping leave debug messages.
•
query—Display IGMP snooping query debug messages.
•
report—Display IGMP snooping report debug messages.
•
rx—Display IGMP snooping received packet debug messages.
•
svi—Display IGMP snooping switched virtual interface (SVI) packet
debug messages.
•
tx—Display IGMP snooping sent packet debug messages.
private-vlan
Display IGMP snooping private VLAN messages.
retry
Display IGMP snooping retry debug messages.
rpc [cfg | misc | vlan] Display IGMP snooping remote procedure call (RPC) event debug messages.
The keywords have these meanings:
warn
•
cfg—(Optional) Display IGMP snooping RPC debug messages.
•
misc—(Optional) IGMP snooping miscellaneous RPC debug messages.
•
vlan—(Optional) IGMP snooping VLAN assert RPC debug messages.
Display IGMP snooping warning messages.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-22
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform ip igmp snooping
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the rpc l3mm keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform ip igmp snooping command is the same as the no debug platform ip igmp
snooping command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
debug ip igmp
snooping
Displays information about platform-independent IGMP snooping activity.
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-23
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform led
debug platform led
Use the debug platform led privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of light-emitting diode
(LED) actions. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform led {generic | signal}
no debug platform led {generic | signal}
Syntax Description
Note
generic
Display LED generic action debug messages.
signal
Display LED signal bit map debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the stack keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform led command is the same as the no debug platform led command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-24
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform matm
debug platform matm
Use the debug platform matm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of platform-dependent
MAC address management. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform matm {aging | all | ec-aging | errors | learning | rpc | secure-address | warnings}
no debug platform matm {aging | all | ec-aging | errors | learning | rpc | secure-address |
warnings}
Syntax Description
aging
Display MAC address aging debug messages.
all
Display all platform MAC address management event debug messages.
ec-aging
Display EtherChannel address aging-related debug messages.
errors
Display MAC address management error messages.
learning
Display MAC address management address-learning debug messages.
rpc
Display MAC address management remote procedure call (RPC) related debug
messages.
secure-address
Display MAC address management secure address learning debug messages.
warning
Display MAC address management warning messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform matm command is the same as the no debug platform matm command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
debug matm
Displays information about platform-independent MAC address management.
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-25
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform messaging application
debug platform messaging application
Use the debug platform messaging application privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
application messaging activity. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform messaging application {all | badpak | cleanup | events | memerr | messages |
usererr}
no debug platform messaging application {all | badpak | cleanup | events | memerr | messages
| usererr}
Syntax Description
Note
all
Display all application-messaging debug messages.
badpak
Display bad-packet debug messages.
cleanup
Display clean-up debug messages.
events
Display event debug messages.
memerr
Display memory-error debug messages.
messages
Display application-messaging debug messages.
usererr
Display user-error debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the stackchg keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform messaging application command is the same as the no debug platform
messaging application command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-26
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform phy
debug platform phy
Use the debug platform phy privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of PHY driver
information. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform phy {automdix | cablediag | dual-purpose | flcd {configure | ipc | iter | trace} |
flowcontrol | forced | init-seq | link-status | read | sfp | show-controller | speed | write}
no debug platform phy {automdix | cablediag | dual-purpose | flcd {configure | ipc | iter | trace}
| flowcontrol | forced | init-seq | link-status | read | sfp | show-controller | speed | write}
Syntax Description
Note
automdix
Display PHY automatic medium-dependent interface crossover
(Auto-MDIX) debug messages.
cablediag
Display PHY cable-diagnostic debug messages.
dual-purpose
Display dual-purpose PHY events.
flcd {configure | ipc |
iter | trace}
Display PHY FLCD debug messages. The keywords have these meanings:
•
configure—Display PHY configure debug messages.
•
ipc—Display Interprocess Communication Protocol (IPC) debug
messages.
•
iter—Display iter debug messages.
•
trace—Display trace debug messages.
flowcontrol
Display PHY flowcontrol debug messages.
forced
Display PHY forced-mode debug messages.
init-seq
Display PHY initialization-sequence debug messages.
link-status
Display PHY link-status debug messages.
read
Display PHY-read debug messages.
sfp
Display PHY small form-factor pluggable (SFP) modules debug messages.
show-controller
Display PHY show-controller debug messages.
speed
Display PHY speed-change debug messages.
write
Display PHY-write debug messages.
Although visible in the command-line help, the xenpak keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-27
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform phy
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform phy command is the same as the no debug platform phy command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-28
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform pm
debug platform pm
Use the debug platform pm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the platform-dependent
port manager software module. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform pm {all | counters | errdisable | etherchnl | exceptions | hpm-events | idb-events
| if-numbers | ios-events | link-status | platform | pm-events | pm-vectors [detail] | rpc
[general | oper-info | state | vectors | vp-events] | soutput | sync | vlans}
no debug platform pm {all | counters | errdisable | etherchnl | exceptions | hpm-events |
idb-events | if-numbers | ios-events | link-status | platform | pm-events | pm-vectors [detail]
| rpc [general | oper-info | state | vectors | vp-events] | soutput | sync | vlans}
Syntax Description
all
Display all port-manager debug messages.
counters
Display counters for remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
errdisable
Display error-disabled related-events debug messages.
etherchnl
Display EtherChannel related-events debug messages.
exceptions
Display system exception debug messages.
hpm-events
Display platform port-manager event debug messages.
idb-events
Display interface descriptor block (IDB) related-events debug messages.
if-numbers
Display interface-number translation-event debug messages.
ios-events
Display IOS event debug messages.
link-status
Display interface link-detection event debug messages.
platform
Display port-manager function-event debug messages.
pm-events
Display port manager event debug messages.
pm-vectors [detail]
Display port-manager vector-related-event debug messages. The keyword has
this meaning:
rpc [general |
oper-info | state |
vectors | vp-events]
Display RPC related-event debug messages. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
detail—Display vector-function details.
•
general—(Optional) Display RPC general events.
•
oper-info—(Optional) Display operational- and informational-related
RPC messages.
•
state—(Optional) Display administrative- and operational-related RPC
messages.
•
vectors—(Optional) Display vector-related RPC messages.
•
vp-events—(Optional) Display virtual ports related-events RP messages.
soutput
Display IDB output vector event debug messages.
sync
Display operational synchronization and VLAN line-state event debug
messages.
vlans
Display VLAN creation and deletion event debug messages.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-29
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform pm
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the stack-manager keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform pm command is the same as the no debug platform pm command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-30
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform policer cpu uni-eni
debug platform policer cpu uni-eni
Use the debug platform policer cpu uni-eni privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
control-plane policer for user network interfaces (UNIs) and enhanced network interfaces (ENIs). This
command displays information messages when any changes are made to CPU protection. Use the no
form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform policer cpu uni-eni
no debug platform policer cpu uni-eni
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
12.2(44)SE
The command was changed from debug platform policer cpu uni to debug
platform policer cpu uni-eni.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform policer cpu uni-eni command is the same as the no debug platform policer
cpu uni-eni command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show platform policer
cpu
Displays control plane policer statistics per feature or the indexes and the
corresponding feature for the specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-31
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform port-asic
debug platform port-asic
Use the debug platform port-asic privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the port
application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) driver. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug platform port-asic {interrupt | periodic | read | write}
no debug platform port-asic {interrupt | periodic | read | write}
Syntax Description
interrupt
Display port-ASIC interrupt-related function debug messages.
periodic
Display port-ASIC periodic-function-call debug messages.
read
Display port-ASIC read debug messages.
write
Display port-ASIC write debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform port-asic command is the same as the no debug platform port-asic command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-32
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform port-security
debug platform port-security
Use the debug platform port-security privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of
platform-dependent port-security information. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform port-security {add | aging | all | delete | errors | rpc | warnings}
no debug platform port-security {add | aging | all | delete | errors | rpc | warnings}
Syntax Description
add
Display secure address addition debug messages.
aging
Display secure address aging debug messages.
all
Display all port-security debug messages.
delete
Display secure address deletion debug messages.
errors
Display port-security error debug messages.
rpc
Display remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
warnings
Display warning debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform port-security command is the same as the no debug platform port-security
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-33
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
debug platform qos-acl-tcam
Use the debug platform qos-acl-tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the quality
of service (QoS) and access control list (ACL) ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) manager
software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform qos-acl-tcam {all | ctcam | errors | labels | mask | rpc | tcam}
no debug platform qos-acl-tcam {all | ctcam | errors | labels | mask | rpc | tcam}
Syntax Description
all
Display all QoS and ACL TCAM (QATM) manager debug messages.
ctcam
Display Cisco TCAM (CTCAM) related-events debug messages.
errors
Display QATM error-related-events debug messages.
labels
Display QATM label-related-events debug messages.
mask
Display QATM mask-related-events debug messages.
rpc
Display QATM remote procedure call (RPC) related-events debug messages.
tcam
Display QATM TCAM-related events debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform qos-acl-tcam command is the same as the no debug platform qos-acl-tcam
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-34
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform remote-commands
debug platform remote-commands
Use the debug platform remote-commands privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of remote
commands. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform remote-commands
no debug platform remote-commands
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform remote-commands command is the same as the no debug platform
remote-commands command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-35
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform resource-manager
debug platform resource-manager
Use the debug platform resource-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
resource manager software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform resource-manager {all | dm | erd | errors | madmed | sd | stats | vld}
no debug platform resource-manager {all | dm | erd | errors | madmed | sd | stats | vld}
Syntax Description
all
Display all resource manager debug messages.
dm
Display destination-map debug messages.
erd
Display equal-cost-route descriptor-table debug messages.
errors
Display error debug messages.
madmed
Display the MAC address descriptor table and multi-expansion descriptor table
debug messages.
sd
Display the station descriptor table debug messages.
stats
Display statistics debug messages.
vld
Display the VLAN-list descriptor debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform resource-manager command is the same as the no debug platform
resource-manager command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-36
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform snmp
debug platform snmp
Use the debug platform snmp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) software. Use the no form of this
command to disable debugging.
debug platform snmp
no debug platform snmp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform snmp command is the same as the no debug platform snmp command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-37
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform span
debug platform span
Use the debug platform span privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent Switched Port Analyzer (SPAN) software. Use the no form of this command to
disable debugging.
debug platform span
no debug platform span
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform span command is the same as the no debug platform span command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-38
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform supervisor-asic
debug platform supervisor-asic
Use the debug platform supervisor-asic privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
supervisor application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug platform supervisor-asic {all | errors | receive | send}
no debug platform supervisor-asic {all | errors | receive | send}
Syntax Description
all
Display all supervisor-ASIC event debug messages.
errors
Display the supervisor-ASIC error debug messages.
jumbo
Display the supervisor-ASIC jumbo debug messages.
receive
Display the supervisor-ASIC receive debug messages.
send
Display the supervisor-ASIC send debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform supervisor-asic command is the same as the no debug platform
supervisor-asic command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-39
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform sw-bridge
debug platform sw-bridge
Use the debug platform sw-bridge privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the software
bridging function. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform sw-bridge {broadcast | control | multicast | packet | unicast}
no debug platform sw-bridge {broadcast | control | multicast | packet | unicast}
Syntax Description
broadcast
Display broadcast-data debug messages.
control
Display protocol-packet debug messages.
multicast
Display multicast-data debug messages.
packet
Display sent and received data debug messages.
unicast
Display unicast-data debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform sw-bridge command is the same as the no debug platform sw-bridge
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-40
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform tcam
debug platform tcam
Use the debug platform tcam privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of ternary content
addressable memory (TCAM) access and lookups. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug platform tcam {log | read | search | write}
debug platform tcam log l2 {acl {input | output} | local | qos}
debug platform tcam read {reg | ssram | tcam}
debug platform tcam search
debug platform tcam write {forw-ram | reg | tcam}
no debug platform tcam {log | read | search | write}
no debug platform tcam log l2 {acl {input | output} | local | qos}
no debug platform tcam read {reg | ssram | tcam}
no debug platform tcam search
no debug platform tcam write {forw-ram | reg | tcam}
Syntax Description
log l2 {acl {input | output} | Display Layer 2 field-based CAM look-up type debug messages. The
local | qos}
keywords have these meanings:
read {reg | ssram | tcam}
•
acl {input | output}—Display input or output ACL look-up debug
messages.
•
local—Display local forwarding look-up debug messages.
•
qos—Display classification and quality of service (QoS) look-up
debug messages.
Display TCAM-read debug messages. The keywords have these
meanings:
•
reg—Display TCAM-register read debug messages.
•
ssram—Display synchronous static RAM (SSRAM)-read debug
messages.
•
tcam—Display TCAM-read debug messages.
search
Display supervisor-initiated TCAM-search results debug messages.
write {forw-ram | reg |
tcam}
Display TCAM-write debug messages. The keywords have these
meanings:
forw-ram—Display forwarding-RAM write debug messages.
reg—Display TCAM-register write debug messages.
tcam—Display TCAM-write debug messages.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-41
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform tcam
Note
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the log l3 acl, l3 ipv6 {acl {input | output} | local |
qos | secondary}, the l3 local, and the l3 secondary keywords are not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform tcam command is the same as the no debug platform tcam command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-42
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform udld
debug platform udld
Use the debug platform udld privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the
platform-dependent UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) software. Use the no form of this command
to disable debugging.
debug platform udld [all | error | rpc {events | messages}]
no debug platform udld [all | error | rpc {events | messages}]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Display all UDLD debug messages.
error
(Optional) Display error condition debug messages.
rpc {events | messages}
(Optional) Display UDLD remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
The keywords have these meanings:
•
events—Display UDLD RPC events.
•
messages—Display UDLD RPC messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform udld command is the same as the no debug platform udld command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-43
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug platform vlan
debug platform vlan
Use the debug platform vlan privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN manager
software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug platform vlan {errors | mvid | rpc}
no debug platform vlan {errors | mvid | rpc}
Syntax Description
errors
Display VLAN error debug messages.
mvid
Display mapped VLAN ID allocations and free debug messages.
rpc
Display remote procedure call (RPC) debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug platform vlan command is the same as the no debug platform vlan command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-44
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug pm
debug pm
Use the debug pm privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of port manager (PM) activity. The
port manager is a state machine that controls all the logical and physical interfaces. All features, such as
VLANs, UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD), and so forth, work with the port manager to provide
switch functions. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug pm {all | assert | card | cookies | etherchnl | hatable | messages | port | registry | sm | span
| split | vlan | vp}
no debug pm {all | assert | card | cookies | etherchnl | hatable | messages | port | registry | sm |
span | split | vlan | vp}
Syntax Description
Note
all
Display all PM debug messages.
assert
Display assert debug messages.
card
Display line-card related-events debug messages.
cookies
Display internal PM cookie validation debug messages.
etherchnl
Display EtherChannel related-events debug messages.
hatable
Display Host Access Table events debug messages.
messages
Display PM debug messages.
port
Display port related-events debug messages.
registry
Display PM registry invocation debug messages.
sm
Display state-machine related-events debug messages.
span
Display spanning-tree related-events debug messages.
split
Display split-processor debug messages.
vlan
Display VLAN related-events debug messages.
vp
Display virtual port related-events debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the scp and pvlan keywords are not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug pm command is the same as the no debug pm command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-45
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug pm
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-46
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug port-security
debug port-security
Use the debug port-security privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the allocation and
states of the port security subsystem. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug port-security
no debug port-security
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug port-security command is the same as the no debug port-security command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show port-security
Displays port-security settings for an interface or for the switch.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-47
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug qos-manager
debug qos-manager
Use the debug qos-manager privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the quality of service
(QoS) manager software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug qos-manager {all | event | verbose}
no debug qos-manager {all | event | verbose}
Syntax Description
all
Display all QoS-manager debug messages.
event
Display QoS-manager related-event debug messages.
verbose
Display QoS-manager detailed debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug qos-manager command is the same as the no debug qos-manager command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-48
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree
debug spanning-tree
Use the debug spanning-tree privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of spanning-tree
activities. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug spanning-tree {all | bpdu | bpdu-opt | config | etherchannel | events | exceptions | general
| mstp | pvst+ | root | snmp | switch | synchronization}
no debug spanning-tree {all | bpdu | bpdu-opt | config | etherchannel | events | exceptions |
general | mstp | pvst+ | root | snmp | switch | synchronization}
Syntax Description
Note
all
Display all spanning-tree debug messages.
bpdu
Display spanning-tree bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) debug messages. See
the debug spanning-tree bpdu command.
bpdu-opt
Display optimized BPDU handling debug messages. See the debug
spanning-tree bpdu-opt command
config
Display spanning-tree configuration change debug messages.
etherchannel
Display EtherChannel-support debug messages.
events
Display spanning-tree topology event debug messages.
exceptions
Display spanning-tree exception debug messages.
general
Display general spanning-tree activity debug messages.
mstp
Debug Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol events. See the debug spanning-tree
mstp command
pvst+
Display per-VLAN spanning-tree plus (PVST+) event debug messages.
root
Display spanning-tree root-event debug messages.
snmp
Display spanning-tree Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
handling debug messages.
switch
Display switch shim command debug messages. This shim is the software
module that is the interface between the generic Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
code and the platform-specific code of various switch platforms. See the debug
spanning-tree switch command
synchronization
Display the spanning-tree synchronization event debug messages.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the backbonefast, csuf/csrt, and uplinkfast keywords
are not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-49
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug spanning-tree command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-50
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree bpdu
debug spanning-tree bpdu
Use the debug spanning-tree bpdu privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of sent and
received spanning-tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug spanning-tree bpdu [receive | transmit]
no debug spanning-tree bpdu [receive | transmit]
Syntax Description
receive
(Optional) Display the nonoptimized path for received BPDU debug messages.
transmit
(Optional) Display the nonoptimized path for sent BPDU debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug spanning-tree bpdu command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree bpdu
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-51
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
Use the debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of optimized
spanning-tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs) handling. Use the no form of this command to disable
debugging.
debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt [detail | packet]
no debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt [detail | packet]
Syntax Description
detail
(Optional) Display detailed optimized BPDU-handling debug messages.
packet
(Optional) Display packet-level optimized BPDU-handling debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug spanning-tree bpdu-opt command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree bpdu-opt
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-52
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree mstp
debug spanning-tree mstp
Use the debug spanning-tree mstp privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) software. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug spanning-tree mstp {all | boundary | bpdu-rx | bpdu-tx | errors | flush | init | migration |
pm | proposals | region | roles | sanity_check | sync | tc | timers}
no debug spanning-tree mstp {all | boundary | bpdu-rx | bpdu-tx | errors | flush | init | migration
| pm | proposals | region | roles | sanity_check | sync | tc | timers}
Syntax Description
all
Enable all the debugging messages.
boundary
Debug flag changes at these boundaries:
•
An multiple spanning-tree (MST) region and a single spanning-tree region
running Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
•
An MST region and a single spanning-tree region running IEEE 802.1D
•
An MST region and another MST region with a different configuration
bpdu-rx
Debug the received MST bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
bpdu-tx
Debug the sent MST BPDUs.
errors
Debug MSTP errors.
flush
Debug the port flushing mechanism.
init
Debug the initialization of the MSTP data structures.
migration
Debug the protocol migration state machine.
pm
Debug MSTP port manager events.
proposals
Debug handshake messages between the designated switch and the root switch.
region
Debug the region synchronization between the switch processor (SP) and the route
processor (RP).
roles
Debug MSTP roles.
sanity_check
Debug the received BPDU sanity check messages.
sync
Debug the port synchronization events.
tc
Debug topology change notification events.
timers
Debug the MSTP timers for start, stop, and expire events.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-53
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree mstp
Usage Guidelines
The undebug spanning-tree mstp command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree mstp
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-54
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree switch
debug spanning-tree switch
Use the debug spanning-tree switch privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the software
interface between the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) software module and the port manager software
module. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug spanning-tree switch {all | errors | flush | general | helper | pm | rx {decode | errors |
interrupt | process} | state | tx [decode]}
no debug spanning-tree switch {all | errors | flush | general | helper | pm | rx {decode | errors |
interrupt | process} | state | tx [decode]}
Syntax Description
all
Display all spanning-tree switch debug messages.
errors
Display debug messages for the interface between the spanning-tree software
module and the port manager software module.
flush
Display debug messages for the shim flush operation.
general
Display general event debug messages.
helper
Display spanning-tree helper-task debug messages. Helper tasks handle bulk
spanning-tree updates.
pm
Display port-manager event debug messages.
rx
Display received bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) handling debug messages. The
keywords have these meanings:
•
decode—Display decoded received packets.
•
errors—Display receive error debug messages.
•
interrupt—Display interrupt service request (ISR) debug messages.
•
process—Display process receive BPDU debug messages.
state
Display spanning-tree port state change debug messages;
tx [decode]
Display sent BPDU handling debug messages. The keyword has this meaning:
•
Note
decode—(Optional) Display decoded sent packets.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the uplinkfast keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-55
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug spanning-tree switch
Usage Guidelines
The undebug spanning-tree switch command is the same as the no debug spanning-tree switch
command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning-tree state information.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-56
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan
debug sw-vlan
Use the debug sw-vlan privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of VLAN manager activities.
Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug sw-vlan {badpmcookies | cfg-vlan {bootup | cli} | events | ifs | management | notification
| packets | registries}
no debug sw-vlan {badpmcookies | cfg-vlan {bootup | cli} | events | ifs | management |
notification | packets | registries}
Syntax Description
badpmcookies
Display debug messages for VLAN manager incidents of bad port manager
cookies.
cfg-vlan {bootup | cli}
Display config-vlan debug messages. The keywords have these meanings:
events
•
bootup—Display messages when the switch is booting up.
•
cli—Display messages when the command-line interface (CLI) is in
config-vlan mode.
Display debug messages for VLAN manager events.
ifs
See the debug sw-vlan ifs command.
management
Display debug messages for VLAN manager management of internal
VLANs.
notification
See the debug sw-vlan notification command.
packets
Display debug messages for packet handling and encapsulation processes.
registries
Display debug messages for VLAN manager registries.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug sw-vlan command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-57
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan ifs
debug sw-vlan ifs
Use the debug sw-vlan ifs privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN manager IOS
file system (IFS) error tests. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug sw-vlan ifs {open {read | write} | read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} | write}
no debug sw-vlan ifs {open {read | write} | read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} | write}
Syntax Description
open {read | write}
Display VLAN manager IFS file-open operation debug messages. The
keywords have these meanings:
•
read—Display VLAN manager IFS file-read operation debug messages.
•
write—Display VLAN manager IFS file-write operation debug messages.
read {1 | 2 | 3 | 4}
Display file-read operation debug messages for the specified error test (1, 2, 3,
or 4).
write
Display file-write operation debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug sw-vlan ifs command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan ifs command.
When selecting the file read operation, Operation 1 reads the file header, which contains the header
verification word and the file version number. Operation 2 reads the main body of the file, which
contains most of the domain and VLAN information. Operation 3 reads type length version (TLV)
descriptor structures. Operation 4 reads TLV data.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-58
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan notification
debug sw-vlan notification
Use the debug sw-vlan notification privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the activation
and deactivation of VLAN IDs. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug sw-vlan notification {accfwdchange | allowedvlancfgchange | fwdchange | linkchange |
modechange | statechange}
no debug sw-vlan notification {accfwdchange | allowedvlancfgchange | fwdchange |
linkchange | modechange | statechange}
Syntax Description
Note
accfwdchange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of aggregated
access interface spanning-tree forward changes.
allowedvlancfgchange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of changes to the
allowed VLAN configuration.
fwdchange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of spanning-tree
forwarding changes.
linkchange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface
link-state changes.
modechange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface mode
changes.
statechange
Display debug messages for VLAN manager notification of interface state
changes.
Though visible in the command-line help strings, the pruningcfgchange keyword is not supported.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug sw-vlan notification command is the same as the no debug sw-vlan notification
command.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-59
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug sw-vlan notification
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show vlan
Displays the parameters for all configured VLANs or one VLAN (if the
VLAN name or ID is specified) in the administrative domain.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-60
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug udld
debug udld
Use the debug udld privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the UniDirectional Link
Detection (UDLD) feature. Use the no form of this command to disable UDLD debugging.
debug udld {events | packets | registries}
no debug udld {events | packets | registries}
Syntax Description
events
Display debug messages for UDLD process events as they occur.
packets
Display debug messages for the UDLD process as it receives packets from the
packet queue and tries to send them at the request of the UDLD protocol code.
registries
Display debug messages for the UDLD process as it processes registry calls from
the UDLD process-dependent module and other feature modules.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug udld command is the same as the no debug udld command.
For debug udld events, these debugging messages appear:
•
General UDLD program logic flow
•
State machine state changes
•
Program actions for the set and clear ErrDisable state
•
Neighbor cache additions and deletions
•
Processing of configuration commands
•
Processing of link-up and link-down indications
For debug udld packets, these debugging messages appear:
•
General packet processing program flow on receipt of an incoming packet
•
Indications of the contents of the various pieces of packets received (such as type length versions
[TLVs]) as they are examined by the packet reception code
•
Packet transmission attempts and the outcome
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-61
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug udld
For debug udld registries, these categories of debugging messages appear:
Related Commands
•
Sub-block creation
•
Fiber-port status changes
•
State change indications from the port manager software
•
MAC address registry calls
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
show udld
Displays UDLD administrative and operational status for all ports or the
specified port.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-62
OL-9643-03
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug vqpc
debug vqpc
Use the debug vqpc privileged EXEC command to enable debugging of the VLAN Query Protocol
(VQP) client. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
debug vqpc [all | cli | events | learn | packet]
no debug vqpc [all | cli | events | learn | packet]
Syntax Description
all
(Optional) Display all VQP client debug messages.
cli
(Optional) Display the VQP client command-line interface (CLI) debug
messages.
events
(Optional) Display VQP client event debug messages.
learn
(Optional) Display VQP client address learning debug messages.
packet
(Optional) Display VQP client packet information debug messages.
Defaults
Debugging is disabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
The undebug vqpc command is the same as the no debug vqpc command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
show debugging
Displays information about the types of debugging that are enabled.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
B-63
Appendix B
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Debug Commands
debug vqpc
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
B-64
OL-9643-03
A P P E N D I X
C
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch
Show Platform Commands
This appendix describes the show platform privileged EXEC commands that have been created or
changed for use with the Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access switch. These commands display information
helpful in diagnosing and resolving internetworking problems and should be used only under the
guidance of Cisco technical support staff.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
OL-9643-03
C-1
Appendix C
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Show Platform Commands
show platform acl
show platform acl
Use the show platform acl privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent access control list
(ACL) manager information.
show platform acl {interface interface-id | label label-number [detail] | statistics asic-number |
usage asic-number [summary] | vlan vlan-id} [ | {begin | exclude | include} expression]
Syntax Description
interface interface-id
Display per-interface ACL manager information for the specified interface.
The interface can be a physical interface or a VLAN.
label label-number
[detail]
Display per-label ACL manager information. The label-number range is 0 to
255. The keyword has this meaning:
•
detail—(Optional) Display detailed ACL manager label information.
statistics asic-number
Display per-ASIC ACL statistics. The asic-number is the port ASIC number,
always 0.
usage asic-number
[summary]
Display per-ASIC ACL usage. The asic-number is the port ASIC number,
always 0. The keyword has this meaning:
•
summary—(Optional) Display brief usage information.
vlan vlan-id
Display per-VLAN ACL manager information. The vlan-id range is from 1 to
4094.
| begin
(Optional) Display begins with the line that matches the expression.
| exclude
(Optional) Display excludes lines that match the expression.
| include
(Optional) Display includes lines that match the specified expression.
expression
Expression in the output to use as a reference point.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC
Command History
Release
Modification
12.2(25)EX
This command was introduced.
Usage Guidelines
You should use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative
while troubleshooting a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative asks
you to do so.
Expressions are case sensitive. For example, if you enter | exclude output, the lines that contain output
do not appear, but the lines that contain Output appear.
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Command Reference
C-2
OL-9643-03
Appendix C
Cisco ME 2400 Ethernet Access Switch Show Platform Commands
show platform configuration
show platform configuration
Use the show platform configuration privileged EXEC command to display platform-dependent
configuration-manager related information.
show platform configuration {config-output | default | running | startup} [ | {begin | exclude |
include} expression]
Syntax Description
config-output
Display the output of the last auto-configuration application.
default
Display whether or not the system is running the default configuration.
running
Display a snapshot of the backed-up running configuration on the local
switch.
startup
Display a snapshot of the backed-up startup configuration on the local switch.
| begin
(Op